Suttantapiá¹­ake

Dīghanik�yo

SÄ«lakkhandhavaggo

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato samm�sambuddhassa.

1.

Brahmaj�lasuttaṃ

1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagav� antar� ca r�jagahaṃ antar� ca
n�landaṃ addh�namaggapaṭipanno hoti mahat� bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ
pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Suppiyo’pi kho paribbÄ�jako antarÄ� ca
r�jagahaṃ antar� ca n�landaṃ addh�namaggapaṭipanno hoti saddhiṃ
antev�sin� brahmadattena m�ṇavena.

Tatra sudaṃ suppiyo paribb�jako anekapariy�yena buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ
bh�sati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bh�sati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṃ bh�sati.
Suppiyassa pana paribb�jakassa antev�sī brahmadatto m�ṇavo
anekapariy�yena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bh�sati, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bh�sati,
saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bh�sati. Itiha te ubho �cariyantev�sī aññamaññassa
ujuvipaccanīkav�d� bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubaddh�1 honti
bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ca.

2. Atha kho bhagav� ambalaṭṭhik�yaṃ r�j�g�rake ekarattiv�saṃ upagaṃchi
saddhiṃ bhikkhusaá¹…ghena. Suppiyo’pi kho paribbÄ�jako ambalaá¹­á¹­hikÄ�yaṃ
r�j�g�rake ekarattiv�saṃ upagaṃchi saddhiṃ antev�sin� brahmadattena
mÄ�ṇavena. Tatra’pi sudaṃ suppiyo paribbÄ�jako anekapariyÄ�yena buddhassa
avaṇṇaṃ bh�sati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bh�sati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṃ bh�sati.
Suppiyassa [PTS Page 002] [\q 2/] pana
paribb�jakassa antev�sī brahmadatto m�ṇavo buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bh�sati,
dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bh�sati, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bh�sati. Itiha te ubho
�cariyantev�sī aññamaññassa ujuvipaccanīkav�d� viharanti.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1. Anubandh�, ma cha saṃ.

[BJT Page 004] [\x 4/]

3. Atha kho sambahul�naṃ bhikkhūnaṃ rattiy� paccūsasamayaṃ
paccuṭṭhit�naṃ maṇ�alam�ḷe sannisinn�naṃ sannipatit�naṃ ayaṃ
saá¹…khiyÄ�dhammo udapÄ�di: “acchariyaṃ Ä�vuso, abbhutaṃ Ä�vuso, yÄ�vañcidaṃ
tena bhagavat� j�nat� passat� arahat� samm�sambuddhena satt�naṃ
n�n�dhimuttikat� suppaṭividit�. Ayaṃ hi suppiyo paribb�jako
anekapariy�yena buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bh�sati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bh�sati,
saṅghassa avaṇṇaṃ bh�sati. Suppiyassa pana paribb�jakassa antev�sī
brahmadatto m�ṇavo buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bh�sati, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bh�sati,
saá¹…ghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhÄ�sati. Itiha’me ubho Ä�cariyantevÄ�sÄ« aññamaññassa
ujuvipaccanīkav�d� bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubaddh� honti
bhikkhusaá¹…ghaṃ cÄ�”ti.

4. Atha kho bhagav� tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ imaṃ saṅkhiy�dhammaṃ viditv� yena
maṇ�alam�ḷo tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitv� paññatte �sane nisīdi. Nisajja
kho bhagavÄ� bhikkhÅ« Ä�mantesi: “kÄ�ya nu’ttha bhikkhave etarahi kathÄ�ya
sannisinnÄ� sannipatitÄ�? KÄ� ca pana vo antarÄ� kathÄ� vippakatÄ�?”Ti.

Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhÅ« bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ: “idha bhante amhÄ�kaṃ
rattiy� paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhit�naṃ maṇ�alam�ḷe sannisinn�naṃ
sannipatitÄ�naṃ ayaṃ saá¹…khiyÄ�dhammo udapÄ�di “acchariyaṃ Ä�vuso, abbhutaṃ
�vuso y�vañcidaṃ tena bhagavat� arahat� samm�sambuddhena satt�naṃ
n�n�dhimuttikat� suppaṭividit�. Ayaṃ hi suppiyo paribb�jako
anekapariy�yena buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bh�sati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bh�sati,
saṅghassa avaṇṇaṃ bh�sati. Suppiyassa pana paribb�jakassa antev�sī
brahmadatto m�ṇavo buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bh�sati, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bh�sati,
saá¹…ghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhÄ�sati. Itiha’me ubho Ä�cariyantevÄ�sÄ« aññamaññassa
ujuvipaccanīkav�d� bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubaddh� honti
bhikkhusaá¹…ghañcÄ�’ti. Ayaṃ kho no bhante antarÄ�kathÄ� vippakatÄ�. Atha
bhagavÄ� anuppatto”ti.

5. “Mamaṃ vÄ� bhikkhave pare avaṇṇaṃ bhÄ�seyyuṃ, dhammassa vÄ� avaṇṇaṃ bhÄ�seyyuṃ, saá¹…ghassa vÄ� [PTS Page 003]
[\q 3/] avaṇṇaṃ bh�seyyuṃ, tatra tumhehi na �gh�to na appaccayo
na cetaso anabhiraddhi karaṇīy�. Mamaṃ v� bhikkhave pare avaṇṇaṃ
bh�seyyuṃ, dhammassa v� avaṇṇaṃ bh�seyyuṃ, saṅghassa v� avaṇṇaṃ
bh�seyyuṃ, tatra ce tumhe assatha kupit� v� anattaman� v�, tumhaṃ
yevassa tena antar�yo. Mamaṃ v� bhikkhave pare avaṇṇaṃ bh�seyyuṃ,
dhammassa v� avaṇṇaṃ bh�seyyuṃ, saṅghassa v� avaṇṇaṃ bh�seyyuṃ, tatra
tumhe assatha kupit� v� anattaman� v�, api nu paresaṃ subh�sitaṃ
dubbhÄ�sitaṃ tumhe Ä�jÄ�neyyÄ�thÄ�?”Ti.

“No hetaṃ bhante. ”

“Mamaṃ vÄ� bhikkhave pare avaṇṇaṃ bhÄ�seyyuṃ, dhammassa vÄ� avaṇṇaṃ
bh�seyyuṃ, saṅghassa v� avaṇṇaṃ bh�seyyuṃ, tatra tumhehi abhūtaṃ
abhÅ«tato nibbeá¹­hetabbaṃ: ‘iti’petaṃ abhÅ«taṃ. Iti’petaṃ atacchaṃ. Natthi
cetaṃ amhesu. Na ca panetaṃ amhesu saṃvijjatÄ«’ti. ”

[BJT Page 006] [\x 6/]

6. “Mamaṃ vÄ� bhikkhave pare vaṇṇaṃ bhÄ�seyyuṃ, dhammassa vÄ� vaṇṇaṃ
bh�seyyuṃ, saṅghassa v� vaṇṇaṃ bh�seyyuṃ, tatra tumhehi na �nando na
somanassaṃ na cetaso ubbil�vitattaṃ1 karaṇīyaṃ. Mamaṃ v� bhikkhave pare
vaṇṇaṃ bh�seyyuṃ, dhammassa v� vaṇṇaṃ bh�seyyuṃ, saṅghassa v� vaṇṇaṃ
bh�seyyuṃ, tatra ce tumhe assatha �nandino suman� ubbil�vino2, tumhaṃ
yevassa tena antar�yo. Mamaṃ v� bhikkhave pare vaṇṇaṃ bh�seyyuṃ,
dhammassa v� vaṇṇaṃ bh�seyyuṃ, saṅghassa v� vaṇṇaṃ bh�seyyuṃ, tatra v�
tumhehi bhÅ«taṃ bhÅ«tato paá¹­ijÄ�nitabbaṃ: “iti’petaṃ bhÅ«taṃ, iti’petaṃ
tacchaṃ. Atthi cetaṃ amhesu. Saṃvijjati ca panetaṃ amhesÅ«’ti. ”

7. “Appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ bhikkhave oramattakaṃ sÄ«lamattakaṃ, yena
puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya. Katamañca taṃ bhikkhave
appamattakaṃ oramattakaṃ sīlamattakaṃ, yena puthujjano tath�gatassa
vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya. ?

8. [PTS Page 004] [\q 4/] “pÄ�ṇÄ�tipÄ�taṃ
pah�ya p�ṇ�tip�t� paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo nihitadaṇ�o nihitasattho
lajjÄ« dayÄ�panno sabbapÄ�ṇabhÅ«tahitÄ�nukampÄ« viharatÄ«”ti. Iti vÄ� hi
bhikkhave puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

9. “AdinnÄ�dÄ�naṃ pahÄ�ya adinnÄ�dÄ�nÄ� paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo dinnÄ�dÄ�yÄ«
dinnapÄ�á¹­ikaá¹…khÄ« athenena sucibhÅ«tena attanÄ� viharatÄ«”ti. Iti vÄ� hi
bhikkhave puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

10. “Abrahmacariyaṃ pahÄ�ya brahmacÄ�rÄ« samaṇo gotamo Ä�rÄ�cÄ�rÄ« virato
methunÄ� gÄ�madhammÄ�”ti. Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tathÄ�gatassa
vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

11. “MusÄ�vÄ�daṃ pahÄ�ya musÄ�vÄ�dÄ� paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo saccavÄ�dÄ«
saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvÄ�dako lokassÄ�”ti. Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave
puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

1. Ubbill�vitattaṃ, ma cha saṃ.
2. Ubbill�vino, ma cha saṃ.

[BJT Page 008] [\x 8/]

12. “Pisuṇaṃ vÄ�caṃ pahÄ�ya pisuṇÄ�ya vÄ�cÄ�ya paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo. Ito
sutv� na amutra akkh�t� imesambhed�ya. Amutra v� sutv� na imesaṃ akkh�t�
amūsambhed�ya. Iti bhinn�naṃ v� sandh�t� saṃhit�naṃ v� anuppad�t�.
SamaggÄ�rÄ�mo samaggarato samagganandÄ« samaggakaraṇiṃ vÄ�caṃ bhÄ�sitÄ�”ti.
Iti v� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

13. “Pharusaṃ vÄ�caṃ pahÄ�ya pharusÄ�ya vÄ�cÄ�ya paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo. YÄ�
s� v�c� neḷ� kaṇṇasukh� pemanīy� hadayaṅgam� porī bahujanakant�
bahujanamanÄ�pÄ�, tathÄ�rÅ«piṃ vÄ�caṃ bhÄ�sitÄ�”ti. Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave
puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

14. “SamphappalÄ�paṃ pahÄ�ya samphappalÄ�pÄ� paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo,
k�lav�dī bhūtav�dī atthav�dī dhammav�dī vinayav�dī, nidh�navatiṃ v�caṃ
bhÄ�sitÄ� kÄ�lena [PTS Page 005] [\q 5/] sÄ�padesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitanti” iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tathÄ�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadamÄ�no vadeyya.

15. “BÄ«jagÄ�mabhÅ«tagÄ�masamÄ�rambhÄ� paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo. Ekabhattiko
samaṇo gotamo rattūparato virato vik�labhojan�.
Naccagītav�ditavisūkadassan� paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo.
M�l�gandhavilepanadh�raṇamaṇ�anavibhūsanaṭṭh�n� paṭivirato samaṇo
gotamo. Ucc�sayanamah�sayan� paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo.
J�tarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo.
Āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo. Āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇ�
paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo. Itthikum�rikapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato samaṇo
gotamo. D�sid�sapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo. Ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇ�
paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo. Kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato samaṇo
gotamo. Hatthigav�ssavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo.
Khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo. Dūteyya
pahiṇagaman�nuyog� paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo. Kayavikkay� paṭivirato
samaṇo gotamo. Tul�kūṭa - kaṃsakūṭa - m�nakūṭ� paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo.
Ukkoṭana - vañcananikati - s�ciyog� paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo. Chedana -
vadhabandhana - vipar�mosa - �lopasahas�k�r� paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo
“ti. Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tathÄ�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadamÄ�no
vadeyya.

Cullasīlaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

[BJT Page 010] [\x 10/]

16. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambhaṃ anuyutt� viharanti
seyyathīdaṃ: mūlabījaṃ khandhabījaṃ phalubījaṃ aggabījaṃ bījabījameva
pañcamaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp� bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambh� paṭivirato
samaṇo gotamo”ti. Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tathÄ�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ
vadam�no vadeyya.

17. [PTS Page 006] [\q 6/] “yathÄ� vÄ�
paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv� te
evarūpaṃ sannidhik�raparibhogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti. Seyyathīdaṃ:
annasannidhiṃ p�nasannidhiṃ vatthasannidhiṃ y�nasannidhiṃ
sayanasannidhiṃ gandhasannidhiṃ �misasannidhiṃ. Iti v� iti evarūp�
sannidhikÄ�raparibhogÄ� paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo”ti. Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave
puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

18. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ anuyutt� viharanti. Seyyathīdaṃ:
naccaṃ gītaṃ v�ditaṃ pekkhaṃ akkh�naṃ p�ṇissaraṃ vet�laṃ1 kumbhathūnaṃ
sobhanakaṃ2 caṇ��laṃ vaṃsaṃ dhovanaṃ3 hatthiyuddhaṃ assayuddhaṃ
daṇ�ayuddhaṃ muṭṭhiyuddhaṃ nibbuddhaṃ uyyodhikaṃ balaggaṃ sen�byuhaṃ
anīkadassanaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp� visūkadassan� paṭivirato samaṇo
gotamo”ti. Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tathÄ�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadamÄ�no
vadeyya.

1. Vet�laṃ, [P T S.]
2. Sobhaṇa garakaṃ, [P T S.]
3. Dhopanaṃ, [P T S.]
4. Meṇ�akayuddhaṃ, katthaci.

[BJT Page 012] [\x 12/]

19. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ jūtappam�daṭṭh�n�nuyogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti -
seyyathīdaṃ: aṭṭhapadaṃ dasapadaṃ �k�saṃ parih�rapathaṃ santikaṃ
khalikaṃ ghaṭikaṃ sal�kahatthaṃ akkhaṃ paṅgacīraṃ vaṅkakaṃ mokkhacikaṃ
ciṅgulakaṃ patt�ḷhakaṃ rathakaṃ [PTS Page 007]
[\q 7/] dhanukaṃ akkharikaṃ manesikaṃ yath�vajjaṃ. Iti v�
itievarÅ«pÄ� jÅ«tappamÄ�daá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ�nuyogÄ� paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo”ti. Iti vÄ�
hi bhikkhave puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

20. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ ucc�sayanamah�sayanaṃ anuyutt� viharanti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: �sandiṃ pallaṅkaṃ gonakaṃ1 cittakaṃ paṭikaṃ paṭalikaṃ
tulikaṃ vikatikaṃ uddalomiṃ ekantalomiṃ kaṭṭhissaṃ koseyyaṃ kuttakaṃ
hatthattharaṃ assattharaṃ rathattharaṃ ajinappaveṇiṃ
k�dalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ sauttaracchadaṃ ubhatolohitakūpadh�naṃ.
Iti vÄ� itievarÅ«pÄ� uccÄ�sayanamahÄ�sayanÄ� paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo”ti. Iti
v� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

21. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ maṇ�anavibhusanaṭṭh�n�nuyogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti -
seyyathīdaṃ: ucch�danaṃ parimaddanaṃ nah�panaṃ samb�hanaṃ �d�saṃ
añjanaṃ m�l�vilepanaṃ mukhacuṇṇakaṃ mukhalepanaṃ hatthabandhaṃ
sikh�bandhaṃ daṇ�akaṃ n�ḷikaṃ asiṃ chattaṃ citrūp�hanaṃ uṇhīsaṃ maṇiṃ
v�lavījaniṃ od�t�ni vatth�ni dīghadas�ni. Iti v� itievarūp�
maṇá¸�anavibhusanaá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ�nuyogÄ� paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo”ti. Iti vÄ� hi
bhikkhave puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

1. Goṇakaṃ, katthaci.

[BJT Page 014] [\x 14/]

22. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ tiracch�nakathaṃ anuyutt� viharanti. Seyyathīdaṃ:
r�jakathaṃ corakathaṃ mah�mattakathaṃ sen�kathaṃ bhayakathaṃ
yuddhakathaṃ annakathaṃ p�nakathaṃ vatthakathaṃ sayanakathaṃ m�l�kathaṃ
gandhakathaṃ ñ�tikathaṃ y�nakathaṃ g�makathaṃ nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ
janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ1 [PTS Page 008]
[\q 8/] sūrakathaṃ visikh�kathaṃ kumbhaṭṭh�nakathaṃ
pubbapetakathaṃ n�nattakathaṃ lokakkh�yikaṃ samuddakkh�yikaṃ
itibhav�bhavakathaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�nakath�ya paṭivirato
samaṇo gotamo”ti. Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tathÄ�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ
vadam�no vadeyya.

23. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ vigg�hikakathaṃ anuyutt� viharanti. Seyyathīdaṃ:
na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ �j�n�si. Ahaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ �j�n�mi. Kiṃ
tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ �j�nissasi? Micch�paṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi
samm� paṭipanno. Sahitaṃ me, asahitaṃ te. Pure vacanīyaṃ pacch� avaca.
Pacch� vacanīyaṃ pure avaca. Āciṇṇaṃ2 te vipar�vattaṃ. Āropito te v�do.
Niggahito tvamasi. Cara vÄ�dappamokkhÄ�ya. Nibbeá¹­hehi vÄ� sace pahosÄ«’ti.
Iti vÄ� itievarÅ«pÄ�ya viggÄ�hikakathÄ�ya paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo”ti. Iti vÄ�
hi bhikkhave puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

24. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ dūteyyapahiṇagaman�nuyogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: raññaṃ r�jamah�matt�naṃ khattiy�naṃ br�hmaṇ�naṃ
gahapatikÄ�naṃ kumÄ�rÄ�naṃ ‘idha gaccha. AmutrÄ�gaccha. Idaṃ hara. Amutra
idaṃ Ä�harÄ�’ti. Iti vÄ� itievarÅ«pÄ� dÅ«teyyapahiṇagamanÄ�nuyogÄ� paá¹­ivirato
samaṇo gotamo’ti. Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tathÄ�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ
vadam�no vadeyya.

25. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te kuhak� ca honti lapak� ca nemittik� ca nippesik� ca l�bhena
l�bhaṃ nijigiṃsit�ro. Iti v� itievarūp� kuhanalapan� paṭivirato samaṇo
gotamo”ti. Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tathÄ�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadamÄ�no
vadeyya.

Majjhimasīlaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Itthi kathaṃ purisa kathaṃ, machasaṃ.
2. Adhiciṇṇaṃ, machasaṃ.

[BJT Page 016] [\x 16/]

26. [PTS Page 009] [\q 9/] “yathÄ� vÄ�
paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv� te
evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti - seyyathīdaṃ:
aṅgaṃ nimittaṃ upp�taṃ supinaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ mūsikacchinnaṃ aggihomaṃ
dabbihomaṃ thusahomaṃ kaṇahomaṃ taṇ�ulahomaṃ sappihomaṃ telahomaṃ homaṃ
lohitahomaṃ aṅgavijj� vatthuvijj� khattavijj� sivavijj� bhūtavijj�
bhurivijj� ahivijj� visavijj� vicchikavijj� mūsikavijj� sakuṇavijj�
v�yasavijj� pakkajjh�naṃ1 saraparitt�ṇaṃ migapakkhaṃ. Iti v�
itievarÅ«pÄ�ya tiracchÄ�navijjÄ�ya micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo”ti.
Iti v� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

27. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti -
seyyathīdaṃ: maṇilakkhaṇaṃ daṇ�alakkhaṇaṃ vatthalakkhaṇaṃ asilakkhaṇaṃ
usulakkhaṇaṃ dhanulakkhaṇaṃ �vudhalakkhaṇaṃ itthilakkhaṇaṃ
purisalakkhaṇaṃ kum�ralakkhaṇaṃ kum�rīlakkhaṇaṃ d�salakkhaṇaṃ
d�sīlakkhaṇaṃ hatthilakkhaṇaṃ assalakkhaṇaṃ mahisalakkhaṇaṃ
usabhalakkhaṇaṃ golakkhaṇaṃ ajalakkhaṇaṃ meṇ�alakkhaṇaṃ kukkuṭalakkhaṇaṃ
vaṭṭalakkhaṇaṃ godh�lakkhaṇaṃ kaṇṇik�lakkhaṇaṃ kacchapalakkhaṇaṃ
migalakkhaṇaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv�
paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo’ti. Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tathÄ�gatassa
vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

28. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti -
seyyathÄ«daṃ: ‘raññaṃ niyyÄ�naṃ bhavissati. Raññaṃ atiyÄ�naṃ bhavissati.
Abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ upay�naṃ bhavissati. B�hir�naṃ [PTS Page 010]
[\q 10/] raññaṃ apay�naṃ bhavissati. B�hir�naṃ raññaṃ upay�naṃ
bhavissati. Abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ apay�naṃ bhavissati. Abbhantar�naṃ
raññaṃ jayo bhavissati. B�hir�naṃ raññaṃ par�jayo bhavissati. B�hir�naṃ
raññaṃ jayo bhavissati. AbbhantarÄ�naṃ raññaṃ parÄ�jayo bhavissati’. Iti
imassa jayo bhavissati. Imassa par�jayo bhavissati. Iti v� itievarūp�ya
tiracchÄ�navijjÄ�ya micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo’ti. Iti vÄ�
bhikkhave puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇaṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

1. Pakkhajjh�naṃ, katthaci

[BJT Page 018] [\x 18/]

29. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti -
seyyathīdaṃ: candagg�ho bhavissati, suriyagg�ho bhavissati,
nakkhattagg�ho bhavissati, candimasuriy�naṃ pathagamanaṃ bhavissati,
candimasuriy�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati, nakkhatt�naṃ pathagamanaṃ
bhavissati, nakkhatt�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati, ukk�p�to bhavissati,
dis���ho bhavissati, bhūmic�lo bhavissati, devadundubhi bhavissati,
candimasuriyanakkhatt�naṃ uggamanaṃ ogamanaṃ saṃkilesaṃ vod�naṃ
bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko candagg�ho bhavissati, evaṃvip�ko suriyagg�ho
bhavissati, evaṃvip�ko nakkhattagg�ho bhavissati, evaṃvip�kaṃ
candimasuriy�naṃ pathagamanaṃ bhavissati, evaṃvip�kaṃ candimasuriy�naṃ
uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati, evaṃ vip�kaṃ nakkhatt�naṃ pathagamanaṃ
bhavissati, evaṃvip�kaṃ nakkhatt�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati,
evaṃvip�ko ukk�p�to bhavissati, evaṃvip�ko dis���ho bhavissati,
evaṃvip�ko bhūmic�lo bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko devadundūbhi bhavissati,
evaṃvip�kaṃ candimasuriyanakkhatt�naṃ uggamanaṃ ogamanaṃ saṅkilesaṃ
vod�naṃ bhavissati. Iti v� [PTS Page 011] [\q
11/] itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv� paṭivirato samaṇo
gotamo’ti. ” Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tathÄ�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadamÄ�no
vadeyya.

30. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti -
seyyathīdaṃ: subbuṭṭhik� bhavissati, dubbuṭṭhik� bhavissati, subhikkhaṃ
bhavissati, dubbhikkhaṃ bhavissati, khemaṃ bhavissati, bhayaṃ
bhavissati, rogo bhavissati, �rogyaṃ bhavissati. Mudd� gaṇan� saṅkh�naṃ
k�veyyaṃ lok�yataṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv�
paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo’ti. ” Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave puthujjano
tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

31. “YathÄ� vÄ� paneke bhonto samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� saddhÄ�deyyÄ�ni bhojanÄ�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti -
seyyathīdaṃ: �v�hanaṃ viv�hanaṃ saṃvadanaṃ vivadanaṃ saṅkiraṇaṃ
vikiraṇaṃ subhagakaraṇaṃ dubbhagakaraṇaṃ viruddhagabbhakaraṇaṃ
jivh�nitthambhanaṃ1 hanusaṃhananaṃ hatth�bhijappanaṃ hanujappanaṃ
kaṇṇajappanaṃ �d�sapañhaṃ kum�rikapañhaṃ devapañhaṃ �diccupaṭṭh�naṃ
mahatupaṭṭh�naṃ abbhujjalanaṃ sirivh�naṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya
tiracchÄ�navijjÄ�ya micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato samaṇo gotamo’ti. ” Iti vÄ� hi
bhikkhave puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

1. Nitthaddhanaṃ. Bahūsu.

[BJT Page 020] [\x 20/]

32. [PTS Page 012] [\q 12/] “yathÄ� vÄ�
paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv� te
evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti - seyyathīdaṃ:
santikammaṃ paṇidhikammaṃ bhūrikammaṃ1 vassakammaṃ vossakammaṃ
vatthukammaṃ vatthuparikammaṃ vatthuparikiraṇaṃ �camanaṃ nah�panaṃ
juhanaṃ vamanaṃ virecanaṃ uddhavirecanaṃ adhovirecanaṃ sīsavirecanaṃ
kaṇṇatelaṃ nettatappanaṃ natthukammaṃ añjanaṃ paccañjanaṃ s�l�kiyaṃ
sallakattiyaṃ d�rakatikicch� mūlabhesajj�naṃ anuppad�naṃ osadhīnaṃ
paṭimokkho. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv� paṭivirato
samaṇo gotamo’ti. ” Iti vÄ� hi bhikkhave puthujjano tathÄ�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ
vadam�no vadeyya.

33. Idaṃ kho taṃ bhikkhave appamattakaṃ oramattakaṃ sīlamattakaṃ yena puthujjano tath�gatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadam�no vadeyya.

Mah�sīlaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

34. Atthi bhikkhave aññeva dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant�
paṇīt� atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy�, ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm�
vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ. Katame ca te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas�
duranubodh� sant� paṇīt� atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy� ye
tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ� sacchikatv� pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa
yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm� vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ?

35. Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� pubbantakappik� pubbant�nudiṭṭhino pubbantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni [PTS Page 013]
[\q 13/] adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti aṭṭh�dasahi vatthūhi. Te ca
bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha pubbantakappik�
pubbant�nudiṭṭhino pubbantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni
abhivadanti aṭṭh�rasahi vatthūhi?

1. Bhūtakammaṃ. Kesūci.

[BJT Page 022] [\x 22/]

36. Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� sassatav�d� sassataṃ att�nañca
lokañca paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi. Te ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ�
kim�gamma kim�rabbha sassatav�d� sassataṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti
catūhi vatthūhi?

37. Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� �tappamanv�ya
padh�namanv�ya anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya
tath�rūpaṃ cetosam�dhiṃ phusati yath� sam�hite citte anekavihitaṃ
pubbenivÄ�saṃ anussarati. SeyyathÄ«daṃ: “ekampi jÄ�tiṃ dve’pi jÄ�tiyo
tisso’pi jÄ�tiyo catasso’pi jÄ�tiyo pañca’pi jÄ�tiyo dasa’pi jÄ�tiyo
vīsatimpi j�tiyo tiṃsampi j�tiyo catt�rīsampi j�tiyo paññ�sampi j�tiyo
jÄ�tisatampi jÄ�tisahassampi jÄ�tisatasahassampi anekÄ�ni’pi jÄ�tisatÄ�ni
anekÄ�ni’pi jÄ�tisahassÄ�ni anekÄ�ni’pi jÄ�tisatasahassÄ�ni amutrÄ�siṃ evannÄ�mo
evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedi
evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra upap�diṃ1 tatr�p�siṃ evann�mo
evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī
evamÄ�yupariyanto. So tato cuto idhÅ«papanno’ti. ”

Iti s�k�raṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbeniv�saṃ [PTS Page 014]
[\q 14/] anussarati. So evamÄ�ha: ’sassato attÄ� ca loko ca vañjho
kūṭaṭṭho esikaṭṭh�yiṭṭhito. Teva satt� sandh�vanti saṃsaranti cavanti
upapajjanti, atthitveva sassatisamaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Ahaṃ hi
�tappamanv�ya anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya
tath�rūpaṃ cetosam�dhiṃ phus�mi yath�sam�hite citte anekavihitaṃ
pubbenivÄ�saṃ anussarÄ�mi. SeyyathÄ«daṃ: “ekampi jÄ�tiṃ dve’pi jÄ�tiyo
tisso’pi jÄ�tiyo catasso’pi jÄ�tiyo pañca’pi jÄ�tiyo dasa’pi jÄ�tiyo
vīsatimpi j�tiyo tiṃsampi j�tiyo catt�rīsampi j�tiyo paññ�sampi j�tiyo
jÄ�tisatampi jÄ�tisahassampi jÄ�tisatasahassampi anekÄ�ni’pi jÄ�tisatÄ�ni
anekÄ�ni’pi jÄ�tisahassÄ�ni anekÄ�ni’pi jÄ�tisatasahassÄ�ni amutrÄ�siṃ evannÄ�mo
evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedi
evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra upap�diṃ tatr�p�siṃ evann�mo
evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī
evamÄ�yupariyanto. So tato cuto idhÅ«papanno’ti. Iti sÄ�kÄ�raṃ sauddesaṃ
anekavihitaṃ pubbeniv�saṃ anussar�mi. Imin�mahaṃ etaṃ j�n�mi: yath�
sassato att� ca loko ca vañjho kūṭaṭṭho esikaṭṭh�yiṭṭhito. Teva satt�
sandhÄ�vanti saṃsaranti cavanti upapajjanti atthitveva sassatisama”nti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave paṭhamaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� sassatav�d� ssasataṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti.

1. Udap�diṃ sī mu.

[BJT Page 24] [\x 24/]

38. Dutiye ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha sassatav�d� sassataṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti?

Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� �tappamanv�ya padh�namanv�ya
anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya tath�rupaṃ
cetosam�dhiṃ phusati yath� sam�hite citte anekavihitaṃ pubbeniv�saṃ
anussarati - seyyathÄ«daṃ: ekampi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­aṃ dve’pi
saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni tīṇi’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni cattÄ�ri’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni
pañca’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni’ dasa’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni ‘amutrÄ�siṃ
evann�mo evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī [PTS Page 015]
[\q 15/] evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra upap�diṃ.
Tatr�p�siṃ evann�mo evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro
evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto
idhÅ«papanno’ti. ” Iti sÄ�kÄ�raṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivÄ�saṃ
anussarati.

So evamÄ�ha: ’sassato attÄ� ca loko ca vañjho kuá¹­aá¹­á¹­ho esikaá¹­á¹­hÄ�yiá¹­á¹­hito.
Teva satt� sandh�vanti saṃsaranti cavanti upapajjanti atthitveva
sassatisamaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Ahaṃ hi �tappamanv�ya padh�namanv�ya
anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya tath�rupaṃ
cetosam�dhiṃ phus�mi yath� sam�hite citte anekavihitaṃ pubbeniv�saṃ
anussarÄ�mi - seyyathÄ«daṃ: ekampi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­aṃ dve’pi
saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni tīṇi’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni cattÄ�ri’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni
pañca’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni’ dasa’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni ‘amutrÄ�siṃ
evann�mo evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī
evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra upap�diṃ. Tatr�p�siṃ evann�mo
evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī
evamÄ�yupariyanto. So tato cuto idhÅ«papanno’ti. ” Iti sÄ�kÄ�raṃ sauddesaṃ
aneka vihitaṃ pubbenivÄ�saṃ anussarÄ�mi. IminÄ�’pÄ�haṃ etaṃ jÄ�nÄ�mi yathÄ�
sassato att� ca loko ca vañjho kuṭaṭṭho esikaṭṭh�yiṭṭhito. Teva satt�
sandhÄ�vanti saṃsaranti cavanti upapajjanti. Atthitveva sassatisamaṃ’ti. ”

Idaṃ bhikkhave dutiyaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� sassatav�d� sassat� att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti.

39. Tatiye ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha sassatav�d� sassataṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti?

[BJT Page 26] [\x 26/]

Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� �tappamanv�ya padh�namanv�ya
anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya tath�rūpaṃ
cetosam�dhiṃ phusati yath� sam�hite citte anekavihitaṃ pubbeniv�saṃ
anussarati - seyyathÄ«daṃ: dasa’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­aṃ vÄ«satimpi
saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭ�ni tiṃsampi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭ�ni catt�rīsampi
saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni “amutrÄ�siṃ evannÄ�mo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamÄ�hÄ�ro
evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra
upap�diṃ. 1 Tatr�p�siṃ evann�mo evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro
evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto
idhÅ«papanno’ti. ” Iti sÄ�kÄ�raṃ sauddesaṃ aneka vihitaṃ pubbenivÄ�saṃ
anussarati.

So evamÄ�ha: “sassato attÄ� ca 016 loko ca vañjho kÅ«á¹­aá¹­á¹­ho
esikaṭṭh�yiṭṭhito. Teva satt� sandh�vanti saṃsaranti cavanti upapajjanti
atthitveva sassatisamaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Ahaṃ hi �tappamanv�ya
padh�namanv�ya anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya
tath�rūpaṃ cetosam�dhiṃ phus�mi yath� sam�hite citte anekavihitaṃ
pubbenivÄ�saṃ anussarÄ�mi - seyyathÄ«daṃ: dasa’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni
vīsatimpi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭ�ni tiṃsampi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭ�ni catt�rīsampi
saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­Ä�ni “amutrÄ�siṃ evannÄ�mo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamÄ�hÄ�ro
evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra
upap�diṃ. Tatr�p�siṃ evann�mo evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro
evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto
idhÅ«papanno’ti. Iti sÄ�kÄ�raṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivÄ�saṃ
anussar�mi. Imin� mahaṃ etaṃ j�n�mi. Yath� sassato att� ca loko ca
vañjho kūṭaṭṭho esikaṭṭh�yiṭṭhito teva satt� sandh�vanti saṃsaranti
cavanti upapajjanti atthitveva sassatisamaṃ’ti. ”

Idaṃ bhikkhave tatiyaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� sassatav�d� sassataṃ att�naṃ ca lokaṃ ca paññ�penti.

40. Catutthe ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha sassatav�d� sassataṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti. ?

Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� takkī hoti vīmaṃsī. So
takkapariyÄ�hataṃ vÄ«maṃsÄ�nucaritaṃ sayampaá¹­ibhÄ�naṃ evamÄ�ha: ’sassato attÄ�
ca loko ca vañjho kūṭaṭṭho esikaṭṭh�yiṭṭhito. Teva satt� sandh�vanti
saṃsaranti cavanti upapajjanti atthitveva sassatisamanti.

1. Udap�diṃ, sī mu.

[BJT Page 28] [\x 28/]

Idaṃ bhikkhave catutthaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� sassatav�d� sassataṃ att�naṃ ca lokaṃ ca paññ�penti.

41. Imehi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� sassatav�d� sassataṃ att�nañca
lokañca paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi. Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇ� v�
br�hmaṇ� v� sassatav�d� sassataṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti, sabbe te
imeheva catūhi etesaṃ v� aññatarena natthi ito bahiddh�.

42. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti: ‘ime kho diá¹­á¹­hiá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ�
evaṃgahitÄ� evaṃparÄ�maá¹­á¹­hÄ� evaṃgatikÄ� bhavissanti evaṃabhisamparÄ�yÄ�’ti.
Tañca tath�gato paj�n�ti tato ca uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Taṃ ca paj�nanaṃ [PTS Page 017]
[\q 17/] na par�masati. Apar�masato cassa paccattaññeva nibbuti
vidit�. Vedan�naṃ samudayañca atthagamañca ass�dañca �dīnavañca
nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ viditv� anup�d� vimutto bhikkhave tath�gato.

43. Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant�
paṇīt�1 atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�ita vedanīy�2 ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm�
vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.

Paṭhamakabh�ṇav�raṃ

44. Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ekaccasassatik� ekaccaasassatik�
ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ asassataṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti catūhi
vatthūhi. Te ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha
ekaccasassatik� ekaccaasassatik� ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ asassataṃ
att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi. ?
1. Panīt�, ma cha saṃ
2. Vedanīy�, ma cha saṃ

[BJT Page 30] [\x 30/]

45. Hoti kho so bhikkhave samayo yaṃ kad�ci karahaci dīghassa addhuno
accayena ayaṃ loko saṃvaṭṭati. Saṃvaṭṭam�ne loke yebhuyyena satt�
�bhassarasaṃvattanik� honti. Te tattha honti manomay� pītibhakkh�
sayampabh� antalikkhacar� subhaṭṭh�yino ciraṃ dīghamaddh�naṃ tiṭṭhanti.

Hoti kho so bhikkhave samayo yaṃ kad�ci karahaci dīghassa addhuno
accayena ayaṃ loko vivaṭṭati. Vivaṭṭam�ne loke suññaṃ brahmavim�naṃ
p�tubhavati. Athaññataro satto �yukkhay� v� puññakkhay� v� �bhassarak�y�
cavitv� suññaṃ brahmavim�naṃ upapajjati. So tattha hoti manomayo
pītibhakkho sayampabho antalikkhacaro subhaṭṭh�yī ciraṃ dīghamaddh�naṃ
tiṭṭhati. Tassa tattha ekakassa dīgharattaṃ nibbusitatt� anabhirati
paritassanÄ� uppajjati: ‘aho vata aññe’pi sattÄ� itthattaṃ Ä�gaccheyyunti’.
Atha aññatare’pi sattÄ� Ä�yukkhayÄ� [PTS Page 018]
[\q 18/] v� puññakkhay� v� �bhassarak�y� cavitv� brahmavim�naṃ
upapajjanti tassa sattassa sahavyataṃ. Te’pi tattha honti manomayÄ�
pītibhakkh� sayampabh� antalikkhacar� subhaṭṭh�yino ciraṃ dīghamaddh�naṃ
tiá¹­á¹­hanti.

Tatra bhikkhave yo so satto paá¹­hamaṃ upapanno tassa evaṃ hoti: ‘ahamasmi
brahm� mah�brahm� abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro
katt� nimm�t� seṭṭho sajit�1 vasī pit� bhūtabhavy�naṃ. May� ime satt�
nimmitÄ�. Taṃ kissa hetu? Mamaṃ hi pubbe etadahosi: aho vata aññe’pi
satt� itthattaṃ �gaccheyyunti. Iti mamañca2 manopaṇidhi. Ime ca satt�
itthattaṃ Ä�gatÄ�’ti. Ye’pi te sattÄ� pacchÄ� upapannÄ�3 tesampi evaṃ hoti:
ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ brahm� mah�brahm� abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso
vasavattī issaro katt� nimm�t� seṭṭho sajit� vasī pit� bhūtabhavy�naṃ.
Imin� mayaṃ bhot� brahmuṇ� nimmit�. Taṃ kissa hetu? Mamaṃ hi mayaṃ
addasÄ�ma idha paá¹­hamaṃ upapannaṃ. Mayaṃ panamhÄ� pacchÄ� upapannÄ�’ti.

1. Saṃjit�. [PTS.]
2. Mama ca. Machasaṃ.
3. Upapann�. Sī mu. 1.

[BJT Page 32] [\x 32/]

46. Tatra bhikkhave yo so satto paṭhamaṃ upapanno, so dīgh�yukataro ca
hoti vaṇṇavantataro ca mahesakkhataro ca. Ye pana te satt� pacch�
upapann�, te app�yukatar� ca honti dubbaṇṇatar� ca appesakkhatar� ca.
Ṭh�naṃ kho panetaṃ bhikkhave vijjati yaṃ aññataro satto tamh� k�y�
cavitv� itthattaṃ �gacchati.

Itthattaṃ �gato sam�no ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajati. Ag�rasm�
anag�riyaṃ pabbajito sam�no �tappamanv�ya padh�namanv�ya anuyogamanv�ya
appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya tath�rūpaṃ cetosam�dhiṃ phusati
yath� sam�hite citte taṃ pubbeniv�saṃ anussarati, tato paraṃ
n�nussarati. So evam�ha:

‘Yo kho so bhavaṃ brahmÄ� mahÄ�brahmÄ� abhibhu anabhibhÅ«to aññadatthudaso
vasavattī issaro katt� nimm�t� seṭṭho sajit� vasī pit� bhūtabhavy�naṃ,
yena mayaṃ bhot� brahmuṇ� nimmit�, so nicco dhuvo sassato
avipariṇ�madhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati. Ye pana mayaṃ ahumh�
tena bhotÄ� [PTS Page 019] [\q 19/] brahmuṇÄ� nimmitÄ�, te mayaṃ aniccÄ� addhuvÄ� appÄ�yukÄ� cavanadhammÄ� itthattaṃ Ä�gatÄ�’ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave paṭhamaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ�
ekaccasassatik� ekaccaasassatik� ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ asassataṃ
att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti.

47. Dutiye ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha ekaccasassatik�
ekaccaasassatik� ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ asassataṃ att�nañca lokañca
paññ�penti?

[BJT Page 34] [\x 34/]

Santi bhikkhave khi���padosik� n�ma dev�. Te ativelaṃ
hassakhi���ratidhammasam�pann� vibharanti. Tesaṃ ativelaṃ
hassakhi���ratidhammasam�pann�naṃ viharataṃ sati mussati. Satiy� sammos�
te dev� tamh� k�y� cavanti.

Ṭh�naṃ kho panetaṃ bhikkhave vijjati yaṃ aññataro satto tamh� k�y�
cavitv� itthattaṃ �gacchati. Itthattaṃ �gato sam�no ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ
pabbajati. Ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajito sam�no �tappamanv�ya
padh�namanv�ya anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya
tath�rūpaṃ cetosam�dhiṃ phusati yath�sam�hite citte taṃ pubbeniv�saṃ
anussarati, tato paraṃ n�nussarati.

So evam�ha: ye kho te bhonto dev� na khi���padosik�, te na ativelaṃ
hassakhi���ratidhammasam�pann� viharanti. Tesaṃ na ativelaṃ
hassakhi���ratidhammasam�pann�naṃ viharataṃ sati na mussati. Satiy�
asammos� te dev� tamh� k�y� na cavanti, nicc� dhuv� sassat�
avipariṇ�madhamm� sassatisamaṃ tatheva [PTS Page 020]
[\q 20/] ṭhassati. Ye pana mayaṃ ahumbha khi���padosik�, te mayaṃ
ativelaṃ hassakhi���ratidhammasam�pann� viharimbha. Tesaṃ no ativelaṃ
hassakhi���ratidhammasam�pann�naṃ viharataṃ sati mussi. Satiy� sammos�
evaṃ mayaṃ tambh� k�y� cut� anicc� addhuv� app�yuk� cavanadhamm�
itthattaṃ Ä�gatÄ�’ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave dutiyaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇa br�hmaṇ�
ekaccasassatik� ekaccaasassatik� ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ asassataṃ
att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti.

48. Tatiye ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha ekaccasassatik�
ekaccaasassatik� ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ asassataṃ att�nañca lokañca
paññ�penti?

Santi bhikkhave manopad�sik� n�ma dev�. Te ativelaṃ aññamaññaṃ
upanijjh�yanti. Te ativelaṃ aññamaññaṃ upanijjh�yant� aññamaññamhi
citt�ni padūsenti. Te aññamaññamhi paduṭṭhacitt� kilantak�y�
kilantacitt�. Te dev� tamh� k�y� cavanti.

[BJT Page 36] [\x 36/]

Ṭh�naṃ kho bhikkhave vijjati yaṃ aññataro satto tamh� k�y� cavitv�
itthattaṃ �gacchati. Itthattaṃ �gato sam�no ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ
pabbajati. Ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajito sam�no �tappamanv�ya
padh�namanv�ya anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya
tath�rūpaṃ cetosam�dhiṃ phusati yath�sam�hite citte taṃ pubbeniv�saṃ
anussarati tato paraṃ n�nussarati.

So evam�ha: ye kho te bhonto dev� na manopadosik�, te na ativelaṃ
aññamaññaṃ upanijjh�yanti. Te na ativelaṃ aññamaññaṃ upanijjh�yant�
aññamaññamhi appaduṭṭhacitt� akilantak�y� akilantacitt�. Te dev� tamh�
k�y� na cavanti nicc� dhuv� sassat� avipariṇ�madhamm� sassatisamaṃ [PTS Page 021]
[\q 21/] tatheva ṭhassanti. Ye pana mayaṃ ahumha manopadosik�, te
mayaṃ ativelaṃ aññamaññaṃ upanijjh�yimha. Te mayaṃ ativelaṃ aññamaññaṃ
upanijjh�yant� aññamaññamhi1 citt�ni padūsimha. Te mayaṃ aññamaññamhi
paduṭṭhacitt� kilantak�y� kilantacitt� evaṃ tamh� k�y� cut� anicc�
addhuvÄ� appÄ�yukÄ� cavanadhammÄ� itthattaṃ Ä�gatÄ�’ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave tatiyaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ�
ekaccasassatik� ekaccaasassatik� ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ asassataṃ
att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti.

49. Catutthe ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha
ekaccasassatik� ekacca asassatik� ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ asassataṃ
attat�ṇañca lokañca paññ�penti?

Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� takkī hoti vīmaṃsī. So
takkapariy�hataṃ vimaṃs�nucaritaṃ sayampaṭibh�naṃ evam�haṃ: yaṃ kho idaṃ
vuccati cakkhunti’pi sotanti’pi ghÄ�ṇaṃ’ti’pi kÄ�yo’ti’pi, ayaṃ attÄ�
anicco addhuvo asassato vipariṇ�madhammo. Yaṃ ca kho idaṃ vuccati
cittanti vÄ� mano’ti vÄ� viññÄ�ṇanti vÄ� ayaṃ attÄ� nicco dhuvo sassato
avipariṇ�madhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassatī ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave catutthaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke
samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ekaccasassatik� ekaccaasassatik� ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ
asassataṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti.

1. Aññamaññaṃ. Sīmu.

[BJT Page 38] [\x 38/]

Ime hi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ekaccasassatik� ekaccaasassatik�
ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ asassataṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti catūhi
vatthūhi.

Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇ� v� br�hmaṇ� v� ekaccasassatik�
ekaccaasassatik� ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ asassataṃ att�nañca lokañca
paññ�penti, sabbe te imeheva catūhi vatthūhi, etesaṃ v� aññatarena.
Natthi ito bahiddh�.

50. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “ime [PTS Page 022]
[\q 22/] diṭṭhiṭṭh�n� evaṃ gahit� evaṃ par�maṭṭh� evaṃgatik�
bhavissanti evaṃ abhisamparÄ�yÄ�”ti. Taṃ ca tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Tato ca
uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Taṃ ca paj�nanaṃ na par�masati. Apar�masato cassa
paccattaṃyeva nibbuti vidit�. Vedan�naṃ samudayañca atthagamañca
ass�dañca �dīnañca nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ viditv� anup�d� vimutto
bhikkhave tath�gato.

51. Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant�
paṇīt� atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy�, ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm�
vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.

52. Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa
paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi. Te ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma
kim�rabbha ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi?

Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� �tappamanv�ya padh�namanv�ya
anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya tath�rūpaṃ
cetosam�dhiṃ phusati yath�sam�hite citte antasaññī lokasmiṃ viharati. So
evamÄ�ha: “antavÄ� ayaṃ loko parivaá¹­umo. Tiṃ kissa hetu? Ahaṃ hi
�tappamanv�ya padh�namanv�ya anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya
samm�manasik�ramanv�ya tath�rūpaṃ cetosam�dhiṃ phus�mi yath� sam�hite
citte antasaññī lokasmiṃ vihar�mi. Imin� mahaṃ etaṃ j�n�mi: yath� antav�
ayaṃ loko parivaá¹­umo”ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave paṭhamaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa paññ�penti.

[BJT Page 40] [\x 40/]

53. Dutiye ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa paññ�penti?

Idhe bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� �tappamanv�ya anuyogamanv�ya
appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya tath�rūpaṃ cetosam�dhiṃ phusati,
yathÄ�samÄ�hite citte anantasaññī lokasmiṃ viharati. So evamÄ�ha: “ananto
ayaṃ loko apariyanto. Ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� evam�haṃsu: antav� ayaṃ loko
parivaá¹­umo’ti, tesaṃ musÄ�. Ananto ayaṃ loko apariyanto. Taṃ kissa hetu?
Ahaṃ hi �tappamanv�ya padh�namanv�ya anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya
samm�manasik�ramanv�ya tath�rūpaṃ cetosam�dhiṃ phus�mi yath�sam�hite
citte antasaññī lokasmiṃ vihar�mi. Imin�mahaṃ etaṃ j�n�mi yath� ananto
ayaṃ loko apariyanto’ti. ”

Idaṃ bhikkhave dutiyaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa paññ�penti.

54. Tatiye ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa paññ�penti?

Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� �tappamanv�ya padh�namanv�ya
anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya tath�rūpaṃ [PTS Page 023]
[\q 23/] cetosam�dhiṃ phusati, yath� sam�hite citte uddhamadho
antasaññī lokasmiṃ viharati tiriyaṃ anattasaññī. So evamÄ�ha: “antavÄ� ca
ayaṃ loko ananto ca. Ye te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� evamÄ�haṃsu: ‘antavÄ� ayaṃ loko
parivaá¹­umo’ti, tesaṃ musÄ�. Ye’pi te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� evamÄ�haṃsu: ‘ananto
ayaṃ loko apariyanto’ti, tesampi musÄ�. AntavÄ� ca ayaṃ loko ananto ca.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Ahaṃ hi �tappamanv�ya padh�namanv�ya anuyogamanv�ya
appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya tath�rūpaṃ cetosam�dhiṃ phus�mi
yath� sam�hite citte uddhamadho antasaññī lokasmiṃ vihar�mi tiriyaṃ
anantasaññī. IminÄ�mahaṃ etaṃ jÄ�nÄ�mi: yathÄ� antavÄ� ca ayaṃ loko ananto”
c�ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave tatiyaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa paññ�penti.

55. Catutthe ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa paññ�penti?

[BJT Page 42] [\x 42/]

Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� takkī hoti vīmaṃsī. So
takkapariyÄ�hataṃ vÄ«maṃsÄ�nucaritaṃ sayampaá¹­ibhÄ�naṃ evamÄ�ha: “nevÄ�yaṃ loko
antavÄ� na panÄ�nanto. Ye te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� evamÄ�haṃsu: ‘antavÄ� ayaṃ loko
parivaá¹­umo’ti, tesaṃ musÄ�. Ye’pi te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� [PTS Page 024]
[\q 24/] evamÄ�haṃsu: ‘ananto ayaṃ loko apariyanto’ti, tesampi
musÄ�. Ye’pi te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� evamÄ�haṃsu: ‘antavÄ� ca ayaṃ loko ananto
cÄ�’ti tesampi musÄ�. NevÄ�yaṃ loko antavÄ� na panÄ�nanto”ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave catutthaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa paññ�penti.

56. Imehi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa
paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi. Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇ� v� br�hmaṇ� v�
ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa paññ�penti, sabbe te imeheva catūhi
vatthūhi, etesaṃ v� aññatarena. Natthi ito bahiddh�.

57. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “ime diá¹­á¹­hiá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ� evaṃ gahitÄ�
evaṃ parÄ�maá¹­á¹­hÄ� evaṃgatikÄ� bhavissanti evaṃ abhisamparÄ�yÄ�”ti. Tañca
tath�gato paj�n�ti, tato ca uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Tañca paj�nanaṃ na
par�masati. Apar�masato cassa paccattaññeva nibbuti vidit�. Vedan�naṃ
samudayañca atthagamañca ass�dañca �dīnavañca nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ
viditv� anup�d� vimutto bhikkhave tath�gato.

58. Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant�
paṇīt� atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy� ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti, ye hi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm�
vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.

[BJT Page 44] [\x 44/]

59. Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� amar�vikkhepik� tattha tattha
pañhaṃ puṭṭhaṃ sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ �pajjanti amar�vikkhepaṃ catūhi
vatthūhi. Te ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha
amar�vikkhepik� tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭh� sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ
�pajjanti amar�vikkhepaṃ catūhi vatthūhi?

60. Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� idaṃ kusalanti
yath�bhūtaṃ nappaj�n�ti. Idaṃ akusalanti yath�bhūtaṃ nappaj�n�ti. Tassa
evaṃ hoti: “ahaṃ kho idaṃ kusalanti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ nappajÄ�nÄ�mi. Idaṃ [PTS Page 025]
[\q 25/] akusalanti yath�bhūtaṃ nappaj�n�mi. Ahañceva kho pana
idaṃ kusalanti yath�bhūtaṃ nappaj�nanto, idaṃ akusalanti yath�bhūtaṃ
nappaj�nanto, idaṃ kusalanti v� vy�kareyyaṃ, idaṃ akusalanti v�
vy�kareyyaṃ, tattha me assa chando v� r�go v� doso v� paṭigho v�. Yattha
me assa chando v� r�go v� doso v� paṭigho v�. Taṃ mamassa mus�. Yaṃ
mamassa mus�, so mamassa vigh�to. Yo mamassa vigh�to, so mamassa
antarÄ�yo”ti.

Iti so mus�v�dabhay� mus�v�daparijegucch� nevidaṃ kusalanti vy�karoti.
Na panidaṃ akusalanti vy�karoti. Tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭho sam�no
vÄ�cÄ�vikkhepaṃ Ä�pajjati amarÄ�vikkhepaṃ: “evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me no”ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave paṭhamaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ�
amar�vikkhepik� tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭh� sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ
�pajjanti amar�vikkhepaṃ.

61. Dutiye ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha amar�vikkhepik�
tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭh� sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ �pajjanti
amar�vikkhepaṃ?

Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� idaṃ kusalanti yath�bhūtaṃ
nappaj�n�ti. Idaṃ akusalanti yath�bhūtaṃ nappaj�n�ti. Tassa evaṃ hoti:
“ahaṃ kho idaṃ kusalanti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ nappajÄ�nÄ�mi. Idaṃ akusalanti
yath�bhūtaṃ nappaj�n�mi. Ahañceva kho pana idaṃ kusalanti yath�bhūtaṃ
nappaj�nanto, idaṃ akusalanti yath�bhūtaṃ nappaj�nanto, idaṃ kusalanti
v� vy�kareyyaṃ, idaṃ akusalanti v� vy�kareyyaṃ, tattha me assa chando v�
r�go v� doso v� paṭigho v�. Yattha me assa chando v� r�go v� doso v�
paṭigho v�. Taṃ mamassa up�d�naṃ. Yaṃ mamassa up�d�naṃ, so mamassa
vighÄ�to. Yo mamassa vighÄ�to, so mamassa antarÄ�yo”ti.

[BJT Page 46] [\x 46/]
[PTS Page 026] [\q 26/]
Iti so up�d�nabhay� up�d�naparijegucch� nevidaṃ kusalanti vy�karoti. Na
panidaṃ akusalanti vy�karoti. Tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭho sam�no
vÄ�cÄ�vikkhepaṃ Ä�pajjati amarÄ�vikkhepaṃ: “evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me no”ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave dutiyaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ�
amar�vikkhepik� tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭh� sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ
�pajjanti amar�vikkhepaṃ.

62. Tatiye ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha amar�vikkhepik�
tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭh� sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ �pajjanti
amar�vikkhepaṃ?

Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� idaṃ kusalanti yath�bhūtaṃ
nappaj�n�ti. Idaṃ akusalanti yath�bhūtaṃ nappaj�n�ti. Tassa evaṃ hoti:
“ahaṃ kho idaṃ kusalanti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ nappajÄ�nÄ�mi. Idaṃ akusalanti
yath�bhūtaṃ nappaj�n�mi. Ahañceva kho pana idaṃ kusalanti yath�bhūtaṃ
nappaj�nanto, idaṃ akusalanti yath�bhūtaṃ nappaj�nanto, idaṃ kusalanti
v� vy�kareyyaṃ, idaṃ akusalanti v� vy�kareyyaṃ, santi hi kho pana
samaṇabr�hmaṇ� paṇ�it� nipuṇ� kataparappav�d� v�lavedhirūp� vobhindant�
maññe caranti paññ�gatena diṭṭhigat�ni, te maṃ tattha samanuyuñjeyyuṃ
samanug�heyyuṃ samanubh�seyyuṃ, tes�haṃ na samp�yeyyaṃ. Yes�haṃ na
samp�yeyyaṃ, so mamassa vigh�to. Yo mamassa vigh�to, so mamassa
antarÄ�yo”ti.

Iti so anuyogabhay� anuyogaparijegucch� nevidaṃ kusalanti vy�karoti. Na
panidaṃ akusalanti vy�karoti. Tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭho sam�no
vÄ�cÄ�vikkhepaṃ Ä�pajjati amarÄ�vikkhepaṃ: “evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me no”ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave tatiyaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ [PTS Page 27]
[\q 27/] �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� amar�vikkhepik� tattha tattha
pañhaṃ puṭṭh� sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ �pajjanti amar�vikkhepaṃ.

[BJT Page 48] [\x 48/]

63. Catutthe ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha
amar�vikkhepik� tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭh� sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ
�pajjanti amar�vikkhepaṃ?

Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� mando hoti momuho. So
mandatt� momuhatt� tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭho sam�no v�c�vikkhepaṃ
Ä�pajjati amarÄ�vikkhepaṃ: “atthi paro loko’ti iti ce maṃ pucchasi, atthi
paro loko’ti iti ce me assa, atthi paro loko’ti iti te naṃ vyÄ�kareyyaṃ.
Evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No
no’ti’pi me no. Natthi paro loko’ti? Iti ce maṃ pucchasi, natthi paro
loko’ti iti ce me assa, natthi paro loko’ti iti te naṃ vyÄ�kareyyaṃ.
Evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no.
No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me no. Atthi ca natthi ca paro loko? Iti ce
maṃ pucchasi, atthi ca natthi ca paro loko’ti iti ce me assa, atthi ca
natthi ca paro loko’ti iti te naṃ vyÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi
me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me no. “Atthi
satt� opap�tik�? Iti ce maṃ pucachasi, atthi satt� opap�tik� iti ce maṃ
assa, atthi satt� opap�tik� iti te naṃ vy�kareyyaṃ. Evampi me no.
TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me
no. “Natthi sattÄ� opapÄ�tikÄ� iti ce maṃ pucchasi, natthi sattÄ� opapÄ�tikÄ�
iti ce me assa, natthi satth� opap�tik� iti te naṃ vy�kareyya. Evampi me
no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi
me no. “Atthi ca natthi ca sattÄ� opapÄ�tikÄ� iti ce maṃ pucchasi, atthi
ca natthi ca satt� opap�tik� iti ce me assa, atthi ca natthi ca satt�
opapÄ�tikÄ� iti te naṃ vyÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me no. Nevatthi na
natthi satt� opap�tik�? Iti ce maṃ pucchasi, nevatthi na natthi satt�
opap�tik� iti ce me assa, nevatthi na natthi satt� opap�tik� iti ce naṃ
vyÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me no. Nevatthi na natthi sattÄ� opapÄ�tikÄ�
iti ce maṃ pucchasi, nevatthi na natthi satt� opap�tik� iti ce me assa,
nevatthi na natthi satt� opap�tik� iti te naṃ vy�kareyyaṃ. Evampi me no.
TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me
no. “Atthi sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ vipÄ�ko? Iti ce maṃ pucchasi,
atthi sukaṭadukkaṭ�naṃ kamm�naṃ phalaṃ vip�ko iti ce me assa, atthi
sukaṭadukkaṭ�naṃ kamm�naṃ phalaṃ vip�ko iti te naṃ vy�kareyyaṃ. Evampi
me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No
no’ti’pi me no. “Natthi sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ vipÄ�ko? Iti ce
maṃ pucchasi, natthi sukaṭadukkaṭ�naṃ kamm�naṃ phalaṃ vip�ko iti ce me
assa, natthi sukaṭadukkaṭ�naṃ kamm�naṃ phalaṃ vip�ko iti te naṃ
vyÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me no. “Atthi ca natthi ca sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ
kamm�naṃ phalaṃ vip�ko? Iti ce maṃ pucchasi, atthi ca natthi ca
sukaṭadukkaṭ�naṃ kamm�naṃ phalaṃ vip�ko iti ce me assa, atthi ca natthi
ca sukaṭadukkaṭ�naṃ kamm�naṃ phalaṃ vip�ko iti te naṃ vy�kareyyaṃ.
Evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No
no’ti’pi me no. “Nevatthi na natthi sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ
vip�ko? Iti ce maṃ pucchasi, nevatthi na natthi sukaṭadukkaṭ�naṃ
kamm�naṃ phalaṃ vip�ko iti ce me assa, nevatthi na natthi
sukaṭadukkaṭ�naṃ kamm�naṃ phalaṃ vip�ko iti te naṃ vy�kareyyaṃ. Evampi
me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No
no’ti’pi me no. “Hoti tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ� iti ce maṃ pucchasi, hoti
tath�gato parammaraṇ� iti ce me assa, hoti tath�gato parammaraṇ� iti te
naṃ vyÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’pi me no.
No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me no. Hoti tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ� na hoti
tath�gato parammaraṇ� iti ce maṃ pucchasi, na hoti tath�gato parammaraṇ�
iti ce me assa, na hoti tath�gato parammaraṇ� iti te naṃ vy�kareyya.
Evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No
no’ti’pi me no. Na hoti tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ�? Hoti ca na hoti ca
tath�gato parammaraṇ� iti ce maṃ pucchasi, hoti ca na hoti ca tath�gato
parammaraṇ� iti ce me assa, hoti ca na hoti ca tath�gato parammaraṇ� iti
te naṃ vyÄ�kareyya. Evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me
no. No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me no. Hoti ca na hoti ca tathÄ�gato
parammaraṇ�? Neva hoti na na hoti tath�gato parammaraṇ� iti ce maṃ
pucchasi, iti ce me assa, neva hoti na na hoti tath�gato parammaraṇ� iti
te naṃ vyÄ�kareyya. Evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me
no. No’ti’pi me no. No no’ti’pi me no. Neva hoti na na hoti tathÄ�gato
parammaraṇÄ� ti? Iti ce maṃ pucchasi “neva hoti na na hoti tathÄ�gato
parammaraṇÄ�’ti iti ce me assa, neva hoti na na hoti tathÄ�gato
parammaraṇÄ�’ti iti te naṃ vyÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evampi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No’ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me no”ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave catutthaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke
samaṇabr�hmaṇ� amar�vikkhepik� tattha tattha puṭṭh� sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ
�pajjanti amar�vikkhepaṃ.

64. Imehi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� amar�vikkhepik� [PTS Page 28]
[\q 28/] tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭh� sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ
�pajjanti amar�vikkhepaṃ catūhi vatthūhi. Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇ� v�
br�hmaṇ� v� amar�vikkhepik� tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭh� sam�n�
v�c�vikkhepaṃ �pajjanti, amar�vikkhepaṃ, sabbe te imeheva catūhi
vatthūhi, etesaṃ v� aññatarena. Natthi ito bahiddh�.

[BJT Page 50] [\x 50/]

65. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “ime diá¹­á¹­hiá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ� evaṃ gahitÄ�
evaṃ parÄ�maá¹­á¹­hÄ� evaṃgatikÄ� bhavissanti evaṃabhisamparÄ�yÄ�”ti. Tañca
tath�gato paj�n�ti. Tato ca uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Tañca paj�nanaṃ na
par�masati. Apar�masato cassa paccattaṃ yeva nibbuti vidit�. Vedan�naṃ
samudayañca atthagamañca ass�dañca �dīnavañca nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ
viditv� anup�d� vimutto bhikkhave tath�gato.

Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant� paṇīt�
atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy� ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm�
vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.
66. Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� adhiccasamuppannik�
adhiccasamuppannaṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti dvīhi vatthūhi. Te ca
bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha adhiccasamuppannik�
adhiccasamuppannaṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti dvīhi vatthūhi?

Santi bhikkhave asaññasatt� n�ma dev�. Saññupp�d� ca pana te dev� tamh�
k�y� cavanti. Ṭh�naṃ kho panetaṃ bhikkhave vijjati yaṃ aññataro satto
tamh� k�y� cavitv� itthattaṃ �gacchati. Itthattaṃ �gato sam�no ag�rasm�
anag�riyaṃ pabbajati. Ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajito sam�no �tappamanv�ya
padh�namanv�ya anuyogamanv�ya appam�damanv�ya samm�manasik�ramanv�ya
tath�rūpaṃ cetosam�dhiṃ phusati, yath�sam�hite citte saññupp�daṃ
anussarati tato [PTS Page 029] [\q 29/]
paraṃ nÄ�nussarati. So evamÄ�ha: “adhiccasamuppanno attÄ� ca loko ca. Taṃ
kissa hetu? Ahaṃ hi pubbe nÄ�hosiṃ. So’mhi etarahi ahutvÄ� santattÄ�ya1
pariṇato”ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave paṭhamaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ�
adhiccasamuppannik� adhiccasamuppannaṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti.

1. Sattatt�ya, katthaci.

[BJT Page 52] [\x 52/]

67. Dutiye ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha adhiccasamuppannik� adhiccasamuppannaṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti?

Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� takkī hoti vīmaṃsī. So
takkapariy�hataṃ vīmaṃs�nucaritaṃ sayampaṭibh�naṃ evam�ha:
“adhiccasamuppanno attÄ� ca loko cÄ�”ti.

Idaṃ bhikkhave dutiyaṃ ṭh�naṃ yaṃ �gamma yaṃ �rabbha eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ�
adhiccasamuppannik� adhiccasamuppannaṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti.

68. Imehi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� adhiccasamuppannik� adhiccasamuppannaṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti dvīhi vatthūhi.

Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇ� v� br�hmaṇ� v� adhiccasamuppannik�
adhiccasamuppannaṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti, sabbe te imeheva dvīhi
vatthūhi, etesaṃ v� aññatarena. Natthi ito bahiddh�.

69. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “ime diá¹­á¹­hiá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ� evaṃ gahitÄ�
evaṃ parÄ�maá¹­á¹­hÄ� evaṃgatikÄ� bhavissanti evaṃabhisamparÄ�yÄ�”ti. Tañca
tath�gato paj�n�ti. Tato ca uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Tañca paj�nanaṃ na
par�masati. Apar�masato cassa paccattaṃ yeva nibbuti vidit�. Vedan�naṃ
samudayañca atthagamañca ass�dañca �dīnavañca nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ
viditv� anup�d� vimutto bhikkhave tath�gato.

Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant� paṇīt�
atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy� ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� [PTS Page 030] [\q 30/] pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm� vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.

70. Imehi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� pubbantakappik�
pubbant�nudiṭṭhino pubbantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni
abhivadanti aṭṭh�rasahi vatthūhi. Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇ� v�
br�hmaṇ� v� pubbantakappik� pubbant�nudiṭṭhino pubbantaṃ �rabbha
anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti, sabbe te imeheva aṭṭh�rasahi
vatthūhi, etesaṃ v� aññatarena. Natthi ito bahiddh�.

71. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti “ime diá¹­á¹­hiá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ� evaṃ gahitÄ�
evaṃ parÄ�maá¹­á¹­hÄ� evaṃgatikÄ� bhavissanti evaṃabhisamparÄ�yÄ�”ti. Tañca
tath�gato paj�n�ti. Tato ca uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Tañca paj�nanaṃ na
par�masati. Apar�masato cassa paccattaṃ yeva nibbuti vidit�. Vedan�naṃ
samudayañca atthagamañca ass�dañca �dīnavañca nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ
viditv� anup�d� vimutto bhikkhave tath�gato.

[BJT Page 54] [\x 54/]

Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant� paṇīt�
atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy� ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm�
vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.

72. Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� aparantakappik�
aparant�nudiṭṭhino aparantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni
abhivadanti catucatt�rīs�ya vatthūhi. Te ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ�
kim�gamma kim�rabbha aparantakappik� aparant�nudiṭṭhino aparantaṃ
�rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti catucatt�rīs�ya
vatthūhi?

73. Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik� [PTS Page 031]
[\q 31/] saññīv�d� uddham�gh�tan� saññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti
soḷasahi vatthūhi. Te ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha
uddham�gh�tanika saññiv�d� uddham�gh�tan� saññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti
soḷasahi vatthūhi?

Rūpī att� hoti arogo parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Arūpī att� hoti
arogo parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Rūpī ca arūpī ca att� hoti
arogo parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Neva rūpī na rūpī att� hoti
arogo parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Antav� att� hoti arogo
parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Anantav� att� hoti arogo parammaraṇ�
saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Antav� ca anantav� ca att� hoti arogo
parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Nevantav�1 ca n�nantav� ca att� hoti
arogo parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Ekattasaññī att� hoti arogo
parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. N�nattasaññī att� hoti arogo
parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Parittasaññī att� hoti arogo
parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Appam�ṇasaññī att� hoti arogo
parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Ekantasukhī att� hoti arogo
parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Ekantadukkhī att� hoti arogo
parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Sukhadukkhī att� hoti arogo
parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti. Adukkhamasukhī att� hoti arogo
parammaraṇ� saññīti naṃ paññ�penti.

1. Nevantav� ca. Katthaci

[BJT Page 56] [\x 56/]

74. Imehi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik� saññiv�d�
uddham�gh�tan� saññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti soḷasahi vatthūhi.

Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇ� v� br�hmaṇ� v� uddham�gh�tanik� saññiv�d�
uddham�gh�tan� saññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti sabbe te imeheva soḷasahi
vatthūhi, etesaṃ v� aññatarena. Natthi ito bahiddh�.

75. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti “ime diá¹­á¹­hiá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ� evaṃ gahitÄ�
evaṃ parÄ�maá¹­á¹­hÄ� evaṃgatikÄ� bhavissanti evaṃabhisamparÄ�yÄ�”ti. Tañca
tath�gato paj�n�ti tato ca uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Tañca paj�nanaṃ na
par�masati. Apar�masato cassa paccattaññeva nibbuti vidit�. Vedan�naṃ
samudayañca atthagamañca ass�dañca �dīnavañca nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ
viditv� anup�d� vimutto bhikkhave tath�gato.

76. Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant�
paṇīt� atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy�, ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� [PTS Page 032] [\q 32/] pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm� vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.

Dutiyabh�ṇav�raṃ.

77. Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik� asaññīv�d�
uddham�gh�tan� asaññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti aṭṭhahi vatthūhi. Te ca bhonto
samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha uddham�gh�tanik� asaññīv�d�
uddham�gh�tan� asaññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti aṭṭhahi vatthūhi?

78. ‘RÅ«pÄ« attÄ� hoti arogo parammaraṇÄ� asaññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti. ‘ArÅ«pÄ«
attÄ� hoti arogo parammaraṇÄ� asaññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti. ‘RÅ«pÄ« ca arÅ«pÄ« ca
attÄ� hoti arogo parammaraṇÄ� asaññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti. ‘Neva rÅ«pi nÄ�rÅ«pÄ«
attÄ� hoti arogo parammaraṇÄ� asaññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti. ‘AntavÄ� attÄ� hoti
arogo parammaraṇÄ� asaññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti. ‘AnantavÄ� attÄ� hoti arogo
parammaraṇÄ� asaññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti. ‘AntavÄ� ca anantavÄ� ca attÄ� hoti
arogo parammaraṇÄ� asaññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti. ‘NevantavÄ� nÄ�nantavÄ� attÄ�
hoti arogo parammaraṇÄ� asaññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti.

[BJT Page 58] [\x 58/]

79. Imehi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik� asaññīv�d�
uddham�gh�tan� asaññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti aṭṭhahi vatthūhi. Ye hi keci
bhikkhave samaṇ� v� br�hmaṇ� v� uddham�gh�tanik� asaññīv�d�
uddham�gh�tan� asaññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti, sabbe te imeheva aṭṭhahi
vatthūhi, etesaṃ v� aññatarena. Natthi ito bahiddh�.

80. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “ime diá¹­á¹­hiá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ� evaṃ gahitÄ�
evaṃ parÄ�maá¹­á¹­hÄ� evaṃgatikÄ� bhavissanti evaṃabhisamparÄ�yÄ�”ti. Tañca
tath�gato paj�n�ti. Tato ca uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Tañca paj�nanaṃ na
par�masati. Apar�masato cassa paccattaṃ yeva nibbuti vidit�. Vedan�naṃ
samudayañca atthagamañca ass�dañca �dīnavañca nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ
viditv� anup�d� vimutto bhikkhave tath�gato.

Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant� paṇīt�
atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy� ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� [PTS Page 033] [\q 33/] pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm� vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.

81. Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik�
nevasaññīn�saññīv�d� uddham�gh�tan� nevasaññīn�saññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti
aṭṭhahi vatthūhi. Te ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha
uddham�gh�tanik� nevasaññīn�saññīv�d� uddham�gh�tan� nevasaññīn�saññiṃ
att�naṃ paññ�penti aṭṭhahi vatthūhi?

82. “RÅ«pi attÄ� hoti arogo parammaraṇÄ� nevasaññī nÄ�saññī’ti naṃ
paññÄ�penti. ‘ArÅ«pÄ« attÄ� hoti arogo parammaraṇÄ� nevasaññī nÄ�saññī’ti naṃ
paññÄ�penti. ‘RÅ«pÄ« ca arÅ«pÄ« ca attÄ� hoti arogo parammaraṇÄ� nevasaññī
nÄ�saññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti. ‘NevarÅ«pÄ« nÄ�rÅ«pÄ« attÄ� hoti arogo parammaraṇÄ�
nevasaññī nÄ�saññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti. ‘AntavÄ� attÄ� hoti arogo parammaraṇÄ�
nevasaññī nÄ�saññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti. ‘AnantavÄ� attÄ� hoti arogo
parammaraṇÄ� nevasaññī nÄ�saññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti. ‘AntavÄ� ca anantavÄ� ca
attÄ� hoti arogo parammaraṇÄ� nevasaññī nÄ�saññī’ti naṃ paññÄ�penti.
‘NevantavÄ� nÄ�nantavÄ� attÄ� hoti arogo parammaraṇÄ� nevasaññī nÄ�saññī”ti
naṃ paññ�penti.

83. Imehi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik�
nevasaññīn�saññīv�d� uddham�gh�tan� nevasaññīn�saññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti
aṭṭhahi vatthūhi. Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇ� v� br�hmaṇ� v�
uddham�gh�tanik� nevasaññīn�saññīv�d� uddham�gh�tan� nevasaññīn�saññiṃ
att�naṃ paññ�penti, sabbe te imeheva aṭṭhahi vatthūhi, etesaṃ v�
aññatarena. Natthi ito bahiddh�.

84. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “ime diá¹­á¹­hiá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ� evaṃ gahitÄ�
evaṃ parÄ�maá¹­á¹­hÄ� evaṃgatikÄ� bhavissanti evaṃabhisamparÄ�yÄ�”ti. Tañca
tath�gato paj�n�ti. Tato ca uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Tañca paj�nanaṃ na
par�masati. Apar�masato cassa paccattaṃ yeva nibbuti vidit�. Vedan�naṃ
samudayañca atthagamañca ass�dañca �dīnavañca nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ
viditv� anup�d� vimutto bhikkhave tath�gato.

Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant� paṇīt�
atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy� ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm�
vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.

[BJT Page 60] [\x 60/]

85. [PTS Page 034] [\q 34/] santi
bhikkhave eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ucchedav�d� sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vin�saṃ
vibhavaṃ paññ�penti sattahi vatthūhi. Te ca bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ�
kim�gamma kim�rabbha ucchedav�d� sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vin�saṃ vibhavaṃ
paññ�penti sattahi vatthūhi?

86. Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� evaṃv�dī hoti
evaṃdiá¹­á¹­hi: ‘yato kho bho ayaṃ attÄ� rÅ«pÄ« cÄ�tummahÄ�bhÅ«tiko
m�t�pettikasambhavo k�yassa bhed� ucchijjati vinassati na hoti
parammaraṇÄ�. EttÄ�vatÄ� kho bho ayaṃ attÄ� sammÄ� samucchinno hotÄ«’ti.
Ittheke sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vin�saṃ vibhavaṃ paññ�penti.

87. Tamañño evamÄ�ha: ‘atthi kho bho eso attÄ� yaṃ tvaṃ vadesi neso
natthīti vad�mi. No ca kho bho ayaṃ att� ett�vat� samm� samucchinto
hoti. Atthi kho bho añño att� dibbo rūpī k�m�vacaro kabaliṅk�r�1
h�rabhakkho, taṃ tvaṃ na j�n�si na passasi. Tamahaṃ j�n�mi pass�mi. So
kho bho att� yato k�yassa bhed� ucchijjati vinassati na hoti
parammaraṇÄ�. EttÄ�vatÄ� kho bho ayaṃ attÄ� sammÄ� samucchinno hotÄ«’ti.
Ittheke sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vin�saṃ vibhavaṃ paññ�penti.

88. Tamañño evamÄ�ha: ‘atthi kho bho eso attÄ� yaṃ tvaṃ vadesi. Na so
natthīti vad�mi. No ca kho bho ayaṃ att� ett�vat� samm� samucchinno
hoti. Atthi kho bho añño att� dibbo rūpī manomayo sabbaṅgapaccaṅgī
ahīnindriyo. Taṃ tvaṃ na j�n�si na passasi. Tamahaṃ j�n�mi pass�mi. So
kho bho att� yato k�yassa bhed� ucchijjati vinassati na hoti
parammaraṇÄ�. EttÄ�vatÄ� kho bho ayaṃ attÄ� sammÄ� samucchinno hotÄ«’ti.
Ittheke sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vin�saṃ vibhavaṃ paññ�penti.

89. Tamañño evamÄ�ha: ‘atthi kho bho eso attÄ� yaṃ tvaṃ vadesi. Neso
natthiti vad�mi. No ca kho bho ayaṃ att� ett�vat� samm� samucchinno
hoti. Atthi kho bho añño att� sabbaso rūpasaññ�naṃ samatikkam�
paṭighasaññ�naṃ atthagam�2 n�n�ttasaññ�naṃ amanasik�r� ananto �k�soti
�k�s�nañc�yatanūpago. Taṃ tvaṃ na [PTS Page 035]
[\q 35/] j�n�si na passasi. Tamahaṃ j�n�mi pass�mi. So kho bho
att� yato k�yassa bhed� ucchijjati vinassati na hoti parammaraṇ�.
EttÄ�vatÄ� kho ayaṃ attÄ� sammÄ� samucchinno hotÄ«’ti. Ittheke sato sattassa
ucchedaṃ vin�saṃ vibhavaṃ paññ�penti.

1. Kabalīk�r�h�ra bhakkho, machasaṃ
2. Atthaṅgam�, machasaṃ.

[BJT Page 62] [\x 62/]

90. Tamañño evamÄ�ha: ‘atthi kho bho eso attÄ� yaṃ tvaṃ vadesi. Neso
natthīti vad�mi. No ca kho bho ayaṃ att� ett�vat� samm� samucchinno
hoti. Atthi kho bho añño att� sabbaso �k�s�nañc�yatanaṃ samatikkamma
anantaṃ viññ�ṇanti viññaṇañc�yatanūpago. Taṃ tvaṃ na j�n�si na passasi.
Tamahaṃ j�n�mi pass�mi. So kho bho att� yato k�yassa bhed� ucchijjati
vinassati na hoti parammaraṇ�. Ett�vat� kho bho ayaṃ att� samm�
samucchinno hotÄ«’ti. Ittheke sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vinÄ�saṃ vibhavaṃ
paññ�penti.

91. Tamañño evamÄ�ha: ‘atthi kho bho eso attÄ� yaṃ tvaṃ vadesi. Na so
natthīti vad�mi. No ca kho bho ayaṃ att� ett�vat� samm� samucchinno
hoti. Atthi kho bho aññ� att� sabbaso viññ�ṇañc�yatanaṃ samatikkamma
natthi kiñcīti �kiñcaññ�yatanūpago taṃ tvaṃ na j�n�si na passasi. Tamhaṃ
j�n�mi pass�mi. So kho bho att� yato k�yassa bhed� ucchijjati vinassati
na hoti parammaraṇ�. Ett�vat� kho bho ayaṃ att� samm� samucchinno
hotÄ«’ti. Ittheke sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vinÄ�saṃ viditvÄ� paññÄ�penti.

92. Tamañño evamÄ�ha: ‘atthi kho bho eso attÄ� yaṃ tvaṃ vadesi. Neso
natthīti vad�mi. No ca kho bho ayaṃ att� ett�vat� samm� samucchinno
hoti. Atthi kho bho añño att� sabbaso �kiñcaññ�yatanaṃ samatikkamma
santametaṃ paṇītametanti nevasaññ�n�saññ�yatanūpago. Taṃ tvaṃ na j�n�si
na passasi. Tamahaṃ j�n�mi pass�mi. So kho bho att� yato k�yassa bhed�
ucchijjati vinassatī na hoti parammaraṇ�. Ett�vat� kho bho ayaṃ att�
sammÄ� samucchinno hotÄ«’ti. Ittheke sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vinÄ�saṃ
vibhavaṃ paññ�penti.

93. Imehi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ucchedav�d� sato sattassa
ucchedaṃ vin�saṃ vibhavaṃ paññ�penti sattahi vatthūhi. Ye hi keci
bhikkhave samaṇ� v� [PTS Page 36] [\q 36/]
br�hmaṇ� v� ucchedav�d� sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vin�saṃ vibhavaṃ
paññ�penti, sabbe te imeheva sattahi vatthūhi, etesaṃ v� aññatarena.
Natthi ito bahiddh�.

94. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “ime diá¹­á¹­hiá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ� evaṃ gahitÄ�
evaṃ parÄ�maá¹­á¹­hÄ� evaṃgatikÄ� bhavissanti evaṃabhisamparÄ�yÄ�”ti. Tañca
tath�gato paj�n�ti. Tato ca uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Tañca paj�nanaṃ na
par�masati. Apar�masato cassa paccattaṃ yeva nibbuti vidit�. Vedan�naṃ
samudayañca atthagamañca ass�dañca �dīnavañca nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ
viditv� anup�d� vimutto bhikkhave tath�gato.

Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant� paṇīt�
atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy� ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm�
vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.

95. Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� diṭṭhadhammanibb�nav�d� sato
sattassa paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ paññ�penti pañcahi vatthūhi. Te ca
bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� kim�gamma kim�rabbha diṭṭhadhamma nibb�nav�d� sato
sattassa paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ paññ�penti pañcahi vatthūhi?

[BJT Page 64] [\x 64/]

Idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo vÄ� brÄ�hmaṇo vÄ� evaṃvÄ�dÄ« hoti evaṃdiá¹­á¹­hi ‘
yato kho bho ayaṃ att� pañcahi k�maguṇehi samappito samaṅgibhūto
paric�reti, ett�vat� kho bho ayaṃ att� paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ patto
hotÄ«’ti. Ittheke sato sattassa paramadiá¹­á¹­hadhammanibbÄ�naṃ paññÄ�penti.

97. Tamañño evamÄ�ha: ‘atthi kho bho eso attÄ� yaṃ tvaṃ vadesi. Neso
natthīti vad�mi. No ca kho bho ayaṃ att� ett�vat�
paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ patto hoti taṃ kissa hetu? K�m� hi bho anicc�
dukkh� vipariṇ�madhamm� tesaṃ vipariṇ�maññath�bh�v� uppajjanti
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassup�y�s� yato [PTS Page 037]
[\q 37/] kho bho ayaṃ att� vivicceva k�mehi vivicca akusalehi
dhammehi savitakkaṃ savic�raṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jh�naṃ
upasampajja viharati. Ett�vat� kho bho ayaṃ att�
paramadiá¹­á¹­hadhammanibbÄ�naṃ patto hotÄ«’ti. Ittheke sato sattassa
paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ paññ�penti.

98. Tamañño evamÄ�ha: ‘ atthi kho bho eso attÄ� yaṃ tvaṃ vadesi. Neso
natthiti vad�mi. No ca kho bho ayaṃ att� ett�vat�
paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ patto hoti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yadeva tattha
vitakkitaṃ vic�ritaṃ etenetaṃ oḷ�rikaṃ akkh�yati. Yato kho bho ayaṃ att�
vitakkavic�r�naṃ vūpasam� ajjhattaṃ sampas�danaṃ cetaso ekodībh�vaṃ
avitakkaṃ avic�raṃ sam�dhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja
viharati. Ett�vat� kho bho ayaṃ att� paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ patto
hotÄ«’ti. Ittheke sato sattassa paramadiá¹­á¹­hadhammanibbÄ�naṃ paññÄ�penti.

99. Tamañño evamÄ�ha: ‘atthi kho bho eso attÄ� yaṃ tvaṃ vadesi. Neso
natthiti vad�mi. No ca kho bho ayaṃ att� ett�vat�
paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ patto hoti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yadeva tattha
pītigataṃ cetaso ubbill�vitattaṃ etenetaṃ oḷ�rikaṃ akkh�yati. Yato kho
bho ayaṃ att� pītiy� ca vir�g� upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampaj�no
sukhaṃ ca k�yena paṭisaṃvedeti, yantaṃ ariy� �cikkhanti upekkhako satim�
sukhavih�rīti taṃ tatiyaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja viharati. Ett�vat� kho bho
ayaṃ attÄ� paramadiá¹­á¹­hadhammanibbÄ�naṃ patto hotÄ«’ti. Ittheke sato
sattassa paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ paññ�penti.

[BJT Page 66] [\x 66/]

100. Tamañño evamÄ�ha: ‘atthi kho bho eso attÄ�, yaṃ tvaṃ vadesi, neso
natthiti vad�mi. No ca kho bho ayaṃ att� ett�vat�
paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ patto hoti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yadeva tattha
sukhamiti cetaso �bhogo etenetaṃ oḷ�rikaṃ akkh�yati. Yato kho bho ayaṃ
att� sukhassa ca pah�n� dukkhassa ca pah�n� pubbeva
somanassadomanass�naṃ atthagam�1 adukkhamasukhaṃ [PTS Page 038]
[\q 38/] upekkh�satip�risuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja
viharati, ett�vat� kho bho ayaṃ att� paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ patto
hotÄ«’ti. Ittheke sato sattassa paramadiá¹­á¹­hadhammanibbÄ�naṃ paññÄ�penti.

101. Imehi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� diṭṭhadhammanibb�nav�d� sato
sattassa paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ paññ�penti pañcahi vatthūhi. Ye hi
keci bhikkhave samaṇ� v� br�hmaṇ� v� diṭṭhadhammanibb�nav�d� sato
sattassa paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ paññ�penti, sabbe te imeheva pañcahi
vatthūhi, etesaṃ v� aññatarena. Natthi ito bahiddh�.

102. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “ime diá¹­á¹­hiá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ� evaṃ gahitÄ�
evaṃ parÄ�maá¹­á¹­hÄ� evaṃgatikÄ� bhavissanti evaṃabhisamparÄ�yÄ�”ti. Tañca
tath�gato paj�n�ti. Tato ca uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Tañca paj�nanaṃ na
par�masati. Apar�masato cassa paccattaṃ yeva nibbuti vidit�. Vedan�naṃ
samudayañca atthagamañca ass�dañca �dīnavañca nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ
viditv� anup�d� vimutto bhikkhave tath�gato.

Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant� paṇīt�
atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy� ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm�
vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.

103. Imehi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� aparantakappik�
aparant�nudiṭṭhino aparantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni
abhivadanti catucatt�rīs�ya vatthūhi. Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇ� v�
br�hmaṇ� v� aparantakappik� aparant�nudiṭṭhino aparantaṃ �rabbha
anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti, sabbe te imeheva
catucatt�rīs�ya vatthūhi, etesaṃ v� aññatarena. Natthi ito bahiddh�.

104. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathÄ�gato pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “ime diá¹­á¹­hiá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ� evaṃ gahitÄ�
evaṃ parÄ�maá¹­á¹­hÄ� evaṃgatikÄ� bhavissanti evaṃabhisamparÄ�yÄ�”ti. Tañca
tath�gato paj�n�ti. Tato ca uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Tañca paj�nanaṃ [PTS Page 039]
[\q 39/] na par�masati. Apar�masato cassa paccattaṃ yeva nibbuti
vidit�. Vedan�naṃ samudayañca atthagamañca ass�dañca �dīnavañca
nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ viditv� anup�d� vimutto bhikkhave tath�gato.

Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant� paṇīt�
atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy� ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm�
vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.

105. Imehi kho te bhikkhave samaṇabr�hmaṇ� pubbantakappik� ca
aparantakappik� ca pubbant�parantakappik� ca pubbant�parant�nudiṭṭhino
pubbant�parantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti
dv�saṭṭhiy� vatthūhi. Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇ� v� br�hmaṇ� v�
pubbantakappik� ca aparantakappik� ca pubbant�parantakappik� ca
pubbant�parant�nudiṭṭhino pubbant�parantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni
adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti, sabbe te imeheva dv�saṭṭhiy� vatthūhi,
etesaṃ v� aññatarena. Natthi ito bahiddh�.

1. Atthaṅgam�, kesuci potthakesu.

[BJT Page 68] [\x 68/]

106. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tath�gato paj�n�ti: ime diṭṭhiṭṭh�n� evaṃ �gat�
evaṃ parÄ�maá¹­á¹­hÄ� evaṃgatikÄ� bhavissanti evaṃabhisamparÄ�yÄ�’ti. Tañca
tath�gato paj�n�ti tato ca uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti. Tañca paj�nanaṃ na
par�masati. Apar�masato cassa paccattaññeva nibbuti vidit�. Vedan�naṃ
samudayañca atthagamañca ass�dañca �dīnavañca nissaraṇañca yath�bhūtaṃ
viditv� anup�d�vimutto bhikkhave tath�gato.

107. Ime kho te bhikkhave dhamm� gambhīr� duddas� duranubodh� sant�
paṇīn� atakk�vacar� nipuṇ� paṇ�itavedanīy�, ye tath�gato sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti, yehi tath�gatassa yath�bhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ samm�
vadam�n� vadeyyuṃ.

108. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� sassatav�d� sassataṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti catūhi [PTS Page 040]
[\q 40/] vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ
aj�nataṃ apassataṃ vedayitaṃ taṇh�gat�naṃ paritasitavipphanditameva.

109. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ekaccasassatik�
ekaccaasassatik� ekaccaṃ asassataṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti catūhi,
tadapi tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ aj�nataṃ apassataṃ vedayitaṃ
taṇah�gat�naṃ paritasitavipphanditameva.

110. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa
paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ
aj�nataṃ apassataṃ vedayitaṃ taṇh�gat�naṃ paritasitavipphanditameva.

111. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� amar�vikkhepik� tattha1 tattha
pañhaṃ puṭṭh� sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ �pajjanti amar�vikkhepaṃ catūhi
vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ aj�nataṃ apassataṃ
vedayitaṃ taṇh�gat�naṃ paritasitavipphanditameva.

1. Tatra tatra. Kesuci potthakesu

[BJT Page 070] [\x 70/]

112. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� adhiccasamuppannik�
adhiccasamuppannaṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti dvīhi vatthūhi, tadapi
tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ aj�nataṃ apassataṃ vedayitaṃ,
taṇh�gat�naṃ parisitavipphanditameva.

113. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� pubbantakappik�
pubbant�nudiṭṭhino pubbantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni
abhivadanti aṭṭh�rasahi vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṃ bhavataṃ
samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ aj�nataṃ apassataṃ vedayitaṃ, taṇh�gat�naṃ
paritasitavipphanditameva.

114. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik� saññīv�d�
uddham�gh�tan� saññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti soḷasahi vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṃ
bhavataṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ aj�nataṃ apassataṃ vedayitaṃ, taṇh�gat�naṃ
paritasitavipphanditameva.

115. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik� asaññīv�d�
uddham�gh�tan� asaññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti aṭṭhahi vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṃ
bhavataṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ aj�nataṃ apassataṃ vedayitaṃ, taṇh�gat�naṃ
paritasitavipphanditameva.

116. [PTS Page 041] [\q 41/] tatra
bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik� nevasaññin�saññīv�d�
uddham�gh�tan� nevasaññiṃ n�saññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti aṭṭhahi vatthūhi,
tadapi tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ aj�nataṃ apassataṃ vedayitaṃ,
taṇh�gat�naṃ paritasitavipphanditameva.

117. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ucchedav�d� sato sattassa
ucchedaṃ vin�saṃ vibhavaṃ paññ�penti sattahi vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṃ
bhavataṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ aj�nataṃ apassataṃ vedayitaṃ, taṇh�gat�naṃ
paritasitavipphandimeva.

118. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� diṭṭhadhammanibb�nav�d� sato
sattassa paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ paññ�penti pañcahi vatthūhi, tadapi
tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ aj�nataṃ apassataṃ vedayitaṃ,
taṇh�gat�naṃ paritasitavipphanditameva.

119. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� aparantakappik�
aparant�nudiṭṭhino aparantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni
abhivadanti catucatt�rīs�ya vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṃ bhavataṃ
samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ aj�nataṃ apassataṃ vedayitaṃ, taṇh�gat�naṃ
paritasitavipphanditameva.

[BJT Page 72] [\x 72/]

120. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� pubbantakappik� ca
aparantakappik� ca pubbant�parantakappik� ca pubbant�parant�nudiṭṭhino
pubbant�parantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti
dv�saṭṭhiy� vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ aj�nataṃ
apassataṃ vedayitaṃ, taṇh�gat�naṃ paritasitavipphanditameva.

121. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� sassatav�d� [PTS Page 042] [\q 42/] sassataṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi, tadapi phassapaccay�.

122. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ekaccasassatik�
ekaccaasassatik� ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ asassataṃ att�nañca lokañca
paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi, tadapi phassapaccay�.

123. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi, tadapi phassapaccay�.

124. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� amar�vikkhepik� tattha tattha
pañhaṃ puṭṭh� sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ �pajjanti amar�vikkhepaṃ catūhi
vatthuhi, tadapi phassapaccay�.

125. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� adhiccasamuppannik�
adhiccasamuppannaṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti dvīhi vatthūhi, tadapi
phassapaccay�.

126. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� pubbantakappik�
pubbant�nudiṭṭhino pubbantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni
abhivadanti aṭṭh�rasahi vatthūhi, tadapi phassapaccay�.

127. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik� saññīv�d�
uddham�gh�tan� saññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti soḷasahi vatthūhi, tadapi
phassapaccay�.

128. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik� asaññīv�d�
uddham�gh�tan� asaññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti aṭṭhahi vatthūhi, tadapi
phassapaccay�.

[BJT Page 74] [\x 74/]

129. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik�
nevasaññin�saññiv�d� uddham�gh�tan� nevasaññiṃ n�saññiṃ att�naṃ
paññ�peti aṭṭhahi vatthūhi, tadapi phassapaccay�.

130. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ucchedav�d� sato sattassa
ucchedaṃ vin�saṃ vibhavaṃ paññ�penti sattahi vatthūhi, tadapi
phassapaccay�.

131. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� diṭṭhadhammanibb�nav�d� sato
sattassa paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ paññ�penti pañcahi vatthūhi, tadapi
phassapaccay�.

132. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� aparantakappik� [PTS Page 043]
[\q 43/] aparant�nudiṭṭhino aparantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni
adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti catucatt�rīs�ya vatthūhi, tadapi
phassapaccay�.

133. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� pubbantakappik� ca
aparantakappik� ca pubbant�parantakappik� ca pubbant�parant�nudiṭṭhino
pubbant�parantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti
dv�saṭṭhiy� vatthūhi, tadapi phassapaccay�.

134. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� sassatav�d� sassataṃ att�nañca
lokañca paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phass�
paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭh�naṃ vijjati.

135. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ekaccasassatik�
ekaccaasassatik� ekaccaṃ sassataṃ ekaccaṃ asassataṃ att�nañca lokañca
paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phass� paṭisaṃvedissantīti
netaṃ ṭh�naṃ vijjati.

136. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ant�nantik� ant�nantaṃ lokassa
paññ�penti catūhi vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phass� paṭisaṃvedissantīti
netaṃ ṭh�naṃ vijjati.

137. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� amar�vikkhepik� tattha tattha
pañhaṃ puṭṭh� sam�n� v�c�vikkhepaṃ �pajjanti amar�vikkhepaṃ catūhi
vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phass� paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭh�naṃ
vijjati.

[BJT Page 76] [\x 76/]

138. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� adhiccasamuppannik�
adhiccasamuppannaṃ att�nañca lokañca paññ�penti dvīhi vatthūhi, te vata
aññatra phass� paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭh�naṃ vijjati.

139. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� pubbantakappik�
pubbant�nudiṭṭhino pubbantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni
abhivadanti aṭṭh�rasahi vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phass�
paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭh�naṃ vijjati.

140. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik� [PTS Page 044]
[\q 44/] saññīv�d� uddham�gh�tan� saññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti
soḷasahi vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phass� paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ
ṭh�naṃ vijjati.

141. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik� asaññīv�d�
uddham�gh�tan� asaññiṃ att�naṃ paññ�penti aṭṭhahi vatthūhi, te vata
aññatra phass� paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭh�naṃ vijjati.

142. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� uddham�gh�tanik�
nevasaññīn�saññīv�d� uddham�gh�tan� nevasaññiṃ n�saññiṃ att�naṃ
paññ�penti aṭṭhahi vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phass� paṭisaṃvedissantīti
netaṃ ṭh�naṃ vijjati.

143. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� ucchedav�d� sato sattassa
ucchedaṃ vin�saṃ vibhavaṃ paññ�penti sattahi vatthūhi, te vata aññatra
phass� paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭh�naṃ vijjati.

144. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� diṭṭhadhammanibb�nav�d� sato
sattassa paramadiṭṭhadhammanibb�naṃ paññ�penti pañcahi vatthūhi, te vata
aññatra phass� paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭh�naṃ vijjati.

145. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� aparantakappik�
aparant�nudiṭṭhino aparantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni
abhivadanti catucatt�rīs�ya vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phass�
paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭh�naṃ vijjati.

146. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� pubbantakappik� ca
aparantakappik� ca pubbant�parantakappik� ca pubbant�parant�nudiṭṭhino
pubbant�parantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti
dv�saṭṭhiy� vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phass� paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ
ṭh�naṃ vijjati.

[BJT Page 78] [\x 78/]

147. Tatra bhikkhave ye te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� sassatav�d� sassataṃ att�nañca
lokañca paññÄ�penti catuhi vatthÅ«hi, ye’pi te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ�
ekaccasassatikÄ� ekaccaasassatikÄ�, ye’pi te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� antÄ�nantikÄ�,
ye’pi te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� amarÄ�vikkhepikÄ�, ye’pi te [PTS Page 045]
[\q 45/] samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� adhiccasamuppannikÄ�, ye’pi te
samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� pubbantakappikÄ�, ye’pi te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� uddhamÄ�ghÄ�tanikÄ�
saññīvÄ�dÄ�, ye’pi te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� uddhamÄ�ghÄ�tanikÄ� asaññīvÄ�dÄ�, ye’pi
te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� uddhamÄ�ghÄ�tanikÄ� nevasaññīnÄ�saññīvÄ�dÄ�, ye’pi te
samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� ucchedavÄ�dÄ�, ye’pi te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ�
diá¹­á¹­hadhammanibbÄ�navÄ�dÄ�, ye’pi te samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇÄ� aparantakappikÄ�, ye’pi
te samaṇabr�hmaṇ� pubbantakappik� ca aparantakappik� ca
pubbant�parantakappik� ca, pubbant�parant�nudiṭṭhino pubbant�parantaṃ
�rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti dv�saṭṭhiy� vatthūhi,
sabbe te chahi phass�yatanehi phussa phussa paṭisaṃvedenti. Tesaṃ
vedan�paccay� taṇh�, taṇh�paccay� up�d�naṃ, up�d�napaccay� bhavo,
bhavapaccay� j�ti, j�tipaccay� jar�maraṇaṃ
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassup�y�s� sambhavanti. Yato kho bhikkhave
bhikkhu channaṃ phass�yatan�naṃ samudayaṃ ca atthagamaṃ ca ass�daṃ ca
�dīnavaṃ ca nissaraṇaṃ ca yath�bhūtaṃ paj�n�ti, ayaṃ imehi sabbeheva
uttaritaraṃ paj�n�ti.

148. Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇ� v� br�hmaṇ� v� pubbantakappik� v�
aparantakappik� v� pubbant�parantakappik� v� pubbant�parant�nudiṭṭhino
pubbant�parantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti,
sabbe te imeheva dvÄ�saá¹­á¹­hiyÄ� vatthÅ«hi antojÄ�lÄ«katÄ� ettha sitÄ�’va
ummujjam�n� ummujjanti, (nimujjam�n� nimujjanti. ) Ettha pariy�pann�
antojÄ�lÄ«katÄ�’va ummujjamÄ�nÄ� ummujjanti, (nimujjamÄ�nÄ� nimujjanti. )*
Seyyath�pi bhikkhave dakkho kevaṭṭo v� kevaṭṭantev�sī v� sukhumacchikena
jÄ�lena parittaṃ udakadahaṃ otthareyya, tassa evamassa: “ye kho keci
imasmiṃ udakadahe oḷÄ�rikÄ� pÄ�ṇÄ�, sabbe te antojÄ�lÄ«katÄ� ettha sitÄ�’va
ummujjam�n� ummujjanti, (nimujjam�n� nimujjanti). Ettha pariy�pann� [PTS Page 046]
[\q 46/] antojÄ�lÄ«katÄ� ‘va ummujjamÄ�nÄ� ummujjanti, (nimujjamÄ�nÄ�
nimujjantÄ«”ti)* evameva kho bhikkhave ye hi keci samaṇÄ� vÄ� brÄ�hmaṇÄ� vÄ�
pubbantakappik� v� aparantakappik� v� pubbant�parantakappik� v�
pubbant�parant�nudiṭṭhino pubbant�parantaṃ �rabbha anekavihit�ni
adhivuttipad�ni abhivadanti, sabbe te imeheva dv�saṭṭhiy� vatthūhi
antojÄ�lÄ«katÄ� ettha sitÄ�’va ummujjamÄ�nÄ� ummujjanti, (nimmujjamÄ�nÄ�
nimujjanti. )* Ettha pariyÄ�pannÄ� antojÄ�lÄ«katÄ�’va ummujjamÄ�nÄ� ummujjanti,
(nimujjam�n� nimujjanti. )*

*()Ciṇhantarita pad�ni potthakesu na dissanti.

[BJT Page 80] [\x 80/]

149. Ucchinnabhavanettiko bhikkhave tath�gatassa k�yo tiṭṭhati. Y�vassa
k�yo ṭhassati, t�va naṃ dakkhinti devamanuss�. K�yassa bhed� uddhaṃ
jīvitapariy�d�n� na naṃ dakkhinti devamanuss�.

Seyyath�pi bhikkhave ambapiṇ�iy� vaṇṭacchinn�ya y�ni k�nici amb�ni
vaṇṭapaṭibaddh�ni, sabb�ni t�ni tadanvay�ni bhavanti, evameva kho
bhikkhave ucchinnabhavanettiko tath�gatassa k�yo tiṭṭhati. Y�vassa k�yo
ṭhassati, t�va naṃ dakkhinti devamanuss�. K�yassa bhed� uddhaṃ
jÄ«vitapariyÄ�dÄ�nÄ� na naṃ dakkhinti devamanussÄ�’ti.

150. Evaṃ vutte Ä�yasmÄ� Ä�nando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: ‘acchariyaṃ bhante, abbhutaṃ bhante, ko nÄ�mÄ�yaṃ bhante dhammapariyÄ�yo?’Ti.

“TasmÄ�tiha tvaṃ Ä�nanda imaṃ dhammapariyÄ�yaṃ atthajÄ�lanti’pi naṃ dhÄ�rehi.
DhammajÄ�lanti’pi naṃ dhÄ�rehi. BrahmajÄ�lanti’pi naṃ dhÄ�rehi.
Diá¹­á¹­hijÄ�lanti’pi naṃ dhÄ�rehi. Anuttaro saá¹…gÄ�mavijayo’ti’pi naṃ
dhÄ�rehÄ«”ti.

Idamavoca bhagav�. Attaman� te bhikkhū bhagavato bh�sitaṃ abhinandunti.

Imasmiṃ ca pana veyy�karaṇasmiṃ bhaññam�ne dasasahassī lokadh�tu akampitth�ti.

Brahmaj�lasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

[BJT Page 82] [\x 82/]

2

[PTS Page 047] [\q 47/]
S�maññaphalasuttaṃ

1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagav� r�jagahe viharati jīvakassa
kom�rabhaccassa ambavane mahat� bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ a��hateḷasehi
bhikkhusatehi. Tena kho pana samayena r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu
vedehiputto tadahuposathe paṇṇarase komudiy� c�tum�siniy� puṇṇ�ya
puṇṇam�ya rattiy� r�j�maccaparivuto uparip�s�davaragato nisinno hoti.
Atha kho r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu vedehiputto tadahuposathe ud�naṃ
ud�nesi:

“RamaṇīyÄ� vata bho dosinÄ� ratti, abhirÅ«pÄ� vata bho dosinÄ� ratti,
dassanīy� vata bho dosin� ratti, p�s�dik� vata bho dosin� ratti,
lakkhaññ� vata bho dosin� ratti. Kannu khvajja samaṇaṃ v� br�hmaṇaṃ v�
payirupÄ�seyyÄ�ma yanno payirupÄ�sato cittaṃ pasÄ«deyyÄ�”ti

2. Evaṃ vutte aññataro r�j�macco r�j�naṃ m�gadhaṃ aj�tasattuṃ
vedehiputtaṃ etadavoca: ‘ayaṃ deva pÅ«raṇo kassapo saá¹…ghÄ« ceva gaṇī ca
gaṇ�cariyo ca ñ�to yasassī titthaṃkaro1 s�dhusammato bahujanassa
rattaññū cirapabbajito addhagato vayo anuppatto. Taṃ devo pūraṇaṃ
kassapaṃ payirup�satu. Appevan�ma devassa pūraṇaṃ kassapaṃ payirup�sato
cittaṃ pasÄ«deyyÄ�’ti. Evaṃ vutte rÄ�jÄ� mÄ�gadho ajÄ�tasattu vedehiputto
tuṇhī ahosi.

3. Aññataro’pi kho rÄ�jÄ�macco rÄ�jÄ�naṃ mÄ�gadhaṃ ajÄ�tasattuṃ vedehiputtaṃ etadavoca: ‘ayaṃ deva [PTS Page 048]
[\q 48/] makkhalī gos�lo saṅghī ceva gaṇī ca gaṇ�cariyo ca ñ�to
yasassī titthaṃkaro s�dhusammato bahujanassa rattaññū cirapabbajito
addhagato vayo anuppatto. Taṃ devo makkhaliṃ gos�laṃ payirup�satu.
AppevanÄ�ma devassa makkhaliṃ gosÄ�laṃ payirupÄ�sato cittaṃ pasÄ«deyyÄ�’ti.
Evaṃ vutte r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu tuṇhī ahosi.

1. Titthakaro, bahusu.

[BJT Page 84] [\x 84/]

4. Aññataro’pi kho rÄ�jÄ�macco rÄ�jÄ�naṃ mÄ�gadhaṃ ajÄ�tasattuṃ vedehiputtaṃ
etadavoca: ‘ayaṃ deva ajito kesakambalo saá¹…ghÄ« ceva gaṇī ca gaṇÄ�cariyo
ca ñ�to yasassī titthaṃkaro s�dhusammato bahujanassa rattaññū
cirapabbajito addhagato vayo anuppatto. Taṃ devo ajitaṃ kesakambalaṃ
payirup�satu. Appevan�ma devassa ajitaṃ kesakambalaṃ payirup�sato cittaṃ
pasÄ«deyyÄ�’ti. Evaṃ vutte rÄ�jÄ� mÄ�gadho ajÄ�tasattu tuṇhÄ« ahosi.

5. Aññataro’pi kho rÄ�jÄ�macco rÄ�jÄ�naṃ mÄ�gadhaṃ ajÄ�tasattuṃ vedehiputtaṃ
etadavoca: ‘ayaṃ deva pakudho kaccÄ�yano1 saá¹…ghÄ« ceva gaṇī ca gaṇÄ�cariyo
ca ñ�to yasassī titthaṃkaro s�dhusammato bahujanassa rattaññū
cirapabbajito addhagato vayo anuppatto. Taṃ devo pakudhaṃ kacc�yanaṃ
payirup�satu. Appevan�ma devassa pakudhaṃ kacc�yanaṃ payirup�sato cittaṃ
pasÄ«deyyÄ�’ti. Evaṃ vutte rÄ�jÄ� mÄ�gadho ajÄ�tasattu tuṇhÄ« ahosi.

6. Aññataro’pi kho rÄ�jÄ�macco rÄ�jÄ�naṃ mÄ�gadhaṃ ajÄ�tasattuṃ vedehiputtaṃ
etadavoca: ‘ayaṃ deva sañjayo beḷaá¹­á¹­haputto saá¹…ghÄ« ceva gaṇī ca
gaṇ�cariyo ca ñ�to yasassī titthaṃkaro s�dhusammato bahujanassa rattaññū
cirapabbajito addhagato vayo anuppatto. Taṃ devo sañjayaṃ
beḷaṭṭhaputtaṃ payirup�satu. Appevan�ma devassa sañjayaṃ beḷaṭṭhaputtaṃ
payirupÄ�sato cittaṃ pasÄ«deyyÄ�’ti. Evaṃ vutte rÄ�jÄ� mÄ�gadho ajÄ�tasattu
tuṇhī ahosi.

7. Aññataro’pi kho rÄ�jÄ�macco rÄ�jÄ�naṃ mÄ�gadhaṃ ajÄ�tasattuṃ vedehiputtaṃ etadavoca: ‘ayaṃ deva [PTS Page 049]
[\q 49/] nigaṇṭho n�taputto saṅghī ceva gaṇī ca gaṇ�cariyo ca
ñ�to yasassī titthaṃkaro s�dhusammato bahujanassa rattaññū cirapabbajito
addhagato vayo anuppatto. Taṃ devo nigaṇṭhaṃ n�taputtaṃ payirup�satu.
Appevan�ma devassa nigaṇṭhaṃ n�taputtaṃ payirup�sato cittaṃ
pasÄ«deyyÄ�’ti. Evaṃ vutte rÄ�jÄ� mÄ�gadho ajÄ�tasattu tuṇhÄ« ahosi.

8. Tena kho pana samayena jīvako kom�rabhacco rañño m�gadhassa
aj�tasattussa vedehiputtassa avidūre tuṇhībhūto nisinno hoti. Atha kho
r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu vedehiputto jīvakaṃ kom�rabhaccaṃ etadavoca:
‘tvaṃ pana samma jÄ«vaka kiṃ tuṇhÄ«?’Ti.

1. Kacc�no, katthaci.

[BJT Page 86] [\x 86/]

“Ayaṃ deva bhagavÄ� arahaṃ sammÄ�sambuddho amhÄ�kaṃ ambavane viharati
mahat� bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ a��hateḷasehi bhikkhusatehi. Taṃ kho pana
bhagavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyÄ�ṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: ‘iti pi so
bhagav� arahaṃ samm�sambuddho vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū
anuttaro purisadammasÄ�rathÄ« satthÄ� devamanussÄ�naṃ buddho bhagavÄ�’ti. Taṃ
devo bhagavantaṃ payirup�satu. Appevan�ma devassa bhagavantaṃ
payirupÄ�sato cittaṃ pasÄ«deyyÄ�”ti.

“Tena hi samma jÄ«vaka hatthiyÄ�nÄ�ni kappÄ�pehÄ«”ti.

9. ‘Evaṃ devÄ�’ti kho jÄ«vako komÄ�rabhacco rañño mÄ�gadhassa ajÄ�tasattussa
vedehiputtassa paṭissutv�1 pañcamatt�ni hatthinik�sat�ni2 kapp�petv�
rañño ca �rohanīyaṃ n�gaṃ, rañño m�gadhassa aj�tasattussa vedehiputtassa
paá¹­ivedesi: ‘kappitÄ�ni kho te deva hatthiyÄ�nÄ�ni yassa’dÄ�ni kÄ�laṃ
maññasÄ«’ti.

Atha kho r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu vedehiputto pañcasu hatthinik�satesu
paccek� itthiyo �ropetv� �rohaṇīyaṃ n�gaṃ abhirūhitv� ukk�su
dh�riy�m�n�su r�jagahamh� niyy�si mahacca r�j�nubh�vena. Yena jīvakassa
kom�rabhaccassa ambavanaṃ tena p�y�si.

10. Atha kho rañño m�gadhassa aj�tasattussa vedehiputtassa avidūre
ambavanassa ahudeva bhayaṃ ahu chambhitattaṃ ahu lomahaṃso. Atha kho
r�j� m�gadho [PTS Page 050] [\q 50/]
aj�tasattu vedehiputto bhīto saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhaj�to jīvakaṃ
komÄ�rabhaccaṃ etadavoca: ‘kacci maṃ samma jÄ«vaka na vañcesi? Kacci maṃ
samma jīvaka na palambhesi? Kacci maṃ samma jīvaka na paccatthik�naṃ
desi? Kathaṃ hi n�ma t�va mahato bhikkhusaṅghassa a��hateḷas�naṃ
bhikkhusat�naṃ neva khipitasaddo bhavissati na ukk�sitasaddo na
nigghoso?’Ti.

“MÄ� bhÄ�yi mahÄ�rÄ�ja3 na taṃ deva vañcemi. Na taṃ deva palambhemi. Na taṃ
deva paccatthik�naṃ demi. Abhikkama mah�r�ja, abhikkama mah�r�ja. Ete
maṇá¸�alamÄ�ḷe4 dÄ«pÄ� jhÄ�yantÄ«”ti.

1. Paṭissuṇitv�, machasaṃ.
2. Hatthik�, sī. Hatthiniy�, katthaci.
3. M� h�yi mah�r�ja m� bh�yi mah�r�ja, sitri.
4. Maṇ�alas�ḷe, machasaṃ.

[BJT Page 88] [\x 88/]

11. Atha kho r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu vedehiputto y�vatik� n�gassa bhūmi
nÄ�gena gantvÄ� nÄ�gÄ� paccorohitvÄ� pattiko’va yena maṇá¸�alamÄ�ḷassa dvÄ�raṃ
tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitv� jīvakaṃ kom�rabhaccaṃ etadavoca: kahaṃ pana
samma jīvaka bhagav�?Ti.

“Eso mahÄ�rÄ�ja bhagavÄ�. Eso mahÄ�rÄ�ja bhagavÄ� majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissÄ�ya puratthÄ�bhimukho nisinno purakkhato bhikkhusaá¹…ghassÄ�”ti.

12. Atha kho r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu vedehiputto yena bhagav�
tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitv� ekamantaṃ aṭṭh�si. Ekamantaṃ dhito kho r�j�
m�gadho aj�tasattu vedehiputto tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ
anuviloketvÄ� rahadamiva vippasannaṃ, udÄ�naṃ udÄ�nesi: ‘iminÄ� me upasamena
ud�yibhaddo1 kum�ro samann�gato hotu yenetarahi upasamena bhikkhusaṅgho
samannÄ�gato’ti.

“Ä€gamÄ� kho tvaṃ mahÄ�rÄ�ja yathÄ�pemaṃ”ti?

“Piyo me bhante udÄ�yibhaddo1 kumÄ�ro. IminÄ� me bhante upasamena
ud�yibhaddo1 kum�ro samann�gato hotu yenetarahi upasamena bhikkhusaṅgho
samannÄ�gato”ti.

13. Atha kho r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu vedehiputto bhagavantaṃ abhiv�detv� bhikkhusaṅghassa añjalimpaṇ�metv� [PTS Page 051]
[\q 51/] ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho r�j� m�gadho
ajÄ�tasattu vedehiputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: “puccheyyÄ�mahaṃ bhante
bhagavantaṃ kiñcideva desaṃ, sace me bhagav� ok�saṃ karoti pañhassa
veyyÄ�karaṇÄ�yÄ�”ti.

“Puccha mahÄ�rÄ�ja yadÄ�kaá¹…khasÄ«”ti.

14. “YathÄ� nu kho imÄ�ni bhante puthusippÄ�yatanÄ�ni seyyathÄ«daṃ2:
hatth�roh� ass�roh� rathik� dhanuggah�3 celak� calak� piṇ�ad�yak�4 ugg�
r�japutt� pakkhandino mah�n�g� sūr� cammayodhino d�sakaputt�5 �ḷ�rik�6
kappak� nah�pak�7 sūd�8 m�l�k�r�9 rajak� pesak�r� naḷak�r�10 kumbhak�r�
gaṇakÄ� muddikÄ�, yÄ�ni vÄ� panaññÄ�ni’pi evaṃgatikÄ�ni11 puthusippÄ�yatanÄ�ni,
te diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ sippaphalaṃ upajīvanti. Te tena att�naṃ
sukhenti pīnenti. 12 M�t�pitaro sukhenti pīnenti. Puttad�raṃ sukhenti
pīnenti. Mitt�macce sukhenti pīnenti. Samaṇesu br�hmaṇesu13 uddhaggikaṃ
dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭh�penti14 sovaggikaṃ sukhavip�kaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ.
Sakk� nu kho bhante evameva15 diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ
paññÄ�petunti”. 16

1. Udayabhaddo, kesuvi.
2. Seyyathīdaṃ, machasaṃ.
3. Dhanugg�h�, sitri.
4. Dosik�, sitira. D�saka [PTS.]
5. D�sikaṃ, machasaṃ.
6. Āl�rik�, sitira.
7. Nah�pakaṃ, machasaṃ. Nah�pik�, sy�.
8. Sūr�, machasaṃ.
9. M�la, machasaṃ.
10. N�la, sy�.
11. Gat�ni, sī. [I.]
12. Pinenti, machasaṃ. Pīṇenti, sy� (sabbattha)
13. Samaṇabr�hmaṇesu, sī. [I.] Sītira.
14. Patiṭṭha, sī. [I]
15. Evamevaṃ, (katthaci. )
16. Paññ�penti, sī. [I.]

[BJT Page 90] [\x 90/]

15. “AbhijÄ�nÄ�si no tvaṃ mahÄ�rÄ�ja imaṃ pañhaṃ aññe samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇe pucchitÄ�”ti.

“AbhijÄ�nÄ�mahaṃ bhante imaṃ pañhaṃ aññe samaṇabrÄ�hmaṇe pucchitÄ�”ti.

“YathÄ�kathaṃ pana te mahÄ�rÄ�ja byÄ�kariṃsu, sace te agaru bhÄ�sassÅ«”ti.

“Na kho me bhante garu yatthassa bhagavÄ� vÄ� nisinno bhagavantarÅ«po vÄ�”ti. [PTS Page 052] [\q 52/] “tena hi mahÄ�rÄ�ja bhÄ�sassÅ«”ti.

16. “EkamidÄ�haṃ bhante samayaṃ yena pÅ«raṇo kassapo tenupasaá¹…kamiṃ.
Upasaṅkamitv� pūraṇena kassapena saddhiṃ sammodiṃ. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ
s�r�ṇīyaṃ vītis�retv� ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃ. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho ahaṃ
bhante pūraṇaṃ kassapaṃ etavocaṃ: yath� nu kho im�ni bho kassapa
puthusipp�yatan�ni seyyathīdaṃ hatth�roh� ass�roh� rathik� dhanuggah�
celak� calak� piṇ�ad�yak� ugg� r�japutt� pakkhandino mah�n�g� sūr�
cammayodhino d�sakaputt� �ḷ�rik� kappak� nah�pak� sūd� m�l�k�r� rajak�
pesakÄ�rÄ� naḷakÄ�rÄ� kumbhakÄ�rÄ� gaṇakÄ� muddikÄ�, yÄ�ni vÄ� panaññÄ�ni’pi
evaṃgatik�ni puthusipp�yatan�ni, te diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ
sippaphalaṃ upajīvanti. Te tena att�naṃ sukhenti pīnenti. M�t�pitaro
sukhenti pīnenti. Puttad�raṃ sukhenti pīnenti. Mitt�macce sukhenti
pīnenti. Samaṇesu br�hmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭh�penti
sovaggikaṃ sukhavip�kaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ. Sakk� nu kho kassapa evameva
diá¹­á¹­heva dhamme sandiá¹­á¹­hikaṃ sÄ�maññaphalaṃ paññÄ�petunti”.

17. Evaṃ vutte bhante pūraṇo kassapo maṃ etadavoca: karoto kho mah�r�ja
k�rayato chindato ched�payato pacato p�cayato socayato soc�payato
kilamayato1 kilam�payato phandayato phand�payato p�ṇamatip�tayato
adinnaṃ �diyato sandhiṃ chindato nillopaṃ harato ek�g�rikaṃ karoto
paripanthe tiṭṭhato parad�raṃ gacchato mus� bhaṇato karoto na karīyati
pÄ�paṃ. Khurapariyantena ce’pi cakkena yo imissÄ� paá¹­haviyÄ�2 pÄ�ṇe
ekamaṃsakhalaṃ ekamaṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, natthi tato nid�naṃ p�paṃ,
natthipÄ�passa Ä�gamo. Dakkhiṇañce’pi gaá¹…gÄ�ya3 tÄ«raṃ gaccheyya hananto
gh�tento chindanto ched�pento pacanto p�cento, natthi tato nid�naṃ
pÄ�paṃ, natthi pÄ�passa Ä�gamo. Uttarañce’pi gaá¹…gÄ�ya3 tÄ«raṃ gaccheyya
dadanto d�pento yajanto yaj�pento, natthi tato nid�naṃ puññaṃ, natthi
puññassa Ä�gamo. [PTS Page 053] [\q 53/] dÄ�nena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa Ä�gamo’ti.

1. Kilamato, kesuci.
2. Karato phandato, [PTS.]
3. Gaṃg�tīraṃ, [PTS.]

[BJT Page 92] [\x 92/]

Itthaṃ kho me bhante pūraṇo1 kassapo sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ puṭṭho sam�no akiriyaṃ by�k�si. 2

Seyyath�pi bhante ambaṃ v� puṭṭho labujaṃ by�kareyya2 labujaṃ v� puṭṭho
ambaṃ by�kareyya2, evameva kho me bhante pūraṇo1 kassapo sandiṭṭhikaṃ
s�maññaphalaṃ puṭṭho sam�no akiriyaṃ by�k�si. 2

Tassa mayhaṃ etadahosi: ‘kathaṃ hi nÄ�ma mÄ�diso samaṇaṃ vÄ� brÄ�hmaṇaṃ vÄ�
vijite vasantaṃ apasÄ�detabbaṃ maññeyyÄ�’ti. So kho ahaṃ bhante pÅ«raṇassa
kassapassa bh�sitaṃ neva abhinandiṃ nappaṭikkosiṃ. 3 Anabhinanditv�
appaṭikkositv� anattamano anattamanav�caṃ anicch�retv� tameva v�caṃ
anuggaṇhanto4 anikujjanto5 uṭṭh�y�san� pakk�miṃ. 6

18. Ekamid�haṃ bhante samayaṃ yena makkhalī gos�lo tenupasaṃkamiṃ.
Upasaṃkamitv� makkhalin� gos�lena7 saddhiṃ sammodiṃ. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ
s�r�ṇiyaṃ8 vītis�retv� ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃ. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho ahaṃ
bhante makkhaliṃ gosÄ�laṃ9 etadavocaṃ:10 ‘yathÄ� nu kho imÄ�ni bho gosÄ�la
puthusipp�yatan�ni seyyathīdaṃ: hatth�roh� ass�roh� rathik� dhanuggah�
celak� calak� piṇ�ad�yak� ugg� r�japutt� pakkhandino mah�n�g� sūr�
cammayodhino d�sakaputt� �ḷ�rik� kappak� nah�pak� sūd� m�l�k�r� rajak�
pesakÄ�rÄ� naḷakÄ�rÄ� kumbhakÄ�rÄ� gaṇakÄ� muddikÄ�, yÄ�ni vÄ� panaññÄ�ni’pi
evaṃgatik�ni puthusipp�yatan�ni, te diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ
sippaphalaṃ upajīvanti. Te tena att�naṃ sukhenti pīnenti. M�t�pitaro
sukhenti pīnenti. Puttad�raṃ sukhenti pīnenti. Mitt�macce sukhenti
pīnenti. Samaṇesu br�hmaṇesu13 uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭh�penti
sovaggikaṃ sukhavip�kaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ. Sakk� nu kho bhante evameva
diá¹­á¹­heva dhamme sandiá¹­á¹­hikaṃ sÄ�maññaphalaṃ paññÄ�petunti”.

19. Evaṃ vutte bhante makkhali gosÄ�lo maṃ etadavoca: ‘natthi mahÄ�rÄ�ja
hetu natthi paccayo satt�naṃ saṃkiles�ya. Ahetu appaccay� satt�
saṃkilissanti. Natthi hetu natthi paccayo satt�naṃ visuddhiy�. Ahetu
appaccay� satt� visujjhanti. Natthi attak�re natthi parak�re natthi
purisak�re natthi balaṃ natthi viriyaṃ natthi purisath�mo natthi
purisaparakkamo. Sabbe satt� sabbe p�ṇ� sabbe bhūt� sabbe jīv� avas�
abal� aviriy� niyatisaṅgatibh�vapariṇat� chassev�bhij�tisu sukhadukkhaṃ
paṭisaṃvedenti.

Cuddasa [PTS Page 054] [\q 54/] kho
panim�ni yonippamukhasatasahass�ni saṭṭhi ca sat�ni cha ca sat�ni, pañca
ca kammuno sat�ni, pañca ca kamm�ni, tīṇi ca kamm�ni, kamme ca
a��hakamme ca.

1. Pur�ṇo, machasaṃ.
2. Vy�, [PTS.]
3. Napaṭikkosiṃ, [PTS.]
4. Anugaṇhanto, [PTS.]
5. Anikkujjanto, machasaṃ. Sy�.
6. Pakk�miṃ, machasaṃ.
7. Makkhaligos�lena, [PTS.]
8. S�raṇīyaṃ, machasaṃ
9. Makkhaligos�laṃ, [PTS.]
10. Etadavoca, [PTS]
11. Paññ�penti [PTS.]

[BJT Page 94] [\x 94/]

Dvaṭṭhi paṭipad�, dvaṭṭhantarakappo, chaḷabhij�tiyo, aṭṭha
purisabhūmiyo, ekūnapaññ�sa �jīvakasate, ekūnapaññ�sa paribb�jakasate,
ekūnapaññ�sa n�g�v�sasate, vīse indriyasate, tiṃsa nirayasate, chattiṃsa
rajodh�tuyo, satta saññīgabbh�, satta asaññīgabbh�, satta
nigaṇṭhigabbh�, satta dev�, satta m�nus�, satta pes�c�, satta sar�,
satta pavuṭ�, satta pavuṭasat�ni, satta pap�t�, satta pap�tasat�ni,
satta supin�, satta supinasat�ni, cūḷ�sīti mah�kappuno satasahass�ni
y�ni b�le ca paṇ�ite ca sandh�vitv� saṃsaritv� dukkhassantaṃ karissanti.

Tattha natthi imin�haṃ sīlena v� vatena v� tapena v� brahmacariyena v�
aparipakkaṃ v� kammaṃ parip�cess�mīti paripakkaṃ v� kammaṃ phussa phussa
byantī kariss�mīti hevaṃ natthi. Doṇamite sukhadukkhe pariyantakate.
Saṃs�re natthi h�yanava��hane, natthi ukkaṃs�vakaṃse. Seyyath�pi n�ma
suttaguḷe khitte nibbeṭhiyam�nameva paḷeti, evameva b�le ca paṇ�ite ca
sandh�vitv� saṃsaritv� dukkhassantaṃ karissantīti.

Itthaṃ kho me bhante makkhalī gos�lo sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ puṭṭho
sam�no saṃs�rasuddhiṃ by�k�si. Seyyath�pi bhante ambaṃ v� puṭṭho labujaṃ
by�kareyya, labujaṃ v� puṭṭho ambaṃ by�kareyya, evameva kho me bhante
makkhalī gos�lo sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ puṭṭho sam�no saṃs�rasuddhiṃ
by�k�si. Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etadahosi: kathaṃ hi n�ma m�diso samaṇaṃ v�
br�hmaṇaṃ v� vijite vasantaṃ apas�detabbaṃ maññeyy�ti. So kho ahaṃ
bhante makkhalissa [PTS Page 055] [\q 55/]
gos�lassa bh�sitaṃ neva abhinandiṃ nappaṭikkosiṃ. Anabhinanditv�
appaṭikkositv� anattamano anattamanav�caṃ anicch�retv� tameva v�caṃ
anuggaṇhanto anikujjanto uṭṭh�y�san� pakk�miṃ.

20. Ekamid�haṃ bhante samayaṃ yena ajito kesakambalo1 tenupasaṅkamiṃ.
Upasaṅkamitv� ajitena kesakambalena2 saddhiṃ sammodiṃ. Sammodanīyaṃ
kathaṃ s�r�ṇīyaṃ3 vītis�retv� ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃ. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho
ahaṃ bhante ajitaṃ kesakambalaṃ4 etadavocaṃ:5 ‘yathÄ� nu kho imÄ�ni bho
ajita puthusipp�yatan�ni seyyathīdaṃ hatth�roh� ass�roh� rathik�
dhanuggah� celak� calak� piṇ�ad�yak� ugg� r�japutt� pakkhandino mah�n�g�
sūr� cammayodhino d�sakaputt� �ḷ�rik� kappak� nah�pak� sūd� m�l�k�r�
rajakÄ� pesakÄ�rÄ� naḷakÄ�rÄ� kumbhakÄ�rÄ� gaṇakÄ� muddikÄ�, yÄ�ni vÄ� panaññÄ�ni’pi
evaṃgatik�ni puthusipp�yatan�ni, te diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ
sippaphalaṃ upajīvanti. Te tena att�naṃ sukhenti pīnenti. M�t�pitaro
sukhenti pīnenti. Puttad�raṃ sukhenti pīnenti. Mitt�macce sukhenti
pīnenti. Samaṇesu br�hmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭh�penti
sovaggikaṃ sukhavip�kaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ. Sakk� nu kho bhante evameva
diá¹­á¹­heva dhamme sandiá¹­á¹­hikaṃ sÄ�maññaphalaṃ paññÄ�petunti?”8.

1. Kesakambalī, katthaci.
2. Kesakambalin�, katthaci
3. S�raṇīyaṃ. Machasaṃ.
4. Kesakambaliṃ, katthaci
5. Etadavoca, katthaci.
6. Seyyathīdaṃ, machasaṃ.
7. Kho ajito, katthaci
8. Paññ�penti, machasaṃ.

[BJT Page 96] [\x 96/]

Evaṃ vutte bhante ajito kesakambalo1 maṃ etadavoca: “natthi mahÄ�rÄ�ja
dinnaṃ. Natthi yiṭṭhaṃ. Natthi hutaṃ. Natthi sukaṭadukkaṭ�naṃ kamm�naṃ
phalaṃ vip�ko. Natthi ayaṃ loko. Natthi paro2 loko. Natthi m�t�. Natthi
pit�. Natthi satt� opap�tik�. Natthi loke samaṇabr�hmaṇ� sammaggat�3
samm�paṭipann� ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññ� sacchikatv�
pavedenti. C�tummah�bhūtiko ayaṃ puriso yad� k�laṃ karoti, paṭhavī
paṭhavik�yaṃ anupeti anupagacchati. Āpo �pok�yaṃ anupeti anupagacchati.
Tejo tejok�yaṃ anupeti anupagacchati. V�yo v�yok�yaṃ anupeti
anupagacchati, �k�saṃ induy�ni saṃkamanti. Āsandipañcam� puris� mataṃ
�d�ya gacchanti. Y�va �ḷahan� pad�ni paññ�yanti. K�potak�ni aṭṭhīni
bhavanti. Bhasmant� �hutiyo. Dattupaññattaṃ yadidaṃ d�naṃ. Tesaṃ tucchaṃ
mus� vil�po ye keci atthikav�daṃ vadanti. B�le ca paṇ�ite ca k�yassa
bhedÄ� ucchijjanti vinassanti na honti parammaraṇÄ�”ti.

Itthaṃ kho me bhante ajito kesakambalo sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ puṭṭho
sam�no ucchedaṃ by�k�si. Seyyath�pi bhante ambaṃ v� puṭṭho labujaṃ [PTS Page 056]
[\q 56/] by�kareyya, labujaṃ v� puṭṭho ambaṃ by�kareyya, evameva
kho bhante ajito kesakambalo sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ puṭṭho sam�no
ucchedaṃ by�k�si.

Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etadahosi: ‘kathaṃ hi nÄ�ma mÄ�diso samaṇaṃ vÄ�
brÄ�hmaṇaṃ vÄ� vijite vasantaṃ apasÄ�detabbaṃ maññeyyÄ�’ti so kho ahaṃ
bhante ajitassa kesakambalassa bh�sitaṃ neva abhinandiṃ nappaṭikkosiṃ.
Anabhinanditv� appaṭikkositv� anattamano anattamanav�caṃ anicch�retv�
tameva v�caṃ anuggaṇhanto anikujjanto uṭṭh�y�san� pakk�miṃ.

1. Kesakambali, [PTS.]
2. Paraloko, katthaci.
3. Samaggat�, samaggagat�, machasaṃ.

[BJT Page 98] [\x 98/]

21. Ekamid�haṃ bhante samayaṃ yena pakudho kacc�yano tenupasaṅkamiṃ.
Upasaṅkamitv� pakudhena kacc�yanena saddhiṃ sammodiṃ. Sammodanīyaṃ
kathaṃ s�r�ṇīyaṃ vītis�retv� ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃ. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho
ahaṃ bhante pakudhaṃ kacc�yanaṃ etadavocaṃ: yath� nu kho im�ni bho
kacc�yana puthusipp�yatan�ni, seyyathīdaṃ: hatth�roh� ass�roh� rathik�
dhanuggah� celak� calak� piṇ�ad�yak� ugg� r�japutt� pakkhandino mah�n�g�
sūr� cammayodhino d�sakaputt� �ḷ�rik� kappak� nah�pak� sūd� m�l�k�r�
rajakÄ� pesakÄ�rÄ� naḷakÄ�rÄ� kumbhakÄ�rÄ� gaṇakÄ� muddikÄ�, yÄ�ni vÄ� panaññÄ�ni’pi
evaṃgatik�ni puthusipp�yatan�ni, te diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ
sippaphalaṃ upajīvanti. Te tena att�naṃ sukhenti pīnenti. M�t�pitaro
sukhenti pīnenti. Puttad�raṃ sukhenti pīnenti. Mitt�macce sukhenti
pīnenti. Samaṇesu br�hmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭh�penti
sovaggikaṃ sukhavip�kaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ. Sakk� nu kho kacc�yana
evameva diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ paññ�petu?Nti.

Evaṃ vutte bhante pakudho kaccÄ�yano maṃ etadavoca: “sattime mahÄ�rÄ�ja
k�y� akaṭ� akaṭavidh� animmit� animm�t� vañjh� kuṭaṭṭh�
esikaṭṭh�yiṭṭhit�. Te na iñjanti, na vipariṇamanti, na aññamaññaṃ
vy�b�dhenti, n�laṃ aññamaññassa sukh�ya v� dukkh�ya v� sukhadukkh�ya v�.
Katame satta? Paṭhavik�yo �pok�yo tejok�yo v�yok�yo sukhe dukkhe jīve
sattame. Ime satta k�y� akaṭ� akaṭavidh� animmit� animm�t� vañjh�
kuṭaṭṭh� esikaṭṭh�yiṭṭhit�. Te na iñjanti, na vipariṇamanti, na
aññamaññaṃ vy�b�dhenti, n�laṃ aññamaññassa sukh�ya v� dukkh�ya v�
sukhadukkh�ya v�. Tattha natthi hant� v� gh�tet� v� sot� v� s�vet� v�
viññÄ�tÄ� vÄ� viññÄ�petÄ� vÄ�. Yo’pi tiṇhena satthena sÄ«saṃ chindati, na koci
kañci jīvit� voropeti. Sattannaṃ yeva k�y�namantarena satthaṃ
vivaramanupatatÄ«”ti.

[PTS Page 057] [\q 57/] itthaṃ kho me
bhante pakudho kacc�yano sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ puṭṭho sam�no aññena
aññaṃ by�k�si. Seyyath�pi bhante ambaṃ v� puṭṭho labujaṃ by�kareyya,
labujaṃ v� puṭṭho ambaṃ by�kareyya, evameva kho me bhante pakudho
kacc�yano sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ puṭṭho sam�no aññena aññaṃ by�k�si.

Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etadahosi: kathaṃ hi n�ma m�diso samaṇaṃ v�
br�hmaṇaṃ v� vijite vasantaṃ apas�detabbaṃ maññeyy�?Ti. So kho ahaṃ
bhante pakudhassa kacc�yanassa bh�sitaṃ neva abhinandiṃ. Nappaṭikkosiṃ.
Anabhinanditv� appaṭikkositv� anattamano anattamanav�caṃ anicch�retv�
tameva v�caṃ anuggaṇhanto anikkujjanto uṭṭh�y�san� pakk�miṃ.

22. Ekamid�haṃ bhante samayaṃ yena nigaṇṭho n�taputto tenupasaṅkamiṃ.
Upasaṅkamitv� nigaṇṭhena n�taputtena saddhiṃ sammodiṃ. Sammodanīyaṃ
kathaṃ s�r�ṇīyaṃ vītis�retv� ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃ. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho
ahaṃ bhante nigaṇṭhaṃ n�taputtaṃ etadavocaṃ:

[BJT Page 100] [\x 100/]

“YathÄ� nu kho imÄ�ni bho aggivessana puthusippÄ�yatanÄ�ni, seyyathÄ«daṃ:
hatth�roh� ass�roh� rathik� dhanuggah� celak� calak� piṇ�ad�yak� ugg�
r�japutt� pakkhandino mah�n�g� sūr� cammayodhino d�sakaputt� �ḷ�rik�
kappak� nah�pak� sūd� m�l�k�r� rajak� pesak�r� naḷak�r� kumbhak�r�
gaṇakÄ� muddikÄ�, yÄ�ni vÄ� panaññÄ�ni’pi evaṃgatikÄ�ni puthusippÄ�yatanÄ�ni, te
diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ sippaphalaṃ upajīvanti. Te tena att�naṃ
sukhenti pīnenti. M�t�pitaro sukhenti pīnenti. Puttad�raṃ sukhenti
pīnenti. Mitt�macce sukhenti pīnenti. Samaṇesu br�hmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ
dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭh�penti sovaggikaṃ sukhavip�kaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ.
Sakk� nu kho bho aggivessana evameva diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ
sÄ�maññaphalaṃ paññÄ�petu”?Nti

Evaṃ vutte bhante nigaṇṭho nÄ�taputto maṃ etadavoca: “idha mahÄ�rÄ�ja
nigaṇṭho c�tuy�masaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti. Kathañca mah�r�ja nigaṇṭho
c�tuy�masaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti? Idha mah�r�ja nigaṇṭho sabbav�riv�rito ca
hoti, sabbav�riyuto ca, sabbav�ridhuto ca, sabbav�riphuṭo 1ca. Evaṃ kho
mah�r�ja nigaṇṭho c�tuy�masaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti. Yato kho mah�r�ja
nigaṇṭho evaṃ c�tuy�masaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti, ayaṃ vuccati mah�r�ja
nigaṇṭho gatatto ca yatatto ca á¹­hitatto cÄ�”ti.

[PTS Page 058] [\q 58/] itthaṃ kho me
bhante nigaṇṭho n�taputto sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ puṭṭho sam�no
c�tuy�masaṃvaraṃ by�k�si. Seyyath�pi bhante ambaṃ v� puṭṭho labujaṃ
by�kareyya, labujaṃ v� puṭṭho ambaṃ by�kareyya, evameva kho bhante
nigaṇṭho n�taputto sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ puṭṭho sam�no
c�tuy�masaṃvaraṃ by�k�si.

Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etadahosi: kathaṃ hi n�ma m�diso samaṇaṃ v�
brÄ�hmaṇaṃ vÄ� vijite vasantaṃ apasÄ�detabbaṃ maññeyyÄ�?’Ti. So kho ahaṃ
bhante nigaṇṭhassa n�taputtassa bh�sitaṃ neva abhinandiṃ. Nappaṭikkosiṃ.
Anabhinanditv� appaṭikkositv� anattamano anattamanav�caṃ anicch�retv�
tameva v�caṃ anuggaṇhanto anikkujjanto uṭṭh�y�san� pakk�miṃ.

23. Ekamid�haṃ bhante samayaṃ yena sañjayo belaṭṭhiputto2
tenupasaṅkamiṃ. Upasaṅkamitv� sañjayena belaṭṭhiputtena saddhiṃ
sammodiṃ. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ s�r�ṇīyaṃ vītis�retv� ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃ.
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho ahaṃ bhante sañjayaṃ belaṭṭhiputtaṃ etadavocaṃ:
“yathÄ� nu kho imÄ�ni bho sañjaya puthusippÄ�yatanÄ�ni, seyyathÄ«daṃ
hatth�roh� ass�roh� rathik� dhanuggah� celak� calak� piṇ�ad�yak� ugg�
r�japutt� pakkhandino mah�n�g� sūr� cammayodhino d�sakaputt� �ḷ�rik�
kappak� nah�pak� sūd� m�l�k�r� rajak� pesak�r� naḷak�r� kumbhak�r�
gaṇakÄ� muddikÄ�, yÄ�ni vÄ� panaññÄ�ni’pi evaṃgatikÄ�ni puthusippÄ�yatanÄ�ni, te
diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ sippaphalaṃ upajīvanti. Te tena att�naṃ
sukhenti pīnenti. M�t�pitaro sukhenti pīnenti. Puttad�raṃ sukhenti
pīnenti. Mitt�macce sukhenti pīnenti. Samaṇesu br�hmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ
dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭh�penti sovaggikaṃ sukhavip�kaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ.
Sakk� nu kho sañjaya evameva diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ
paññÄ�petu”?Nti

1. Phuṭṭho, [PTS.] Phu�o (jenam�gadhī).
2. Belaá¹­á¹­haputto, katthaci.

[BJT Page 102] [\x 102/]

Evaṃ vutte bhante sañjayo belaá¹­á¹­hiputto maṃ etadavoca: ‘atthi paro
loko?’Ti iti ce maṃ pucchasi, ‘atthi paro loko’ti iti ce me assa, ‘atthi
paro loko’ti iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me
no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me no. ‘Natthi
paro loko?’Ti iti ce maṃ pucchasi, ‘natthi paro loko’ti iti ce me assa,
‘natthi paro loko’ti iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me no.
TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me
no. ‘Atthi ca natthi ca paro loko?’Ti iti ce maṃ pucchasi, ‘atthi ca
natthi ca paro loko’ti iti ce me assa, ‘atthi ca natthi ca paro loko’ti
iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me no. ‘Nevatthi na
natthi paro loko?’Ti iti ce maṃ pucchasi, ‘nevatthi na natthi paro
loko’ti iti ce me assa, ‘nevatthi na natthi paro loko’ti iti te naṃ
byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No
‘ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me no. ‘Atthi sattÄ� opapÄ�tikÄ�?’Ti iti ce maṃ
pucchasi, ‘atthi sattÄ� opapÄ�tikÄ�’ti iti ce me assa, ‘atthi sattÄ�
opapÄ�tikÄ�’ti iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me no. ‘Atthi ca
natthi ca sattÄ� opapÄ�tikÄ�?’Ti iti ce maṃ pucchasi, ‘atthi ca natthi ca
sattÄ� opapÄ�tikÄ�’ti iti ce me assa, ‘atthi ca natthi ca sattÄ�
opapÄ�tikÄ�’ti iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me no. ‘Nevatthi na
natthi sattÄ� opapÄ�tikÄ�?’Ti iti ce maṃ pucchasi, ‘nevatthi na natthi
sattÄ� opapÄ�tikÄ�’ti iti ce me assa, ‘nevatthi na natthi sattÄ�
opapÄ�tikÄ�’ti iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me no. ‘Atthi
sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ vipÄ�ko?’Ti iti ce maṃ pucchasi, ‘atthi
sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ vipÄ�ko’ti iti ce me assa, ‘atthi
sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ vipÄ�ko’ti iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ.
Evanti’pi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me
no. No no ‘ti’pi me no. ‘Natthi sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ
vipÄ�ko?’Ti iti ce maṃ pucchasi, ‘natthi sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ
vipÄ�ko’ti iti ce me assa, ‘natthi sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ
vipÄ�ko’ti iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me no. ‘Atthi ca
natthi ca sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ vipÄ�ko?’Ti iti ce maṃ
pucchasi, ‘atthi ca natthi ca sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ vipÄ�ko’ti
iti ce me assa, ‘atthi ca natthi ca sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ
vipÄ�ko’ti iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me no. ‘Nevatthi na
natthi sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ vipÄ�ko?’Ti iti ce maṃ pucchasi,
‘nevatthi na natthi sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ vipÄ�ko’ti iti ce me
assa, ‘nevatthi na natthi sukaá¹­adukkaá¹­Ä�naṃ kammÄ�naṃ phalaṃ vipÄ�ko’ti
iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no.
AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me no. ‘Hoti
tath�gato [PTS Page 059] [\q 59/]
parammaraṇÄ�?’Ti iti ce maṃ pucchasi, ‘hoti tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ�’ti iti
ce me assa, ‘hoti tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ�’ti iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ.
Evanti’pi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me
no. No no ‘ti’pi me no. ‘ Na hoti tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ�?’Ti iti ce maṃ
pucchasi, ‘na hoti tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ�’ti iti ce me assa, ‘na hoti
tathÄ�gato paramaraṇÄ�’ti iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me no.
TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me
no. ‘Hoti ca na hoti ca tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ�?’Ti iti ce maṃ pucchasi,
‘hoti ca na hoti ca tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ�’ti iti ce me assa, ‘hoti ca na
hoti ca tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ�’ti iti te naṃ byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me
no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No ‘ti’pi me no. No no
‘ti’pi me no. ‘Neva hoti na na hoti tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ�?’Ti iti ce maṃ
pucchasi, ‘neva hoti na na hoti tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ�’ti iti ce me
assa, ‘neva hoti na na hoti tathÄ�gato parammaraṇÄ�’ti iti te naṃ
byÄ�kareyyaṃ. Evanti’pi me no. TathÄ�’ti’pi me no. AññathÄ�’ti’pi me no. No
‘ti’pi me no. No no ‘ti’pi me no’ti.

Itthaṃ kho me bhante sañjayo belaṭṭhiputto sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ
puṭṭho sam�no vikkhepaṃ by�k�si. Seyyath�pi bhante ambaṃ v� puṭṭho
labujaṃ by�kareyya, labujaṃ v� puṭṭho ambaṃ by�kareyya, evameva kho
bhante sañjayo belaṭṭhiputto sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ puṭṭho sam�no
vikkhepaṃ by�k�si.

Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etadahosi: ayañca imesaṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ sabbab�lo
sabbamūḷho. Kathaṃ hi n�ma sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ puṭṭho sam�no
vikkhepaṃ by�karissati?Ti. Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etadahosi: kathaṃ hi n�ma
m�diso samaṇaṃ v� br�hmaṇaṃ v� vijite vasantaṃ apas�detabbaṃ
maññeyy�?Ti. So kho ahaṃ bhante sañjayassa belaṭṭhiputtassa bh�sitaṃ
neva abhinandiṃ. Nappaṭikkosiṃ. Anabhinanditv� appaṭikkositv� anattamano
anattamanav�caṃ anicch�retv� tameva v�caṃ anuggaṇhanto anikkujjanto
uṭṭh�y�san� pakk�miṃ.

[BJT Page 104] [\x 104/]

24. So ‘haṃ bhante bhagavantampi pucchÄ�mi: yathÄ� nu kho imÄ�ni bhante
puthusipp�yatan�ni, seyyathīdaṃ: hatth�roh� ass�roh� rathik� dhanuggah�
celak� calak� piṇ�ad�yak� ugg� r�japutt� pakkhandino mah�n�g� sūr�
cammayodhino d�sakaputt� �ḷ�rik� kappak� nah�pak� sūd� m�l�k�r� rajak�
pesakÄ�rÄ� naḷakÄ�rÄ� kumbhakÄ�rÄ� gaṇakÄ� muddikÄ�, yÄ�ni vÄ� panaññÄ�ni’pi
evaṃgatik�ni puthusipp�yatan�ni, te diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ
sippaphalaṃ upajīvanti. Te tena att�naṃ sukhenti pīnenti. M�t�pitaro
sukhenti pīnenti. Puttad�raṃ sukhenti pīnenti. Mitt�macce sukhenti
pīnenti. Samaṇesu br�hmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭh�penti
sovaggikaṃ sukhavipÄ�kaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ. SakkÄ� nu [PTS Page 060] [\q 60/] kho me bhante evameva diá¹­á¹­heva dhamme sandiá¹­á¹­hikaṃ sÄ�maññaphalaṃ paññÄ�petu”?Nti

“SakkÄ� mahÄ�rÄ�ja “. Tena hi mahÄ�rÄ�ja taññevettha paá¹­ipucchissÄ�mi. YathÄ� te khameyya, tathÄ� naṃ byÄ�kareyyÄ�si”.

25. “Taṃ kimmaññasi, mahÄ�rÄ�ja, idha te assa puriso dÄ�so kammakaro
pubbuṭṭh�yī pacch�nip�tī kiṅk�rapaṭiss�vī man�pac�rī piyav�dī
mukhullokako. Tassa evamassa: ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho,
puññ�naṃ gati puññ�naṃ vip�ko. Ayaṃ hi r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu
vedehiputto manusso. Ahampi manusso. Ayaṃ hi r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu
vedehiputto pañcahi k�maguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto pariv�reti devo
maññe. Ahampanambhi’ssa dÄ�so kammakaro pubbuá¹­á¹­hÄ�yÄ« pacchÄ�nipÄ�tÄ«
kiṅk�rapaṭiss�vī man�pac�rī piyav�dī mukhullokako. So vatass�haṃ puññ�ni
kareyyaṃ. Yannūn�haṃ kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv�
agÄ�rasmÄ� anagÄ�riyaṃ pabbajeyya’nti.

So aparena samayena kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv�
ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajeyya. So evaṃ pabbajito sam�no k�yena saṃvuto
vihareyya, v�c�ya saṃvuto vihareyya, manas� saṃvuto vihareyya,
gh�sacch�danaparamat�ya santuṭṭho abhirato paviveke.

Tañce te purisÄ� evamÄ�roceyyuṃ: ‘yagghe deva jÄ�neyyÄ�si, yo te puriso dÄ�so
kammakaro pubbuṭṭh�yī pacch�nip�tī kiṅk�rapaṭiss�vī man�pac�rī piyav�dī
mukhullokako, so deva kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv�
ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajito. So evaṃ pabbajito sam�no k�yena saṃvuto
viharati, v�c�ya saṃvuto viharati, manas� saṃvuto viharati,
ghÄ�sacchÄ�danaparamatÄ�ya santuá¹­á¹­ho abhirato paviveke’ti. Api nu tvaṃ evaṃ
vadeyy�si: etu me bho so puriso. Punadeva hotu d�so kammakaro
pubbuṭṭh�yī pacch�nip�tī kiṅk�rapaṭiss�vī man�pac�rī piyav�dī
mukhullokako”ti.

[BJT Page 106] [\x 106/]

“No hetaṃ bhante. Atha kho naṃ mayameva [PTS Page 061]
[\q 61/] abhiv�deyy�mapi, paccuṭṭheyy�mapi, �sanenapi
nimanteyy�ma. Abhinimanteyy�mapi naṃ
cīvarapiṇ�ap�tasen�sanagil�napaccayabhesajjaparikkh�rehi.
Dhammikampi’ssa rakkhÄ�varaṇaguttiṃ saṃvidaheyyÄ�mÄ�”ti.

“Taṃ kimmaññasi mahÄ�rÄ�ja, yadi evaṃ sante hoti vÄ� sandiá¹­á¹­hikaṃ sÄ�maññaphalaṃ no vÄ�?”Ti.

“AddhÄ� kho bhante evaṃ sante hoti sandiá¹­á¹­hikaṃ sÄ�maññaphalaṃ”ti.

“Idaṃ kho te mahÄ�rÄ�ja mayÄ� paá¹­hamaṃ diá¹­á¹­heva dhamme sandiá¹­á¹­hikaṃ sÄ�maññaphalaṃ paññatta”nti.

26. “SakkÄ� pana bhante aññampi evameva diá¹­á¹­heva dhamme sandiá¹­á¹­hikaṃ sÄ�maññaphalaṃ paññapetu?”Nti.

“SakkÄ� mahÄ�rÄ�ja. Tena hi mahÄ�rÄ�ja, taññevettha paá¹­ipucchissÄ�mi. YathÄ� te
khameyya tath� naṃ by�kareyy�si. Taṃ kimmaññasi mah�r�ja idha te assa
puriso kassako gahapatiko k�rak�rako r�siva��hako, tassa evamassa:
“acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho puññÄ�naṃ gati puññÄ�naṃ vipÄ�ko.
Ayaṃ hi r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu vedehiputto manusso. Ahampi manusso.
Ayaṃ hi r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu vedehiputto pañcahi k�maguṇehi samappito
samaá¹…gÄ«bhÅ«to parivÄ�reti devo maññe. Ahampanambhi’ssa kassako gahapatiko
k�rak�rako r�siva��hako. So vatass�haṃ puññ�ni kareyyaṃ. Yannūn�haṃ
kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv� ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ
pabbajeyya’nti.

So aparena samayena appaṃ v� bhogakkhandhaṃ pah�ya mahantaṃ v�
bhogakkhandhaṃ pah�ya appaṃ v� ñ�tiparivaṭṭaṃ pah�ya mahantaṃ v�
ñ�tiparivaṭṭaṃ pah�ya kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv�
ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajeyya. So evaṃ pabbajito sam�no k�yena saṃvuto
vihareyya, v�c�ya saṃvuto vihareyya, manas� saṃvuto vihareyya,
gh�sacch�danaparamat�ya santuṭṭho abhirato paviveke.

Taṃ ce te purisÄ� evamÄ�roceyyuṃ: ‘yagghe deva jÄ�neyyÄ�si. Yo te puriso
kassako gahapatiko k�rak�rako r�siva��hako, so deva kesamassuṃ og�retv�
k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv� ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajito. So evaṃ
pabbajito sam�no k�yena saṃvuto viharati v�c�ya saṃvuto viharati, manas�
saṃvuto viharati, [PTS Page 062] [\q 62/]
ghÄ�sacchÄ�danaparamatÄ�ya santuá¹­á¹­ho abhirato paviveke’ti. Api nu tvaṃ
evaṃ vadeyyÄ�si: ‘etu me bho so puriso. Punadeva hotu kassako gahapatiko
kÄ�rakÄ�rako rÄ�sivaá¸�á¸�hako’ti?

[BJT Page 108] [\x 108/]

“No hotaṃ bhante. Atha kho naṃ mayameva abhivÄ�deyyÄ�mapi
paccuṭṭheyy�mapi, �sanenapi nimanteyy�ma, abhinimanteyy�mapi naṃ
cīvarapiṇ�ap�tasen�sanagil�napaccayabhesajjaparikkh�rehi.
Dhammikampi’ssa rakkhÄ�varaṇaguttiṃ saṃvidaheyyÄ�mÄ�”ti.

“Taṃ kimmaññesi mahÄ�rÄ�ja, yadi evaṃ sante hoti vÄ� sandiá¹­á¹­hikaṃ sÄ�maññaphalaṃ no vÄ�?”Ti.

“AddhÄ� kho bhante evaṃ sante hoti sandiá¹­á¹­hikaṃ samÄ�ññaphala”nti.

“Idaṃ kho te mahÄ�rÄ�ja mayÄ� dutiyaṃ diá¹­á¹­heva dhamme sandiá¹­á¹­hikaṃ sÄ�maññaphalaṃ paññattanti”.

27. “SakkÄ� pana bhante aññampi diá¹­á¹­heva dhamme sandiá¹­á¹­hikaṃ
s�maññaphalaṃ paññ�petuṃ imehi sandiṭṭhikehi s�maññaphalehi
abhikkantatarañca paṇitatarañcÄ�?”Ti

“SakkÄ� mahÄ�rÄ�ja. Tena hi mahÄ�rÄ�ja suṇohi sÄ�dhukaṃ manasi karohi bhÄ�sissÄ�mÄ«”ti.

“Evaṃ bhante”ti kho rÄ�jÄ� mÄ�gadho ajÄ�tasattu vedehiputto bhagavato paccassosi.
28. BhagavÄ� etadavoca: “idha mahÄ�rÄ�ja tathÄ�gato loke uppajjati arahaṃ
samm�sambuddho vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro
purisadammas�rathī satth� devamanuss�naṃ buddho bhagav�. So imaṃ lokaṃ
sadevakaṃ sam�rakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabr�hmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ
sayaṃ abhiññ� sacchikatv� pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti �dikaly�ṇaṃ
majjhekaly�ṇaṃ pariyos�nakaly�ṇaṃ s�tthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ
parisuddhaṃ. Brahmacariyaṃ pak�seti.

29. Taṃ dhammaṃ suṇ�ti gahapati v� gahapatiputto v� aññatarasmiṃ v� kule pacc�j�to. So taṃ dhammaṃ [PTS Page 063]
[\q 63/] sutv� tath�gate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. So tena
saddhÄ�paá¹­ilÄ�bhena samannÄ�gato iti paá¹­isaṃcikkhati: ’sambÄ�dho gharÄ�vaso
raj�patho1. Abbhok�so pabbajj�. Nayidaṃ sukaraṃ ag�raṃ ajjh�vasat�
ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṃkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ.
Yannūn�haṃ kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv� ag�rasm�
anagÄ�riyaṃ pabbajeyya’nti.

1. Rajopatho, katthaci.

[BJT Page 110] [\x 110/]

So aparena samayena appaṃ v� bhogakkhandhaṃ pah�ya mahantaṃ v�
bhogakkhandhaṃ pah�ya appaṃ v� ñ�tiparivaṭṭaṃ pah�ya mahantaṃ v�
ñ�tiparivaṭṭaṃ pah�ya kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv�
ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajati. So evaṃ pabbajito sam�no
p�timokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati �c�ragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu
bhayadass�vī. Sam�d�ya sikkhati sikkh�padesu k�yakammavacīkammena
samann�gato kusalena. Parisuddh�jīvo sīlasampanno indriyesu guttadv�ro
bhojane mattaññū satisampajaññesu samann�gato sattuṭṭho.

29. Kathañca mah�r�ja bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti? Idha mah�r�ja bhikkhu
p�ṇ�tip�taṃ pah�ya p�ṇ�tip�t� paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇ�o nihitasattho
lajjÄ« dayÄ�panno. SabbapÄ�ṇabhÅ«tahitÄ�nukampÄ« viharati. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

Adinn�d�naṃ pah�ya adinn�d�n� paṭivirato hoti dinn�d�yī dinnap�ṭikaṅkhī.
Athenena sucibhÅ«tena attanÄ� viharati. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Abrahmacariyaṃ pahÄ�ya brahmacÄ�rÄ« hoti Ä�rÄ�cÄ�rÄ«1 virato methunÄ� gÄ�madhammÄ�. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Mus�v�daṃ pah�ya mus�v�d� paṭivirato hoti saccav�dī saccasandho theto2
paccayiko avisaṃvÄ�dako lokassa. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Pisuṇaṃ v�caṃ3 pah�ya pisuṇ�ya v�c�ya paṭivirato hoti. Ito sutv� na amutra akkh�t� imesaṃ bhed�ya. [PTS Page 064]
[\q 64/] amutra v� sutv� na imesaṃ akkh�t� amūsaṃ bhed�ya. Iti
bhinn�naṃ v� sandh�t�, sahit�naṃ v� anuppad�t�4 samagg�r�mo5 samaggarato
samagganandiṃ samaggakaraṇiṃ vÄ�caṃ bhÄ�sitÄ� hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

Pharusaṃ v�caṃ6 pah�ya pharus�ya v�c�ya paṭivirato hoti. Y� s� v�c� neḷ�
kaṇṇasukh� pemanīy�7 hadayaṅgam� porī bahujanakant� bahujanaman�p�,
tathÄ�rÅ«paṃ8 vÄ�caṃ bhÄ�sitÄ� hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Samphappal�paṃ pah�ya samphappal�p� paṭivirato hoti k�lav�dī bhūtav�dī
atthav�dī dhammav�dī vinayav�dī. Nidh�navatiṃ v�caṃ bh�sit� hoti k�lena
sÄ�padesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasañhitaṃ. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

1. An�c�ri, machasaṃ.
2. Ṭheto, sy�.
3. Pisuṇ�v�caṃ, [PTS.]
4. Anupp�d�t�, [PTS.]
5. Samaggar�mo, machasaṃ.
6. Pharus�v�caṃ, [PTS.] Sitira
7. Pemaniy�, machasaṃ. 8. Evarūpiṃ. [PTS.] Sitira.
[BJT Page 112] [\x 112/]

30. Bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambh�1 paṭivirato hoti. Ekabhattiko2 hoti
rattūparato3 paṭivirato4 vik�labhojan�. Naccagītav�ditavisūkadassan�5
paṭivirato hoti. M�l�gandhavilepanadh�raṇamaṇ�anavibhusanaṭṭh�n�
paṭivirato hoti. Ucc�sayanamah�sayan� paṭivirato hoti.
J�tarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇ�6 paṭivirato hoti. Āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇ�6
paṭivirato hoti. Āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇ�6 paṭivirato hoti.
Itthikum�rikapaṭiggahaṇ�6 paṭivirato hoti. D�sid�sapaṭiggahaṇ�6
paṭivirato hoti. Ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇ�6 paṭivirato hoti.
Kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇ�6 paṭivirato hoti. Hatthigavassavaḷav�7
paṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. Khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti.
Dūteyyapaheṇa8 gaman�nuyog� paṭivirato hoti. Kayavikkay� paṭivirato
hoti. Tul�kūṭakaṃsakūṭam�nakūṭ�9 paṭivirato hoti.
Ukkoṭanavañcananikatis�ci10 yog� paṭivirato hoti.
Chedanavadhabandhanavipar�mosa�lopasahas�k�r�11 paṭivirato hoti.
Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Cullasīlaṃ12 niṭṭhitaṃ

31. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambhaṃ13 anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: mūlabījaṃ khandhabījaṃ phalubījaṃ14 aggabījaṃ
bijabījameva15 pañcamaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�16
bÄ«jagÄ�mabhÅ«tagÄ�masamÄ�rambhÄ�17 [PTS Page 065] [\q 65/] paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

32. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ sannidhik�raparibhogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: annasannidhiṃ p�nasannidhiṃ vatthasannidhiṃ y�nasannidhiṃ
sayanasannidhiṃ gandhasannidhiṃ �misasannidhiṃ. Iti v� iti evarūp�
sannidhikÄ�raparibhogÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

1. Sam�rabbh�, machasaṃ.
2. Ekaṃ bhattiko, machasaṃ.
3. Rattuparato, machasaṃ.
4. Virato, the. Se.
5. Visūkaṃ, machasaṃ.
6. Pariggahaṇ�, (sabbattha)
7. Gavassaṃ, se. Vaḷavaṃ, machasaṃ.
8. Pahiṇa, sīmu. Machasa. Sy�.
9. Kūṭaṃ, machasaṃ.
10. S�vi, machasaṃ.
11. Sahasaṃ, machasaṃ.
12. Cūḷa sīlaṃ, machasaṃ.
13. Sam�rabbh�, machasaṃ.
14. Phalaṃ, se. Phaluṃ, si. The.
15. Bija bījaṃ eva. The.
16. Iti evarup�, kesuci.
17. Sam�rabbh�, machasaṃ.

[BJT Page 114] [\x 114/]

33. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ:
naccaṃ gītaṃ v�ditaṃ pekkhaṃ akkh�taṃ p�ṇissaraṃ vet�laṃ kumbhathūnaṃ
sobhanakaṃ1 caṇ��laṃ vaṃsaṃ dhopanakaṃ2 hatthiyuddhaṃ assayuddhaṃ
mahisayuddhaṃ3 usabhayuddhaṃ ajayuddhaṃ meṇ�ayuddhaṃ4 kukkuṭayuddhaṃ
vaṭṭakayuddhaṃ daṇ�ayuddhaṃ muṭṭhiyuddhaṃ5 nibbuddhaṃ uyyodhikaṃ
balaggaṃ sen�byūhaṃ aṇīkadassanaṃ6. Iti v� iti evarūp� visūkadassan�
paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

34. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ jūtappam�daṭṭh�n�nuyogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: aṭṭhapadaṃ dasapadaṃ �k�saṃ parih�rapathaṃ santikaṃ
khalikaṃ ghaṭikaṃ sal�kahatthaṃ akkhaṃ paṅgacīraṃ vaṅkakaṃ mokkhacikaṃ
ciṅgulakaṃ patt�ḷhakaṃ rathakaṃ dhanukaṃ akkharikaṃ manesikaṃ
yath�vajjaṃ. Iti v� iti evarūp� jūtappam�daṭṭh�n�nuyog� paṭivirato hoti.
Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

35. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ ucc�sayanamah�sayanaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: �sandiṃ pallaṅkaṃ gonakaṃ cittakaṃ paṭikaṃ paṭalikaṃ
tūlikaṃ vikatikaṃ uddalomiṃ ekantalomiṃ kaṭṭhissaṃ koseyyaṃ kuttakaṃ
hatthattharaṃ assattharaṃ rathattharaṃ ajinappaveṇiṃ
k�dalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ sauttaracchadaṃ ubhatolohitakūpadh�naṃ.
Iti vÄ� iti [PTS Page 066] [\q 66/] evarÅ«pÄ� uccÄ�sayanamahÄ�sayanÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

1. Sobhanagarakaṃ, katthaci. Sobhanakarakaṃ, [PTS.] Sobhanagharakaṃ, machasaṃ.
2. Dhovanaṃ, katthaci. Dhopanaṃ, sitira.
3. Mahiṃsaṃ, machasaṃ.
4. Meṇ�akaṃ, machasaṃ.
5. SÄ«hala potthakesu na dissati.
6. Anīka - kesuci.

[BJT Page 116] [\x 116/]

36. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ maṇ�anavibhusanaṭṭh�n�nuyogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: ucch�danaṃ parimaddanaṃ nah�panaṃ samb�hanaṃ �d�saṃ añjanaṃ
m�l�vilepanaṃ mukhacuṇṇakaṃ1 mukhalepanaṃ2 hatthabandhaṃ sikh�bandhaṃ
daṇ�akaṃ n�ḷikaṃ khaggaṃ chattaṃ citrūp�hanaṃ uṇhīsaṃ maṇiṃ v�lavījaniṃ
od�t�ni vatth�ni dīghadas�ni. Iti v� iti evarūp�
maṇá¸�anavibhusanaá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ�nuyogÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

37. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ tiracch�nakathaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ:
r�jakathaṃ corakathaṃ mah�mattakathaṃ sen�kathaṃ bhayakathaṃ
yuddhakathaṃ annakathaṃ p�nakathaṃ vatthakathaṃ sayanakathaṃ m�l�kathaṃ
gandhakathaṃ ñ�tikathaṃ y�nakathaṃ g�makathaṃ nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ
janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ purisakathaṃ (kum�rakathaṃ kum�rikathaṃ)3
sūrakathaṃ visikh�kathaṃ kumbhaṭṭh�nakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ
n�nattakathaṃ lokakkh�yikaṃ samuddakkh�yikaṃ itibhav�bhavakathaṃ. Iti v�
itievarÅ«pÄ�ya tiracchÄ�nakathÄ�ya paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

38. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp� vigg�hikakathaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ:
“na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ Ä�jÄ�nÄ�si. Ahaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ Ä�jÄ�nÄ�mi.
Kiṃ tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ �j�nissasi? Micch�paṭipanno tvamasi.
Ahamasmi samm�paṭipanno. Sahitaṃ me, asahitaṃ te. Pure vacanīyaṃ pacch�
avaca. Pacch� vacanīyaṃ pure avaca. Āciṇṇaṃ4 te vipar�vattaṃ. Āropito te
v�do. Niggahīto tvamasi. Cara v�dappamokkh�ya. Nibbeṭhehi v� sace
pahosÄ«”ti. Iti vÄ� itievarÅ«pÄ�ya viggÄ�hikakathÄ�ya paá¹­ivirato hoti.
Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

39. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ dūteyyapahiṇagaman�nuyogamanuyutt� [PTS Page 067]
[\q 67/] viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ: raññaṃ r�jamah�matt�naṃ
khattiyÄ�naṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ�naṃ gahapatikÄ�naṃ kumÄ�rÄ�naṃ “idha gaccha.
AmutrÄ�gaccha. Idaṃ hara. Amutra idaṃ Ä�harÄ�”ti. Iti vÄ� itievarÅ«pÄ�
dÅ«teyyapahiṇagamanÄ�nuyogÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

1. Mukhacuṇṇaṃ, machasaṃ.
2. Mukh�lepanaṃ, sīmu.
3. Marammapotthakesuyeva dissate
4. Aviciṇṇaṃ, kesuci.

[BJT Page 118] [\x 118/]

40. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te kuhak� ca honti lapak� ca nemittik� ca nippesik� ca l�bhena
ca l�bhaṃ nijigiṃsit�ro. Iti v� itievarūp� kuhanalapan� paṭivirato
hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Majjhimasīlaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

41. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ1 kappenti,
seyyathīdaṃ: aṅgaṃ nimittaṃ upp�taṃ2 supiṇaṃ3 lakkhaṇaṃ mūsikacchinnaṃ
aggihomaṃ dabbihomaṃ thusahomaṃ taṇ�ulahomaṃ sappihomaṃ telahomaṃ
mukhahomaṃ lohitahomaṃ aṅgavijj� vatthuvijj� khattavijj�4 sivavijj�
bhūtavijj� bhurivijj� ahivijj� visavijj� vicchikavijj� mūsikavijj�
sakuṇavijj� v�yasavijj� pakkajjh�naṃ5 saraparitt�naṃ migacakkaṃ. Iti v�
itievarÅ«pÄ�ya tiracchÄ�navijjÄ�ya micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa
hoti sīlasmiṃ.

42. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti,
seyyathīdaṃ: maṇilakkhaṇaṃ vatthalakkhaṇaṃ daṇ�alakkhaṇaṃ6 asilakkhaṇaṃ
usulakkhaṇaṃ dhanulakkhaṇaṃ �vudhalakkhaṇaṃ7 itthilakkhaṇaṃ
purisalakkhaṇaṃ kum�ralakkhaṇaṃ kum�rilakkhaṇaṃ d�salakkhaṇaṃ
d�silakkhaṇaṃ hatthilakkhaṇaṃ assalakkhaṇaṃ mahisalakkhaṇaṃ8
usabhalakkhaṇaṃ golakkhaṇaṃ9 ajalakkhaṇaṃ meṇ�alakkhaṇaṃ10
kukkuṭalakkhaṇaṃ vaṭṭakalakkhaṇaṃ godh�lakkhaṇaṃ kaṇṇik�lakkhaṇaṃ
kacchapalakkhaṇaṃ migalakkhaṇaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya
micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

43. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya [PTS Page 068]
[\q 68/] micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti seyyathīdaṃ: raññaṃ
niyy�naṃ bhavissati, raññaṃ aniyy�naṃ bhavissati, abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ
upay�naṃ bhavissati, b�hir�naṃ raññaṃ apay�naṃ bhavissati, b�hir�naṃ
raññaṃ upay�naṃ bhavissati, abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ apay�naṃ bhavissati,
abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ jayo bhavissati, abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ par�jayo
bhavissati. Iti imassa jayo bhavissati. Imassa par�jayo bhavissati. Iti
vÄ� itievarÅ«pÄ�ya tiracchÄ�navijjÄ�ya micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa
hoti sīlasmiṃ.

1. Jīvitaṃ, machasaṃ.
2. Upp�daṃ, sīmu.
3. Supinaṃ, machasaṃ. Supiṇakaṃ, si.
4. Khettaṃ, kesuci.
5. Pakkha, kesuci.
6. Daṇ�alakkhaṇaṃ satthalakkhaṇaṃ, machasaṃ.
7. Āyudha, kesuci.
8. Mahiṃsa, machasaṃ.
9. Goṇa, machasaṃ.
10. Meṇ�aka, kesuci.

[BJT Page 120] [\x 120/]

44. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: candagg�ho bhavissati. Suriyagg�ho bhavissati.
Nakkhattag�ho bhavissati. Candimasuriy�naṃ pathagamanaṃ bhavissati.
Candimasuriy�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati. Nakkhatt�naṃ pathagamanaṃ
bhavissati. Nakkhatt�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati. Ukk�p�to bhavissati.
Dīs���ho bhavissati. Bhūmic�lo bhavissati. Devadundūbhi bhavissati.
Candimasuriyanakkhatt�naṃ uggamanaṃ ogamanaṃ1 saṃkilesaṃ vod�naṃ
bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko candagg�ho bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko suriyagg�ho
bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko nakkhattagg�ho bhavissati. Evaṃvip�kaṃ
candimasuriy�naṃ pathagamanaṃ bhavissati. Evaṃvip�kaṃ candimasuriy�naṃ
uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati. Evaṃvip�kaṃ nakkhatt�naṃ pathagamanaṃ
bhavissati. Evaṃvip�kaṃ nakkhatt�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati.
Evaṃvip�ko ukk�p�to bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko dis���ho bhavissati.
Evaṃvip�ko bhumiv�lo bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko devadundūbhi bhavissati.
Evaṃvip�ko candimasuriyanakkhatt�naṃ uggamanaṃ ogamanaṃ saṅkilesaṃ
vod�naṃ bhavissati. Iti v� evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv�
paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

45. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya [PTS Page 069]
[\q 69/] micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti. Seyyathīdaṃ: subbuṭṭhik�
bhavissati. Dubbuṭṭhik� bhavissati. Subhikkhaṃ bhavissati. Dubbhikkhaṃ
bhavissati. Khemaṃ bhavissati. Bhayaṃ bhavissati. Rogo bhavissati.
Ārogyaṃ bhavissati. Mudd� gaṇan� saṃkh�naṃ k�veyyaṃ lok�yataṃ. Iti v�
itievarÅ«pÄ�ya tiracchÄ�navijjÄ�ya micchÄ�jÄ«vena paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa
hoti sīlasmiṃ.

46. Yath� pana paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: �v�hanaṃ viv�hanaṃ saṃvadanaṃ vivadanaṃ saṃkiraṇaṃ
vikiraṇaṃ subhagakaraṇaṃ dubbhagakaraṇaṃ viruddhagabbhakaraṇaṃ
jivh�nitthambhanaṃ2 hanusaṃhananaṃ hatth�bhijappanaṃ hanujappanaṃ
kaṇṇajappanaṃ �d�sapañhaṃ kum�ripañhaṃ devapañhaṃ �diccupaṭṭh�naṃ
mahatupaṭṭh�naṃ abbhujjalanaṃ sirivh�yanaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya
tiracchÄ�navijjÄ�ya micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

1. Oggamanaṃ, kesuci.
2. Jivh�nitthaddhanaṃ. Bahusu.

[BJT Page 122] [\x 122/]

47. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: santikammaṃ paṇidhikammaṃ bhūtakammaṃ bhurikammaṃ
vassakammaṃ vossakammaṃ vatthukammaṃ vatthuparikiraṇaṃ �camanaṃ
nah�panaṃ juhanaṃ vamanaṃ virecanaṃ uddhavirecanaṃ adhovirecanaṃ
sīsavirecanaṃ kaṇṇatelaṃ nettatappanaṃ natthukammaṃ añjanaṃ paccañjanaṃ
s�l�kiyaṃ sallakattiyaṃ d�rakatikicch� mūlabhesajj�naṃ anuppad�naṃ
osadhīnaṃ paṭimokkho. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv�
paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

48. Sa kho1 so mah�r�ja bhikkhu evaṃ sīlasampanno na kutoci bhayaṃ
samanupassati yadidaṃ sīlasaṃvarato. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja khattiyo
muddh�vasitto2 nihatapacc�mitto na [PTS Page 070]
[\q 70/] kutoci bhayaṃ samanupassati yadidaṃ paccatthikato,
evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu evaṃ sīlasampanno na kutoci bhayaṃ
samanupassati yadidaṃ sīlasaṃvarato. So imin� ariyena sīlakkhandhena
samann�gato ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Evaṃ kho mah�r�ja
bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti.

49. Kathañca mah�r�ja bhikkhu indriyesu guttadv�ro hoti? Idha mah�r�ja
bhikkhu cakkhun� rūpaṃ disv� na nimittagg�hī hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī.
Yatv�dhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh�
domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anvassaveyyuṃ3 tassa saṃvar�ya
paṭipajjati. Rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati.
Sotena saddaṃ sutv� na nimittagg�hī hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī.
Yatv�dhikaraṇamenaṃ sotindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass�
p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anvassaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati.
Rakkhati sotindriyaṃ sotindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. Gh�ṇena gandhaṃ
gh�yitv� na nimittagg�hī hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇamenaṃ
gh�ṇindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass� p�pak� akusal�
dhamm� anvassaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati. Rakkhati gh�ṇindriyaṃ
gh�ṇindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. Jivh�ya rasaṃ s�yitv� na nimittagg�hī
hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇamenaṃ jivhindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ
viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anvassaveyyuṃ3 tassa
saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati. Rakkhati jivhindriyaṃ jivhindriye saṃvaraṃ
�pajjati. K�yena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitv� na nimittagg�hī hoti
n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇamenaṃ k�yindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ
abhijjh� domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anvassaveyyuṃ3 tassa saṃvar�ya
paṭipajjati. Rakkhati k�yindriyaṃ k�yindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. Manas�
dhammaṃ viññ�ya na nimittagg�hī hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī.
Yatv�dhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass�
p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anvassaveyyuṃ3 tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati.
Rakkhati manindriyaṃ. Manindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. So imin� ariyena
indriyasaṃvarena samann�gato ajjhattaṃ aby�sekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Evaṃ kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu indriyesu guttadv�ro hoti.

1. Atha kho, kesuci.
2. Muddh�bhisinto, kesuci.
3. Anv�saveyyuṃ, anv�ssaveyyu, kesuci.

[BJT Page 124] [\x 124/]

50. Kathañca mah�r�ja bhikkhu satisampajaññena samann�gato hoti? Idha
mah�r�ja bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Ālokite
vilokite sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Samiñjite1 pas�rite sampaj�nak�rī hoti.
Saṅgh�ṭipattacīvaradh�raṇe sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Asite pīte kh�yite s�yite
sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Ucc�rapass�vakamme sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Gate ṭhite
nisinne sutte j�garite bh�site tuṇhībh�ve sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Evaṃ kho [PTS Page 071] [\q 71/] mah�r�ja bhikkhu satisampajaññena samann�gato hoti.

51. Kathañca mah�r�ja bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti? Idha mah�r�ja bhikkhu
santuṭṭho hoti k�yaparih�riyena cīvarena kucchiparih�riyena2
piṇ�ap�tena. So yena yeneva pakkamati sam�d�yeva pakkamati. Seyyath�pi
mahÄ�rÄ�ja pakkhi sakuṇo yena yeneva á¸�eti sapattabhÄ�ro’va á¸�eti, evameva
kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti k�yaparih�riyena cīvarena
kucchiparih�riyena piṇ�ap�tena. So yena yeneva pakkamati sam�d�yeva
pakkamati. Evaṃ kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti.

52. So imin� ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena3 samann�gato imin� ca ariyena
indriyasaṃvarena samann�gato imin� ca ariyena satisampajaññena
samann�gato im�ya ca ariy�ya santuṭṭhiy� samann�gato vivittaṃ sen�sanaṃ
bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ sus�naṃ
vanapatthaṃ abbhok�saṃ pal�lapuñjaṃ. So pacch�bhattaṃ
piṇ�ap�tapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ �bhujitv� ujuṃ k�yaṃ paṇīdh�ya
parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetv�.

53. So abhijjhaṃ loke pah�ya vigat�bhijjhena cetas� viharati. Abhijjh�ya
cittaṃ parisodheti. By�p�dapadosaṃ pah�ya aby�pannacitto viharati
sabbap�ṇabhūtahit�nukampī. By�p�dapados� cittaṃ parisodheti.
Thīnamiddhaṃ pah�ya vigatathīnamiddho viharati �lokasaññī sato
sampaj�no. Thīnamiddh� cittaṃ parisodheti. Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pah�ya
anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasannacitto. Uddhaccakukkucc� cittaṃ
parisodheti. Vicikicchaṃ pah�ya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṃkathī
kusalesu dhammesu. Vicikicch�ya cittaṃ parisodheti.

1. Sammiñjite, kesuci.
2. Paribh�rikena, sīmu.
3. Imin� sīlakkhandhena, sabbattha.

[BJT Page 126] [\x 126/]

54. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja puriso iṇaṃ �d�ya kammante payojeyya, tassa te
kammant� samijjheyyuṃ, so y�ni ca por�ṇ�ni iṇamūl�ni t�ni ca
byantīkareyya, siy� cassa uttariṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ d�rabharaṇ�ya, tassa
evamassa: “ahaṃ kho pubbe iṇaṃ Ä�dÄ�ya kammante payojesiṃ. [PTS Page 072]
[\q 72/] tassa me te kammantÄ� samijjhiṃsu. So’haṃ yÄ�ni ca
por�ṇ�ni iṇamūl�ni t�ni ca byantī ak�siṃ. Atthi ca me uttariṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ
dÄ�rabharaṇÄ�yÄ�”ti. So tatonidÄ�naṃ labhetha pÄ�mojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya
somanassaṃ -

55. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja puriso �b�dhiko assa dukkhito b�ḷhagil�no,
bhattaṃ cassa nacch�deyya, na cassa k�ye balamatt�, so aparena samayena
tamh� �b�dh� mucceyya, bhattañcassa ch�deyya, siy� cassa k�ye balamatt�,
tassa evamassa: “ahaṃ kho pubbe Ä�bÄ�dhiko ahosiṃ dukkhito bÄ�ḷhagilÄ�no.
Bhattaṃ ca me nacchÄ�desi. Nacassa me Ä�si kÄ�ye balamattÄ�. So’mhi etarahi
tamhÄ� Ä�bÄ�dhÄ� mutto bhattañca me chÄ�deti. Atthi ca me kÄ�ye balamattÄ�”ti.
So tato nid�naṃ labhetha p�mojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ -

56. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja puriso bandhan�g�re baddho assa, so aparena
samayena tamh� bandhan�g�r� mucceyya sotthin� abbayena1, na cassa kiñci
bhogÄ�naṃ vayo, tassa evamassa: “ahaṃ kho pubbe bandhanÄ�gÄ�re baddho
ahosiṃ. So’mhi etarahi tamhÄ� bandhanÄ�gÄ�rÄ� mutto sotthinÄ� abbayena.
Natthi ca me kiñci bhogÄ�naṃ vayo”ti. So tatonidÄ�naṃ labhetha pÄ�mojjaṃ,
adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ -

57. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja puriso d�so assa anatt�dhīno par�dhīno na
yenak�maṅgamo, so aparena samayena tamh� d�saby� mucceyya att�dhīno
aparÄ�dhÄ«no bhujisso yenakÄ�maá¹…gamo, tassa evamassa: “ahaṃ kho pubbe dÄ�so
ahosiṃ anattÄ�dhÄ«no parÄ�dhÄ«no na yenakÄ�maá¹…gamo, so’mhi etarahi tamhÄ�
dÄ�sabyÄ� mutto attÄ�dhÄ«no aparÄ�dhÄ«no bhujisso yenakÄ�maá¹…gamo”ti. So [PTS Page 073] [\q 73/] tatonidÄ�naṃ labhetha pÄ�mojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ -

1. Avyayena, [PTS.]

[BJT Page 128] [\x 128/]

59. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja puriso sadhano sabhogo kant�raddh�namaggaṃ
paṭipajjeyya dubbhikkhaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ. So aparena samayena taṃ kant�raṃ
nitthareyya, sotthin� g�mantaṃ anup�puṇeyya khemaṃ appaṭibhayaṃ, tassa
evamassa: “ahaṃ kho pubbe sadhano sabhogo kantÄ�raddhÄ�namaggaṃ paá¹­ipajjiṃ
dubbhikkhaṃ sappaá¹­ibhayaṃ. So’mhi etarahi taṃ kantÄ�raṃ tiṇṇo sotthinÄ�
gÄ�mantaṃ anuppatto khemaṃ appaá¹­ibhaya”nti. So tato nidÄ�naṃ labhetha
p�mojjaṃ adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ -

60. Evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu yath� guṇaṃ yath� rogaṃ yath�
bandhan�g�raṃ yath� d�sabyaṃ yath� kant�raddh�namaggaṃ evaṃ ime pañca
nīvaraṇe appahīṇe attani samanupassati. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja �naṇyaṃ
yath� �rogyaṃ yath� bandhan� mokkhaṃ yath� bhujissaṃ yath�
khemantabhūmiṃ evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahīṇe
attani samanupassati.

61. Tassime pañca nīvaraṇe pahīṇe attani samanupassato p�mojjaṃ j�yati.
Pamuditassa pīti j�yati. Pītimanassa k�yo passambhati. Passaddhak�yo
sukhaṃ vedeti. Sukhino cittaṃ sam�dhiyati.

62. So vivicceva k�mehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savic�raṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva
k�yaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisanteti1 parisanneti2 paripūreti
parippharati. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa vivekajena pītisukhena
apphuṭaṃ hoti.

63. [PTS Page 074] [\q 74/] seyyath�pi
mah�r�ja dakkho nah�pako v� nah�pakantev�sī v� kaṃsath�le
nah�nīyacuṇṇ�ni �kiritv� udakena paripphosakaṃ paripphosakaṃ sanneyya3
s�yaṃ nah�nīyapiṇ�i sneh�nugat� snehaparet� santarab�hir� phuṭ� snehena
na ca paggharaṇī -

Evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu imameva k�yaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena
abhisanneti parisanneti paripūreti parippharati. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato
k�yassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Idampi kho mah�r�ja
sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi s�maññaphalehi
abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca.

1. Abhisandeti sīmu, machasaṃ.
2. Parisandeti. Sīmu, machasaṃ.
3. Sandeyya. Sīmu, machasaṃ.

[BJT Page 130] [\x 130/]

64. Puna ca paraṃ mah�r�ja bhikkhu vitakkavic�r�naṃ vūpasam� ajjhattaṃ
sampas�danaṃ cetaso ekodibh�vaṃ avitakkaṃ avic�raṃ sam�dhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ
dutiyaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva k�yaṃ sam�dhijena
pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati. N�ssa kiñci
sabb�vato k�yassa sam�dhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

65. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja udakarahado ubbhidodako, tassa nevassa
puratthim�ya dis�ya udakassa �yamukhaṃ, na dakkhiṇ�ya dis�ya udakassa
�yamukhaṃ, na pacchim�ya dis�ya udakassa �yamukhaṃ, na uttar�ya dis�ya
udakassa �yamukhaṃ, devo ca na k�lena k�laṃ samm� dh�raṃ anupaveccheyya,
atha kho tamh� ca udakarahad� sīt� v�ridh�r� ubbhijjitv� tameva
udakarahadaṃ sītena v�rin� abhisandeyya parisandeyya paripūreyya
paripphareyya, n�ssa kiñci sabb�vato udakarahadassa v�rin� sītena
apphuṭaṃ assa -

Evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu imameva k�yaṃ sam�dhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti [PTS Page 075] [\q 75/] paripūreti parippharati. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa sam�dhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

Idampi kho mah�r�ja sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi s�maññaphalehi abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca.

66. Puna ca paraṃ mah�r�ja bhikkhu pītiy� ca vir�g� upekkhako ca
viharati sato sampaj�no sukhañca k�yena paṭisaṃvedeti. Yantaṃ ariy�
�cikkhanti: upekkhako satim� sukhavih�rīti tatiyaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja
viharati.

So imameva k�yaṃ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti,
parippharati n�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ
hoti.

67. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja uppaliniyaṃ v� paduminiyaṃ v� puṇ�arīkiniyaṃ v�
appekacc�ni uppal�ni v� padum�ni v� puṇ�arīk�ni v� udake j�t�ni udake
saṃvaddh�ni udak�nuggat�ni antonimuggaposīni1 t�ni y�va cagg� y�va ca
mūl� sītena v�rin� abhisann�ni2 parisann�ni3 paripūr�ni, paripphuṭ�ni
n�ss�4 kiñci sabb�vataṃ uppal�naṃ v� padum�naṃ v� puṇ�arīk�naṃ v� sītena
v�rin� apphuṭaṃ assa.

1. Anto nimugga posinī, bau. Sa. Sa.
2. Abhisand�ni, bau. Sa. Sa.
3. Parisand�ni, lau. Sa. Sa.
4. N�ssa, bahusu.

[BJT Page 132] [\x 132/]

Evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu imameva k�yaṃ nippītikena sukhena
abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato
k�yassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

Idampi kho mah�r�ja sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi s�maññaphalehi abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca.

68. Puna ca paraṃ mah�r�ja bhikkhu sukhassa ca pah�n� dukkhassa ca
pah�n� pubbeva somanassadomanass�naṃ atthaṅgam� adukkhamasukhaṃ
upekkh�satip�risuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva
k�yaṃ parisuddhena cetas� pariyod�tena [PTS Page 076] [\q 76/] pharitv� nisinno hoti. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa parisuddhena cetas� pariyod�tena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja puriso od�tena vatthena sasīsaṃ p�rupitv� nisinno
assa, n�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa od�tena vatthena apphuṭaṃ assa,
evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu imameva k�yaṃ parisuddhena cetas�
pariyod�tena pharitv� nisinno hoti. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa
parisuddhena cetas� pariyod�tena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

Idampi kho mah�r�ja sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi s�maññaphalehi abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca.

69. Puna ca paraṃ mah�r�ja so bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe
pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite
�neñjappatte ñ�ṇadassan�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So evaṃ
pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “ayaṃ kho me kÄ�yo rÅ«pÄ« cÄ�tummahÄ�bhÅ«tiko mÄ�tÄ�pettikasambhavo
odanakumm�sūpacayo aniccucch�danaparimaddanabhedaviddhaṃsanadhammo. Idaṃ
ca pana me viññÄ�ṇaṃ ettha sitaṃ ettha paá¹­ibaddha’nti.

70. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja maṇi veḷuriyo subho j�tim� aṭṭhaṃso
suparikammakato accho vippasanno anÄ�vilo sabbÄ�kÄ�rasampanno, tatra’ssa
suttaṃ �vutaṃ nīlaṃ v� pītaṃ v� lohitaṃ v� od�taṃ v� paṇ�usuttaṃ v�.
Tamenaṃ cakkhumÄ� puriso hatthe karitvÄ� paccavekkheyya “ayaṃ kho maṇi
veḷuriyo subho j�tim� aṭṭhaṃso suparikammakato, accho vippasanno an�vilo
sabb�k�rasampanno. Tatiradaṃ suttaṃ �vutaṃ nīlaṃ v� pītaṃ v� lohitaṃ v�
odÄ�taṃ vÄ� paṇá¸�usuttaṃ vÄ�”ti.

[BJT Page 134] [\x 134/]

Evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
ñ�ṇadassan�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So evaṃ paj�n�ti ayaṃ
kho me k�yo rūpī c�tummah�bhūtiko m�t�pettikasambhavo odanakumm�sūpacayo
aniccucch�danaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammo. [PTS Page 077] [\q 77/] idaṃ ca pana me viññ�ṇaṃ ettha sitaṃ ettha paṭibaddhanti.

Idampi kho mah�r�ja sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi s�maññaphalehi abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca.

71. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte manomayaṃ k�yaṃ
abhinimminan�ya1 cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So imamh� k�y� aññaṃ
k�yaṃ abhinimmin�ti rūpiṃ manomayaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ ahīnindriyaṃ,

Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja puriso muñjamh� isikaṃ2 pav�heyya3. Tassa evamassa:
ayaṃ muñjo ayaṃ isik� añño muñjo aññ� isik� muñjamh�tveva isik�
pav�ḷh�ti4.

Seyyath�pi v� pana mah�r�ja puriso asiṃ kosiy� pav�heyya. Tassa
evamassa: “ayaṃ asi ayaṃ kosi, añño asi aññÄ� kosi, kosiyÄ�tveva asi
pavÄ�ḷho”ti.

Seyyath�pi v� pana mah�r�ja puriso ahaṃ karaṇ�� uddhareyya. Tassa
evamassa: “ayaṃ ahi ayaṃ karaṇá¸�o, añño ahi añño karaṇá¸�o, karaṇá¸�Ä�tveva
ahi ubbhato”ti5.

Evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudrabhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
manomayaṃ k�yaṃ abhinimminan�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So
imamh� k�y� aññaṃ k�yaṃ abhinimmin�ti rūpiṃ manomayaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ
ahīnindriyaṃ. Idampi kho mah�r�ja sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ purimehi
sandiṭṭhikehi s�maññaphalehi abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca.

1. Abhinimmin�ya. Bausasa.
2. Īsikaṃ. Bausasa.
3. Pabb�bheyya. Bausasa.
4. Pabb�ḷah�. Bausasa.
5. Uddharito. Sy�.

[BJT Page 136] [\x 136/]

72. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatupakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte iddhividh�ya
cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. [PTS Page 078]
[\q 78/] so anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti: eko’pi hutvÄ�
bahudh� hoti bahudh�pi hutv� eko hoti, �vībh�vaṃ tirobh�vaṃ tiroku��aṃ
tirop�k�raṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjam�no gacchati seyyath�pi �k�se,
paá¹­haviyÄ�’pi ummujjanimujjaṃ karoti seyyathÄ�pi udake, udake’pi
abhijjamÄ�ne gacchati seyyathÄ�pi paá¹­haviyaṃ, Ä�kÄ�se’pi pallaá¹…kena kamati
seyyathÄ�’pi pakkhi sakuṇo. Ime’pi candimasuriye evaṃmahiddhike
evaṃmah�nubh�ve p�ṇin� par�masati parimajjati. Y�va brahmalok�pi k�yena
vasaṃ vatteti.

73. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja dakkho kumbhak�ro v� kumbhak�rantev�sī v�
suparikammakat�ya mattik�ya yaṃ yadeva bh�janavikatiṃ �kaṅkheyya taṃ
tadeva kareyya abhinipph�deyya -

Seyyath�pi v� pana mah�r�ja dakkho dantak�ro v� dantak�rantev�sī v�
suparikammakatasmiṃ dantasmiṃ yaṃ yadeva dantavikatiṃ �kaṅkheyya taṃ
tadeva kareyya abhinipph�deyya -

Seyyath�pi v� pana mah�r�ja dakkho suvaṇṇak�ro v� suvaṇṇak�rantev�sī v�
suparikammakatasmiṃ suvaṇṇasmiṃ yaṃ yadeva suvaṇṇavikatiṃ �kaṅkheyya taṃ
tadeva kareyya abhinipph�deyya -

Evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
iddhividh�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So anekavihitaṃ
iddhividhaṃ paccanuhoti: eko’pi hutvÄ� bahudhÄ� hoti. BahudhÄ�’pi hutvÄ� eko
hoti. Āvībh�vaṃ tirobh�vaṃ tiroku��aṃ tirop�k�raṃ tiropabbataṃ
asajjamÄ�no gacchati seyyathÄ�pi Ä�kÄ�se. Paá¹­haviyÄ�’pi ummujjanimujjaṃ
karoti seyyathÄ�pi udake. Udake’pi abhijjamÄ�ne gacchati seyyathÄ�pi
paá¹­haviyaṃ. Ä€kÄ�se’pi pallaá¹…kena kamati seyyathÄ�pi pakkhi sakuṇo. Ime’pi
candimasuriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahÄ�nubhÄ�ve [PTS Page 079] [\q 79/] pÄ�ṇinÄ� parÄ�masati parimajjati. YÄ�va brahmalokÄ�’pi kÄ�yena vasaṃ vatteti.

[BJT Page 138] [\x 138/]

Idampi kho mah�r�ja sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi s�maññaphalehi abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca.

74. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte dibb�ya
sotadh�tuy� cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So dibb�ya sotadh�tuy�
visuddh�ya atikkantam�nusik�ya ubho sadde suṇ�ti dibbe ca m�nuse ca ye
dūre santike ca.

75. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja puriso addh�namaggapaṭipanno so suṇeyya
bherisaddampi mudiṅgasaddampi saṅkhapaṇavadeṇ�imasaddampi, tassa
evamassa: bherisaddo iti’pi mudiá¹…gasaddo iti’pi saá¹…khapaṇavadeṇá¸�imasaddo
iti’pi. Evameva kho mahÄ�rÄ�ja bhikkhu evaṃ samÄ�hite citte parisuddhe
pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite
�neñjappatte dibb�ya sotadh�tuy� cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So
dibb�ya sotadh�tuy� visuddh�ya atikkantam�nusik�ya ubho sadde suṇ�ti
dibbe ca m�nuse ca ye dūre santike ca.

Idampi kho mah�r�ja sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi s�maññaphalehi abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca.

76. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte cetopariyañ�ṇ�ya
cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So parasatt�naṃ parapuggal�naṃ cetas�
ceto paricca pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “sarÄ�gaṃ vÄ� cittaṃ sarÄ�gaṃ cittanti pajÄ�nÄ�ti.
Vītar�gaṃ v� cittaṃ vītar�gaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. [PTS Page 080]
[\q 80/] sadosaṃ v� cittaṃ sadosaṃ cittatanti paj�n�ti. Vītadosaṃ
v� cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Samohaṃ v� cittaṃ samohaṃ
cittanti paj�n�ti. Vītamohaṃ v� cittaṃ vītamohaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti.
Saṅkhittaṃ v� cittaṃ saṅkhittaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Vikkhittaṃ v� cittaṃ
vikkhittaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Mahaggataṃ v� cittaṃ mahaggataṃ cittanti
paj�n�ti. Amahaggataṃ v� cittaṃ amahaggataṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Sauttaraṃ
v� cittaṃ sauttaraṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Anuttaraṃ v� cittaṃ anuttaraṃ
cittanti paj�n�ti. Sam�hitaṃ v� cittaṃ sam�hitaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti.
Asam�hitaṃ v� cittaṃ asam�hitaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Vimuttaṃ v� cittaṃ
vimuttaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Avimuttaṃ v� cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti
paj�n�ti.

77. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja itthi v� puriso v� daharo v� yuv�
maṇ�anakaj�tiko �d�se v� parisuddhe pariyod�te acche v� udakapatte sakaṃ
mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkham�no sakaṇikaṃ v� sakaṇikanti j�neyya,
akaṇikaṃ v� akaṇikanti j�neyya -

[BJT Page 140] [\x 140/]

Evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
cetopariyañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti.

So parasatt�naṃ parapuggal�naṃ cetas� ceto paricca paj�n�ti: sar�gaṃ v�
cittaṃ sar�gaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti vītar�gaṃ v� cittaṃ vītar�gaṃ cittanti
paj�n�ti. Sadosaṃ v� cittaṃ sadosaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti vītadosaṃ v�
cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Samohaṃ v� cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti
paj�n�ti vītamohaṃ v� cittaṃ vītamohaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Saṅkhittaṃ v�
cittaṃ saṅkhittaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Vikkhittaṃ v� cittaṃ vikkhittaṃ
cittanti paj�n�ti. Mahaggataṃ v� cittaṃ mahaggataṃ cittanti paj�n�ti
amahaggataṃ v� cittaṃ amahaggataṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Sauttaraṃ v� cittaṃ
sauttaraṃ cittanti paj�n�ti*. [PTS Page 081]
[\q 81/] anuttaraṃ v� cittaṃ anuttaraṃ cittanti paj�n�ti.
Sam�hitaṃ v� cittaṃ sam�hitaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti asam�hitaṃ v� cittaṃ
asam�hitaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Vimuttaṃ v� cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti
paj�n�ti avimuttaṃ v� cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti.

Idampi kho mah�r�ja sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi s�maññaphalehi abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca.

78. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
pubbeniv�s�nussatiñ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivÄ�saṃ anussarati seyyathÄ«daṃ: ekampi jÄ�tiṃ dve’pi
jÄ�tiyo tisso’pi jÄ�tiyo catasso’pi jÄ�tiyo pañca’pi jÄ�tiyo dasa’pi jÄ�tiyo
vīsampi j�tiyo tīsaṃmpi j�tiyo catt�rīsampi j�tiyo j�tisatampi
jÄ�tisahassampi jÄ�tisatasahassampi aneke’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­akappe aneke’pi
vivaá¹­á¹­akappe aneke’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­akappe amutrÄ�siṃ evaṃnÄ�mo evaṃgotto
evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃ sukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evam�yupariyanto. So
tato cuto amutra upap�diṃ tatr�p�siṃ evaṃn�mo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo
evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto
idhÅ«papanno’ti. Iti sÄ�kÄ�raṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivÄ�saṃ
anussarati.

79. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja puriso sakamh� g�m� aññaṃ g�maṃ gaccheyya
tamhÄ�’pi gÄ�mÄ� aññaṃ gÄ�maṃ gaccheyya. So tamhÄ� gÄ�mÄ� sakaññeva gÄ�maṃ
paccÄ�gaccheyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṃ kho sakamhÄ� gÄ�mÄ� amuṃ gÄ�maṃ
agacchiṃ tatra evaṃ aṭṭh�siṃ evaṃ nisīdiṃ evaṃ abh�siṃ evaṃ tuṇahī
ahosiṃ. Tamh�pi g�m� agacchiṃ tatr�pi evaṃ aṭṭh�siṃ evaṃ nisīdiṃ evaṃ
abhÄ�siṃ evaṃ tuṇhÄ« ahosiṃ. So’mpi tamhÄ� [PTS Page 082] [\q 82/] gÄ�mÄ� sakaññeva gÄ�maṃ paccÄ�gato’ti.

[BJT Page 142] [\x 142/]

Evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
pubbeniv�s�nussatiñ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivÄ�saṃ anussarati seyyathÄ«daṃ: ekampi jÄ�tiṃ dve’pi
jÄ�tiyo tisso’pi jÄ�tiyo catasso’pi jÄ�tiyo pañca’pi jÄ�tiyo dasa’pi jÄ�tiyo
vīsampi j�tiyo tiṃsampi j�tiyo catt�rīsampi j�tiyo paññ�sampi j�tiyo
jÄ�tisatampi jÄ�tisahassampi jÄ�tisatasahassampi aneke’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­akappe
aneke’pi vivaá¹­á¹­akappe aneke’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­akappe amutrÄ�siṃ evaṃnÄ�mo
evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī
evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra upap�diṃ tatr�p�siṃ evaṃn�mo
evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedi
evamÄ�yupariyanto. So tato cuto idhÅ«papanno’ti iti sÄ�kÄ�raṃ sauddesaṃ
anekavihitaṃ pubbeniv�saṃ anussarati.

Idampi kho mah�r�ja sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi s�maññaphalehi abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca.

80. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte satt�naṃ
cutūpap�tañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So dibbena cakkhun�
visuddhena atikkantam�nusakena satte passati cavam�ne upapajjam�ne hīne
paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yath�kammūpage satte paj�n�ti:
‘ime vata bhonto sattÄ� kÄ�yaduccaritena samannÄ�gatÄ� vacÄ«duccaritena
samann�gat� manoduccaritena samann�gat� ariy�naṃ upav�dak�
micch�diṭṭhik� micch�diṭṭhikammasam�d�n�. Te k�yassa bhed� parammaraṇ�
ap�yaṃ duggatiṃ vinip�taṃ nirayaṃ upapann�. Ime v� pana bhonto satt�
k�yasucaritena samann�gat� vacīsucaritena samann�gat� manosucaritena
samann�gat� ariy�naṃ anupav�dak� samm�diṭṭhik� samm�diṭṭhikammasam�d�n�.
Te kÄ�yassa bhedÄ� parammaraṇÄ� sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannÄ�’ti. Iti
dibbena cakkhun� visuddhena atikkantam�nusakena [PTS Page 083] [\q 83/] satte passati cavam�ne upapajjam�ne hīne paṇite suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yath�kammūpage satte paj�n�ti.

[BJT Page 144] [\x 144/]

81. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja majjhe siṃgh�ṭake p�s�do. Tattha cakkhum� puriso
á¹­hito passeyya manusse gehaṃ pavisante’pi rathiyÄ� vÄ«tisañcarante’pi
majjhe siṃghÄ�á¹­ake nisinne’pi, tassa evamassa: ete manussÄ� gehaṃ
pavisanti. Ete nikkhamanti. Ete rathiy� vītisañcaranti. Ete majjhe
siṃghÄ�á¹­ake nisinnÄ�’ti.

Evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte satt�naṃ
cutūpap�tañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So dibbena cakkhun�
visuddhena atikkantam�nusakena satte passati cavam�ne upapajjam�ne hīne
paṇite suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yath�kammūpage satte paj�n�ti:
‘ime vata bhonto sattÄ� kÄ�yaduccaritena samannÄ�gatÄ� vacÄ«duccaritena
samann�gat� manoduccaritena samann�gat� ariy�naṃ upav�dak�
micch�diṭṭhik� micch�diṭṭhikammasam�d�n�. Te k�yassa bhed� parammaraṇ�
ap�yaṃ duggatiṃ vinip�taṃ nirayaṃ upapann�. Ime v� pana bhonto satt�
k�yasucaritena samann�gat� vacīsucaritena samann�gat� manosucaritena
samann�gat� ariy�naṃ anupav�dak� samm�diṭṭhik� samm�diṭṭhikammasam�d�n�.
Te kÄ�yassa bhedÄ� parammaraṇÄ� sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannÄ�’ti. Iti
dibbena cakkhun� visuddhena atikkantam�nusakena satte passati cavam�ne
upapajjam�ne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yath�kammūpage
satte paj�n�ti.

Idampi kho mah�r�ja sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi s�maññaphalehi abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca.

82. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte �sav�naṃ
khayañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti so idaṃ dukkhanti
yath�bhūtaṃ [PTS Page 084] [\q 84/]
pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagÄ�minÄ«paá¹­ipadÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ime
Ä�savÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ Ä�savasamudayo’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ
pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ Ä�savanirodho’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ
PajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ Ä�savanirodhagÄ�minÄ«paá¹­ipadÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Tassa
evaṃ j�nato evaṃ passato k�m�sav�pi cittaṃ vimuccati bhav�sav�pi cittaṃ
vimuccati avijj�sav�pi cittaṃ vimuccati. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñ�ṇaṃ
hoti. Khīṇ� j�ti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇiyaṃ n�paraṃ
itthatt�y�ti paj�n�ti.

[BJT Page 146] [\x 146/]

83. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja pabbatasaṅkhepe udakarahado accho vippasanno
an�vilo. Tattha cakkhum� puriso tīre ṭhito passeyya sippisambūkampi
sakkharakaá¹­halampi macchagumbampi carantampi tiá¹­á¹­hantampi. Tassa
evamassa: ayaṃ kho udakarahado accho vippasanno an�vilo. Tatrime
sippisambÅ«kÄ�’pi sakkharakaá¹­halÄ�’pi macchagumbÄ�’pi carantipi
tiṭṭhantipīti.

Evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte �sav�naṃ
khayañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So idaṃ dukkhanti
yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ
dukkhanirodho’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ
dukkhanirodhagÄ�minÄ«paá¹­ipadÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ime Ä�savÄ�’ti
yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ Ä�savanirodho’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ
Ä�savanirodhagÄ�minÄ«paá¹­ipadÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.

Tassa evaṃ jÄ�nato evaṃ passato kÄ�mÄ�savÄ�’pi cittaṃ vimuccati,
bhavÄ�savÄ�’pÄ« cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjÄ�savÄ�’pi cittaṃ vimuccati.
Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñ�ṇaṃ hoti. Khīṇ� j�ti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ,
kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ n�paraṃ itthatt�y�ti paj�n�ti.

[PTS Page 085] [\q 85/] idaṃ kho
mah�r�ja sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi
s�maññaphalehi abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca. Imasm� ca pana mah�r�ja
sandiṭṭhik� s�maññaphal� aññaṃ sandiṭṭhikaṃ s�maññaphalaṃ uttaritaraṃ v�
paṇītataraṃ v� natthīti.

84. Evaṃ vutte r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu vedehiputto bhagavantaṃ
etadavoca: ‘abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante. SeyyathÄ�pi bhante
nikujjitaṃ v� ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ v� vivareyya, mūḷhassa v� maggaṃ
�cikkheyya, andhak�re v� telapajjotaṃ dh�reyya cakkhumanto rūp�ni
dakkhintīti, evameva bhante bhagavat� anekapariy�yena dhammo pak�sito.
Es�haṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacch�mi, dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.
Up�sakaṃ maṃ bhagav� dh�retu ajjatagge p�ṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ. Accayo
maṃ bhante accagamÄ� yathÄ�bÄ�laṃ yathÄ�mūḷhaṃ yathÄ�akusalaṃ yo’haṃ pÄ«taraṃ
dhammikaṃ dhammar�j�naṃ issariyassa k�raṇ� jīvit� voropesiṃ. Tassa me
bhante bhagavÄ� accayaṃ accayato paá¹­iggaṇhÄ�tu Ä�yatiṃ saṃvarÄ�yÄ�’ti.

[BJT Page 148] [\x 148/]

85. Taggha tvaṃ mah�r�ja accayo accagam� yath�b�laṃ yath�mūḷhaṃ
yath�akusalaṃ yo tvaṃ pitaraṃ dhammikaṃ dhammar�j�naṃ jīvit� coropesi.
Yato ca kho tvaṃ mah�r�ja accayaṃ accayato disv� yath�dhammaṃ
paṭikarosi. Tante mayaṃ paṭigaṇh�ma. Vuddhi hes� mah�r�ja ariyassa
vinaye yo accayaṃ accayato disv� yath�dhammaṃ paṭikaroti �yatiṃ saṃvaraṃ
�pajjatīti.

86. Evaṃ vutte r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu vedehiputto bhagavantaṃ
etadavoca: handa ca d�ni mayaṃ bhante gacch�mi bahukicc� mayaṃ
bahukaraṇīyÄ�’ti.

“Yassa ‘dÄ�ni tvaṃ mahÄ�rÄ�ja kÄ�laṃ maññasÄ«”ti.

Atha kho r�j� m�gadho aj�tasattu vedehiputto bhagavato bh�sitaṃ
abhinanditv� anumoditv� uṭṭh�y�san� bhagavantaṃ abhiv�detv� padakkhiṇaṃ
katv� pakk�mi.

87. Atha kho bhagav� acirapakkantassa rañño m�gadhassa [PTS Page 086]
[\q 86/] aj�tasattussa vedehiputtassa bhikkhū �mantesi: khat�yaṃ
bhikkhave r�j�, upahat�yaṃ bhikkhave r�j�. Sac�yaṃ bhikkhave r�j�
pitaraṃ dhammikaṃ dhammar�j�naṃ jīvit� na voropessatha imasmiṃ yeva
�sane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ uppajjissath�ti.

Idamavoca bhagav�. Attaman� te bhikkhū bhagavato bh�sitaṃ abhinandunti.

S�maññaphalasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

[BJT Page 150] [\x 150/]

3

[PTS Page 087] [\q 87/]
Ambaṭṭhasuttaṃ

1. Evaṃ me1 sutaṃ ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagav� kosalesu c�rikaṃ caram�no mahat�
bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena icch�naṅgalaṃ2
n�ma kosal�naṃ br�hmaṇag�mo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagav�
icch�naṅgale3 viharati icch�naṅgalavanasaṇ�e.

2. Tena kho pana samayena br�hmaṇo pokkharas�tī4 ukkaṭṭhaṃ ajjh�vasati
sattussadaṃ satiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ sadhaññaṃ r�jabhoggaṃ raññ� pasenadin�5
kosalena dinnaṃ r�jad�yaṃ brahmadeyyaṃ. Assosi kho br�hmaṇo
pokkharas�ti:

“Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulÄ� pabbajito kosalesu cÄ�rikaṃ
caram�no mahat� bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi
icch�naṅgalaṃ anuppatto icch�naṅgale viharati icch�naṅgalavanasaṇ�e. Taṃ
kho pana bhagavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyÄ�ṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: “itipi
so bhagav� arahaṃ samm�sambuddho vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū
anuttaro purisadammas�rathī6 satth� devamanuss�naṃ buddho bhagav�. 7 So
imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ sam�rakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabr�hmaṇiṃ pajaṃ
sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññ� sacchikatv� pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti
�dikaly�ṇaṃ majjhekaly�ṇaṃ pariyos�nakaly�ṇaṃ s�tthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ8
kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ [PTS Page 088] [\q 88/] brahmacariyaṃ pakÄ�seti. SÄ�dhu kho pana tathÄ�rÅ«pÄ�naṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotÄ«”ti.

3. Tena kho pana samayena br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�tissa ambaṭṭho n�ma
m�ṇavo9 antev�sī hoti ajjh�yako mantadharo tiṇṇaṃ ved�naṃ p�ragū
sanighaṇ�ukeṭubh�naṃ s�kkharappabhed�naṃ itih�sapañcam�naṃ padako
veyy�karaṇo lok�yatamah�purisalakkhaṇesu anavayo anuññ�tapaṭiññ�to sake
�cariyake tevijjake p�vacane yamahaṃ j�n�mi taṃ tvaṃ j�n�si, yaṃ tvaṃ
j�n�si tamahaṃ j�n�mīti.

1. Evamema, [PTS.]
2. Naṅkala, [PTS.] Icch�naṅkalantipi p�ṭho, a.
3. Icch�naṅkalo, [PTS.] Sabbattha.
4. S�di, sabbattha. Pokkharas�tī itipi vuccati, a.
5. Pasenadi, [PTS.] Passenadin�, sīmu.
6. S�rathī, sīmu. Sy�.
7. Bhagav�ti, machasaṃ. Sy�.
8. Savyañjanaṃ, [PTS.]
9. Ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, [PTS.] M�navo, [PTS - n.]

[BJT Page 152] [\x 152/]

4. Atha kho brÄ�hmaṇo pokkharasÄ�ti ambaá¹­á¹­haṃ mÄ�ṇavaṃ Ä�mantesi: “ayaṃ tÄ�ta
ambaṭṭha samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakul� pabbajito kosalesu c�rikaṃ
caram�no mahat� bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi
icch�naṅgalaṃ anuppatto icch�naṅgale viharati icch�naṅgalavanasaṇ�e.

Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kaly�ṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato:
“itipi so bhagavÄ� arahaṃ sammÄ�sambuddho vijjÄ�caraṇasampanno sugato
lokavidū anuttaro purisadammas�rathī satth� devamanuss�naṃ buddho
bhagav�. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ sam�rakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ
sassamaṇabr�hmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññ� sacchikatv�
pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti �dikaly�ṇaṃ majjhekaly�ṇaṃ
pariyos�nakaly�ṇaṃ s�tthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ pak�seti. S�dhu kho pana tath�rūp�naṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ
hotÄ«”ti.

Ehi tvaṃ t�ta ambaṭṭha yena samaṇo gotamo tenupasaṅkama. Upasaṅkamitv�
samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ j�n�hi yadi v� taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ tath�santaṃyeva
saddo abbhuggato, yadi v� no tath�, yadi v� so bhavaṃ gotamo t�diso,
yadiv� na t�diso, tath� mayaṃ taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ vediss�m�ti.

5. “YathÄ� kathaṃ panÄ�haṃ bho taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ jÄ�nissÄ�mi yadi vÄ� taṃ
bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ tath�santaṃyeva saddo abbhuggato, yadi v� no tath�,
yadi vÄ� so bhavaṃ gotamo tÄ�diso yadi vÄ� na tÄ�diso”ti.

6. “Ä€gatÄ�ni kho tÄ�ta ambaá¹­á¹­ha amhÄ�kaṃ mantesu
dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇ�ni yehi samann�gatassa mah�purisassa dveva
gatiyo bhavanti anaññ�: sace ag�raṃ ajjh�vasati r�j� hoti cakkavatti
dhammiko dhammar�j� c�turanto vijit�vī janapadatth�variyappatto
sattaratanasamann�gato. [PTS Page 089] [\q
89/] tassim�ni sattaratan�ni bhavanti. Seyyathīdaṃ: cakkaratanaṃ
hatthiratanaṃ assaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ
parin�yakaratanameva sattamaṃ. Parosahassaṃ kho panassa putt� bhavanti
sūr� vīraṅgarūp� parasenappamaddan�. So imaṃ paṭhaviṃ s�garapariyantaṃ
adaṇ�ena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjh�vasati.

Sace kho pana ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajati arahaṃ hoti samm�sambuddho
loke vivattacchado1. Ahaṃ kho pana t�ta ambaṭṭha mant�naṃ d�t� tvaṃ
mantÄ�naṃ paá¹­iggahetÄ�”ti.

1. Vivittacchaddo. Bau. Sa. Sa. Vivaṭṭacchado. Sy�. Vivaṭṭacchado. Machasaṃ.

[BJT Page 154] [\x 154/]

“Evaṃ bho’ti kho ambaá¹­á¹­ho mÄ�ṇavo brÄ�hmaṇassa pokkharasÄ�tissa paá¹­issutvÄ�
uṭṭh�y�san� br�hmaṇaṃ pokkharas�tiṃ abhiv�detv� padakkhiṇaṃ katv�
vaḷav�ratham�ruyha sambahulehi m�ṇavehi1 saddhiṃ yena
icch�naṅgalavanasaṇ�o tena p�y�si. Y�vatik� y�nassa bhūmi y�nena gantv�
yÄ�nÄ� paccorohitvÄ� pattiko’va Ä�rÄ�maṃ pÄ�visi.

7. Tena kho pana samayena sambahul� bhikkhū abbhok�se caṅkamanti. Atha
kho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitv� te
bhikkhÅ« etadavoca: “kahannu kho bho etarahi so bhavaṃ gotamo viharati?
Taṃ hi mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya idhÅ«pasaá¹…kantÄ�”ti.

8. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhÅ«naṃ etadahosi: “ayaṃ kho ambaá¹­á¹­ho mÄ�ṇavo
abhiññ�takolañño ceva abhiññ�tassa ca br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�tissa
antev�sī. Agaru kho pana bhagavato evarūpehi kulaputtehi saddhiṃ
kathÄ�sallÄ�po hotÄ«”ti. Te ambaá¹­á¹­haṃ mÄ�ṇavaṃ etadavocuṃ: “eso ambaá¹­á¹­ha
vih�ro saṃvutadv�ro. Tena appasaddo upasaṅkamitv� ataram�no �lindaṃ
pavisitvÄ� ukkÄ�sitvÄ� aggaḷaṃ Ä�koá¹­ehi. Vivarissati te bhagavÄ� dvÄ�ranti. ”

9. Atha kho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo yena so vih�ro saṃvutadv�ro tena appasaddo
upasaṅkamitv� ataram�no �lindaṃ pavisitv� ukk�sitv� aggaḷaṃ �koṭesi.
Vivari bhagavÄ� dvÄ�raṃ. PÄ�visi ambaá¹­á¹­ho mÄ�ṇavo. MÄ�ṇavakÄ�’pi pavisitvÄ�
bhagavat� saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ s�r�ṇīyaṃ vītis�retv�
ekamantaṃ nisÄ«diṃsu. Ambaá¹­á¹­ho pana mÄ�ṇavo caá¹…kamanto’pi nisinnena
bhagavatÄ� [PTS Page 090] [\q 90/] kañci kañci kathaṃ sÄ�rÄ�ṇīyaṃ vÄ«tisÄ�reti. Ṭhito’pi nisinnena bhagavatÄ� kañci kañci kathaṃ sÄ�rÄ�ṇīyaṃ vÄ«tisÄ�reti.

10. Atha kho bhagav� ambaṭṭhaṃ m�ṇavaṃ etadavoca: evannu kho te2
ambaṭṭha br�hmaṇehi vuddhehi mahallakehi �cariyap�cariyehi saddhiṃ
kath�sall�po hoti yathayidaṃ caraṃ tiṭṭhaṃ nisinnena may� kañci kañci
kathaṃ sÄ�rÄ�ṇīyaṃ vÄ«tisÄ�resÄ«?”Ti.

“Nohidaṃ bho gotama. Gacchanto vÄ� hi bho gotama gacchantena brÄ�hmaṇo
br�hmaṇena saddhiṃ sallapitumarahati. Ṭhito v� hi bho gotama ṭhitena
br�hmaṇo br�hmaṇena saddhiṃ sallapitumarahati. Nisinno v� hi bho gotama
nisinnena br�hmaṇo buhmaṇena saddhiṃ sallapitumarahati. Say�no v� hi bho
gotama say�nena br�hmaṇo br�hmaṇena saddhiṃ sallapitumarahati. Ye ca
kho te bho gotama muṇ�ak� samaṇak� ibbh� kaṇh�2 bandhup�d�pacc�, tehipi
me saddhiṃ evaṃ kathÄ�sallÄ�po hoti yathariva bhotÄ� gotamenÄ�”ti.

1. M�navakehi, katthavi.
2. Kiṇah�, machasaṃ.

[BJT Page 156] [\x 156/]

11. “Atthikavato kho pana te ambaá¹­á¹­ha idhÄ�gamanaṃ ahosi. YÄ�yeva kho
panatth�ya �gaccheyy�tho tameva atthaṃ s�dhukaṃ manasi kareyy�tho1.
Avusitav� yeva kho pana bho ayaṃ ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, vusitam�nī2 kimaññatra
avusitattÄ�”ti.

12. Atha kho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo bhagavat� avusitav�dena vuccam�no kupito
anattamano bhagavantaṃyeva khuṃsento bhagavantaṃyeva vambhento
bhagavantaṃyeva upavadam�no samaṇo ca me bho gotamo p�pito bhavissatīti
bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: “caṇá¸�Ä� bho gotama sakyajÄ�ti, pharusÄ� bho gotama
sakyaj�ti, lahus� [PTS Page 091] [\q 91/]
bho gotama sakyaj�ti, rabhas� bho gotama saky�j�ti. Ibbh� sant� ibbh�
sam�n� na br�hmaṇe sakkaronti na br�hmaṇe garukaronti na br�hmaṇe
m�nenti na br�hmaṇe pūjenti na br�hmaṇe apac�yanti. Tayidaṃ bho gotama
nacchannaṃ tayidaṃ nappaṭirūpaṃ yadime saky� ibbh� sant� ibbh� sam�n� na
br�hmaṇe sakkaronti na br�hmaṇe garu karonti na br�hmaṇe m�nenti na
br�hmaṇe pūjenti na br�hmaṇe apac�yantīti.

Itiha ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo idaṃ paṭhamaṃ sakkesu ibbhav�daṃ nip�tesi.

13. “Kimpana te ambaá¹­á¹­ha sakyÄ� aparaddhunti?”

“Eka midÄ�haṃ bho gotama samayaṃ Ä�cariyassa brÄ�hmaṇassa pokkharasÄ�tissa
kenavideva karaṇīyena kapilavatthuṃ agam�siṃ. Yena saky�naṃ santh�g�raṃ
tenupasaṅkamiṃ. Tena kho pana samayena sambahul� saky� ceva sakyakum�r�
ca santh�g�re uccesu �sanesu nisinn� honti aññamaññaṃ aṅgulipatodakehi
sañjagghant� saṃkīḷant� aññadatthu mamaññeva maññe anujagghant�. Na maṃ
koci Ä�sanena’pi nimantesi. Tayidaṃ bho gotama nacchannaṃ, tayidaṃ
nappaṭirūpaṃ, yadime saky� ibbh� sant� ibbh� sam�n� na br�hmaṇe
sakkaronti na br�hmaṇe garukaronti na br�hmaṇe m�nenti na br�hmaṇe
pÅ«jenti na brÄ�hmaṇe apacÄ�yantÄ«”ti.

1. Kareyy�tha, sīmu. [II]
2. V�sitav�m�nī, sīmu. [II.]

[BJT Page 158] [\x 158/]

Itiha ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo idaṃ dutiyaṃ sakkesu ibbhav�daṃ nip�tesi.

14. “Laá¹­ukikÄ�pi kho ambaá¹­á¹­ha sakuṇikÄ� sake kulÄ�vake kÄ�malÄ�pinÄ« hoti.
Sakaṃ kho panetaṃ ambaṭṭha saky�naṃ yadidaṃ kapilavatthu. Na
arahatÄ�yasmÄ� ambaá¹­á¹­ho imÄ�ya appamattÄ�ya abhisajjituntÄ«. ”

15. “CattÄ�ro’me bho gotama vaṇṇÄ�: khattiyÄ� brÄ�hmaṇÄ� vessÄ� suddÄ�. Imesaṃ
hi bho gotama catunnaṃ vaṇṇ�naṃ tayo vaṇṇ� khattiy� ca vess� ca sudd� ca
aññadatthu br�hmaṇasseva paric�rik� sampajjanti. Tayidaṃ bho [PTS Page 092]
[\q 92/] gotama nacchannaṃ tayidaṃ nappaṭirūpaṃ yadi me saky�
ibbh� sant� ibbh� sam�n� na br�hmaṇe sakkaronti na br�hmaṇe karukaronti
na brÄ�hmaṇe mÄ�nenti na brÄ�hmaṇe pÅ«jenti na brÄ�hmaṇe apacÄ�yantÄ«”ti.

Itiha ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo idaṃ tatiyaṃ sakkesu ibbhav�daṃ nip�tesi.

16. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi: atib�ḷhaṃ kho ayaṃ ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo
sakkesu ibbhav�dena nimm�neti1. Yannūn�haṃ gottaṃ puccheyyenti.

Atha kho bhagavÄ� ambaá¹­á¹­haṃ mÄ�ṇavaṃ etadavoca: ‘kathaṃ gottosi ambaá¹­á¹­hÄ�?Ti’ “kaṇhÄ�yano’hamasmi bho gotamÄ�”ti.

17. “PorÄ�ṇaṃ kho pana te ambaá¹­á¹­ha mÄ�tÄ�pettikaṃ nÄ�magottaṃ anussarato
ayyaputt� saky� bhavanti, d�siputto tvamasi saky�naṃ. Saky� kho pana
ambaṭṭha r�j�naṃ okk�kaṃ pit�mahaṃ dahanti.

“BhÅ«tapubbaṃ ambaá¹­á¹­ha rÄ�jÄ� okkÄ�ko yÄ� sÄ� mahesÄ« piyÄ� manÄ�pÄ� tassÄ�
puttassa rajjaṃ pariṇ�metuk�mo jeṭṭhakum�re raṭṭhasm� pabb�jesi
ukk�mukhaṃ2 karakaṇ�aṃ3 hatthinikaṃ nipuraṃ4. Te raṭṭhasm� pabb�jit�
himavantapasse pokkharaṇiy� tīre mah�s�kasaṇ�o tattha v�saṃ kappesuṃ. Te
j�tisambhedabhay� sak�hi bhaganīhi saddhiṃ saṃv�saṃ kappesuṃ.

1. Nimm�deti, katthaci.
2. Ek�mukhaṃ, katthaci.
3. Karakaṇ�uṃ, katthaci.
4. Sinipuraṃ bau. Sa. Sa. Sinupuraṃ, [PTS.]

[BJT Page 160] [\x 160/]

Atha kho ambaá¹­á¹­ha rÄ�jÄ� okkÄ�ko amacce pÄ�risajje Ä�mantesi: “kahannu kho bho etarahi kumÄ�rÄ� sammantÄ«ti”?

“Atthi deva himavantapasse pokkharaṇiyÄ� tÄ«re mahÄ�sÄ�kasaṇá¸�o tatthetarahi
kum�r� sammanti. Te j�tisambhedabhay� sak�hi bhaganīhi saddhiṃ saṃv�saṃ
kappenti”ti.

Atha kho ambaṭṭha r�j� okk�ko ud�naṃ ud�nesi: [PTS Page 093]
[\q 93/] “sakyÄ� vata bho kumÄ�rÄ� paramasakyÄ� vata bho kumÄ�rÄ�”ti.
Tadagge kho pana ambaá¹­á¹­ha sakyÄ� paññÄ�yanti. So’va1 nesaṃ pubbapuriso.

Rañño ca kho pana ambaṭṭha okk�kassa dis� n�ma d�sī ahosi. S� kaṇhaṃ2
nÄ�ma janesi. JÄ�to kaṇho pabyÄ�hÄ�si: “dhovatha maṃ amma, nahÄ�petha maṃ
amma, imasmÄ� maṃ amma asucismÄ� parimocetha, atthÄ�ya vo bhavissÄ�mÄ«”ti.

YathÄ� kho pana ambaá¹­á¹­ha etarahi manussÄ� pisÄ�ce disvÄ� ‘pisÄ�cÄ�’ti
sañjÄ�nanti. Evameva kho ambaá¹­á¹­ha tena samayena manussÄ� pisÄ�ce ‘kaṇhÄ�’ti
sañjÄ�nanti. Te evamÄ�haṃsu: ayaṃ jÄ�to pabyÄ�hÄ�si: ‘kaṇho jÄ�to pisÄ�co
jÄ�to’ti.

Tadagge kho pana ambaṭṭha kaṇh�yan� paññ�yanti. So ca kaṇh�yan�naṃ
pubbapuriso. Iti kho te ambaṭṭha por�ṇaṃ m�t�pettikaṃ n�magottaṃ
anussarato ayyaputt� saky� bhavanti. D�siputto tvamasi saky�nanti.

18. Evaṃ vutte te mÄ�ṇavakÄ� bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ: “mÄ� bhavaṃ gotamo
ambaṭṭhaṃ m�ṇavaṃ atib�ḷhaṃ d�siputtav�dena nimm�nesi. Suj�to ca bho
gotama ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo kulaputto ca ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo bahussuto ca
ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo kaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo ca ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo paṇ�ito ca ambaṭṭho
m�ṇavo. Pahoti ca ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo bhot� gotamena saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane
paá¹­imantetu”nti.

1. Soca. SÄ«mu. 1.
2. Kaṇaṃ. Sīmu. [II.]

[BJT Page 162] [\x 162/]

19. Atha kho bhagavÄ� te mÄ�ṇavake etadavoca: “sace kho tumhÄ�kaṃ mÄ�ṇavakÄ�
evaṃ hoti ‘dujjÄ�to ca ambaá¹­á¹­ho mÄ�ṇavo, akulaputto ca ambaá¹­á¹­ho mÄ�ṇavo,
appassuto [PTS Page 094] [\q 94/] ca
ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, akaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo ca ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, duppañño ca
ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, na ca pahoti ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ
asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetunti, tiṭṭhatu ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, tumhe may� saddiṃ
mantayavho1 asmiṃ vacane. Sace pana tumh�kaṃ m�ṇavak� evaṃ hoti: suj�to
ca ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, kulaputto ca ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, bahussuto ca ambaṭṭho
m�ṇavo, kaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo va ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, paṇ�ito ca ambaṭṭho
m�ṇavo, pahoti ca ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane
paṭimantetunti, tiṭṭhatha tumhe, ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo may� saddhiṃ
paá¹­imantetu”ti.

20. “SujÄ�to ca bho gotama ambaá¹­á¹­ho mÄ�ṇavo, kulaputto ca ambaá¹­á¹­ho mÄ�ṇavo,
bahussuto ca ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, kaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo va ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo,
paṇ�ito ca ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, pahoti ca ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo bhot� gotamena
saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetuṃ. Tuṇhī mayaṃ bhaviss�ma. Ambaṭṭho
mÄ�ṇavo bhotÄ� gotamena saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paá¹­imantetÅ«”ti.

21. Atha kho bhagav� ambaṭṭhaṃ m�ṇavaṃ etadavoca: ayaṃ kho pana te
ambaṭṭha sahadhammiko pañho �gacchati. Ak�m�pi vy�k�tabbo. Sace tvaṃ na
vy�karissasi aññena v� aññaṃ paṭicarissasi, tuṇhī v� bhavissasi,
pakkamissasi v�, ettheva te sattadh� muddh� phalissati. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi
ambaṭṭha? Kinti te sutaṃ br�hmaṇ�naṃ vuddh�naṃ mahallak�naṃ
�cariyap�cariy�naṃ kutopabhūtik� kaṇh�yan�? Ko ca kaṇh�yan�naṃ
pubbapuriso?Ti.

Evaṃ vutte ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho bhagav� ambaṭṭhaṃ
m�ṇavaṃ etadavoca: taṃ kimmaññasi ambaṭṭha? Kinti te sutaṃ br�hmaṇ�naṃ
vuddh�naṃ mahallak�naṃ �cariyap�cariy�naṃ kukopabhūtik� kaṇh�yan�? Ko ca
kaṇh�yan�naṃ [PTS Page 095] [\q 95/] pubbapuriso?Ti dutiyampi kho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo tuṇhī ahosi.

Atha kho bhagavÄ� ambaá¹­á¹­haṃ mÄ�ṇavaṃ etadavoca: vyÄ�karohi ‘dÄ�ni ambaá¹­á¹­ha,
na ‘dÄ�ni te tuṇhÄ«bhÄ�vassa kÄ�lo. Yo kho ambaá¹­á¹­ha tathÄ�gatena
y�vatatiyakaṃ sahadhammikaṃ pañhaṃ puṭṭho na vy�karoti etthevassa
sattadh� muddh� phalissati.

1. Mantaveha. Machasaṃ.

[BJT Page 164] [\x 164/]

22. Tena kho pana samayena vajirap�ṇi yakkho mahantaṃ ayokūṭaṃ �d�ya
�dittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ ambaṭṭhassa m�ṇavassa upariveh�saṃ
ṭhito hoti: sac�yaṃ ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo bhagavat� y�vatatiyakaṃ
sahadhammikaṃ pañhaṃ puṭṭho na vy�karissati etthevassa sattadh� muddhaṃ
ph�less�mīti. Taṃ kho pana vajirap�ṇiṃ yakkhaṃ bhagav� ceva passati
ambaṭṭho ca m�ṇavo.

23. Atha kho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo bhīto saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhaj�to
bhagavantaṃyeva t�ṇagavesī bhagavantaṃyeva leṇagavesī bhagavantaṃyeva
saraṇagavesi upanisÄ«ditvÄ� bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: “kiṃ me taṃ bhavaṃ
gotamo Ä�ha? Puna bhavaṃ gotamo bravÄ«tÅ«”ti.

“Taṃ kimmaññasÄ« ambaá¹­á¹­ha? Kinti te sutaṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ�naṃ vuddhÄ�naṃ
mahall�k�naṃ �cariyap�cariy�naṃ bh�sam�n�naṃ, kutoppabhūtik� kaṇh�yan�?
Ko ca kaṇhÄ�yanÄ�naṃ pubbapuriso?Ti. ”

“Evameva me bho gotama sutaṃ, yatheva bhavaṃ gotamo Ä�ha. TatoppabhÅ«tikÄ� kaṇhÄ�yanÄ�. So ca kaṇhÄ�yanÄ�naṃ pubbapuriso”ti.

24. Evaṃ vutte te mÄ�ṇavakÄ� unnÄ�dino uccÄ�saddamahÄ�saddÄ� ahesuṃ: “dujjÄ�to
kira bho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, akulaputto kira bho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo, d�siputto
kira bho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo saky�naṃ, ayyaputt� kira bho ambaṭṭhassa
m�ṇavassa saky� bhavanti. Dhammav�diṃ yeva kira mayaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ
apasÄ�detabbaṃ amaññimhÄ�”ti.

25. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi: “atibÄ�ḷhaṃ kho [PTS Page 096]
[\q 96/] ime m�ṇavak� ambaṭṭhaṃ m�ṇavaṃ d�siputtav�dena
nimmÄ�nenti. YannÅ«nÄ�haṃ parimoceyyanti. ” Atha kho bhagavÄ� te mÄ�ṇavake
etadavoca: “mÄ� kho tumhe mÄ�ṇavakÄ� ambaá¹­á¹­haṃ mÄ�ṇavaṃ atibÄ�ḷhaṃ
d�siputtav�dena nimm�netha. Uḷ�ro so kaṇho isi ahosi. So dakkhiṇaṃ
janapadaṃ gantv� brahme mante adhīyitv� r�j�naṃ okk�naṃ upasaṅkamitv�
maá¹­á¹­harÅ«piṃ1 dhÄ«taraṃ yÄ�ci. Tassa rÄ�jÄ� okkÄ�ko ‘ko neva re ayaṃ mayhaṃ
dÄ�siputto samÄ�no maá¹­á¹­harÅ«piṃ dhÄ«taraṃ yÄ�catÄ«’ti kupito anattamano
khurappaṃ sannayhi. So taṃ khurappaṃ neva asakkhi muñcituṃ, no
paṭisaṃharituṃ.

1. Maddarūpiṃ, machasaṃ.

[BJT Page 166] [\x 166/]

Atha kho m�ṇavak� amacc� p�risajj� kaṇhaṃ isiṃ upasaṅkamitv� etadavocuṃ:
“sotthi bhadante hotu rañño, sotthi bhadante hotu rañño”ti.

“Sotthi bhavissati rañño, api ca rÄ�jÄ� yadi adho khurappaṃ muñcissati yÄ�vatÄ� rañño vijitaṃ ettÄ�vatÄ� paá¹­havÄ« udrÄ«yissatÄ«”ti.

“Sotthi bhadante hotu rañño, sotthi janapadassÄ�”ti.

“Sotthi bhavissati rañño, sotthi janapadassa. Api ca rÄ�jÄ� yadi uddhaṃ
khurappaṃ muñcissati y�vat� rañño vijitaṃ ett�vat� sattavass�ni devo na
vassissatÄ«”ti.

“Sotthi bhadante hotu rañño, sotthi janapadassa, devo ca vassatÅ«”ti.

“Sotthi bhavissati rañño, sotthi janapadassa, devo ca vassissati. Api ca
r�j� jeṭṭhakum�re khurappaṃ patiṭṭh�petu, sotthi kum�ro, pallomo
bhavissatÄ«”ti.

Atha kho mÄ�ṇavakÄ�, amaccÄ� okkÄ�kassa Ä�rocesuṃ: “devo jeá¹­á¹­hakumÄ�re
khurappaṃ patiá¹­á¹­hÄ�petu, sotthi kumÄ�ro pallomo bhavissatÄ«”ti. Atha kho
r�j� okk�ko jeṭṭhakum�re khurappaṃ patiṭṭh�pesi. Sotthi kum�ro pallomo
bhavi.

Atha kho tassa r�j� okk�ko bhīto saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhaj�to brahmadaṇ�ena [PTS Page 097]
[\q 97/] tajjito maṭṭharūpiṃ dhītaraṃ ad�si. M� kho tumhe
m�ṇavak� ambaṭṭhaṃ m�ṇavaṃ atib�ḷhaṃ d�siputtav�dena nimm�netha. Uḷ�ro
so kaṇho isi ahosi.

26. Atha kho bhagavÄ� ambaá¹­á¹­haṃ mÄ�ṇavaṃ Ä�mantesi: “taṃ kimmaññasi
ambaṭṭha? Idha khattiyakum�ro br�hmaṇakaññ�ya saddhiṃ saṃv�saṃ kappeyya,
tesaṃ saṃv�samanv�ya putto j�yetha, yo so khattiyakum�rena
br�hmaṇakaññ�ya putto uppanno, api nu so labhetha br�hmaṇesu �sanaṃ v�
udakaṃ vÄ�?’Ti,

“Labhetha bho gotama”.

“Api nu naṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� bhojeyyuṃ saddhe vÄ� thÄ�lipÄ�ke vÄ� yaññe vÄ� pÄ�hune vÄ�?”Ti.

[BJT Page 168] [\x 168/]

“Bhojeyyuṃ bho gotama. ”

“Api nu naṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� mante vÄ�ceyyuṃ vÄ� no vÄ�?”Ti

“VÄ�ceyyuṃ bho gotama. ”

“Apinu’ssa itthisu Ä�vaá¹­aṃ vÄ� assa anÄ�vaá¹­aṃ vÄ�?”Ti

“AnÄ�vaá¹­aṃ hi’ssa bho gotama”.

“Api nu naṃ khattiyÄ� khattiyÄ�bhisekena abhisiñceyyunti?”

“No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

“Taṃ kissa hetu?”

“MÄ�tito hi bho gotama anuppanno”ti.

27. “Taṃ kimmaññasi ambaá¹­á¹­ha? Idha brÄ�hmaṇakumÄ�ro khattiyakaññÄ�ya
saddhiṃ saṃv�saṃ kappeyya, tesaṃ saṃv�samanv�ya putto j�yetha, yo so
br�hmaṇakum�rena khattiyakaññ�ya putto uppanno, api nu so labhetha
brÄ�hmaṇesu Ä�sanaṃ vÄ� udakaṃ vÄ�?”Ti

“Labhetha bho gotama. ”

“Api nu naṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� bhojeyyuṃ saddhe vÄ� thÄ�lipÄ�ke vÄ� yaññe vÄ� pÄ�hune vÄ�?”Ti

“Bhojeyyuṃ bho gotama. ”

“Api nu naṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� mante vÄ�ceyyuṃ vÄ� no vÄ�?”Ti

“VÄ�ceyyuṃ bho gotama. ”

[PTS Page 098] [\q 98/] “apinu’ssa itthisu Ä�vaá¹­aṃ vÄ� assa anÄ�vaá¹­aṃ vÄ�?”Ti

“AnÄ�vaá¹­aṃ hi’ssa bho gotama. ”

“Api nu naṃ khattiyÄ� khattiyÄ�bhisekena abhisiñceyyunti?”

“No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

“Taṃ kissa hetu?”

“Pitito hi bho gotama anuppanno”ti.

28. “Iti kho ambaá¹­á¹­ha itthiyÄ� vÄ� itthiṃ karitvÄ� purisena vÄ� purisaṃ
karitvÄ� khattiyÄ� ‘va seá¹­á¹­hÄ�, hÄ«nÄ� brÄ�hmaṇÄ�. Taṃ kimmaññasi ambaá¹­á¹­ha?
Idha br�hmaṇ� br�hmaṇaṃ kismicideva pakaraṇe khuramuṇ�aṃ karitv�
assapuṭena vadhitv� raṭṭh� v� nagar� v� pabb�jeyyuṃ, api nu so labhetha
brÄ�hmaṇesu Ä�sanaṃ vÄ� udakaṃ vÄ�?”Ti

[BJT Page 170] [\x 170/]

“No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

“Api nu naṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� bhojeyyuṃ saddhe vÄ� thÄ�lipÄ�ke vÄ� yaññe vÄ� pÄ�hune vÄ�?”Ti

“No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

“Api nu naṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� mante vÄ�ceyyuṃ vÄ� no vÄ�?”Ti.

“No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

“Api nu’ssa itthÄ«su Ä�vaá¹­aṃ vÄ� assa anÄ�vaá¹­aṃ vÄ�?Ti”

“Ä€vaá¹­aṃ hi’ssa bho gotama. ”

29. “Taṃ kimmaññasi ambaá¹­á¹­ha? Idha khattiyÄ� khattiyaṃ kismicideva
pakaraṇe khuramuṇ�aṃ karitv� assapuṭena vadhitv� raṭṭh� v� nagar� v�
pabbÄ�jeyyuṃ, api nu so labhetha brÄ�hmaṇesu Ä�sanaṃ vÄ� udakaṃ vÄ�?Ti”

“Labhetha bho gotama”

“Api nu naṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� bhojeyyuṃ saddhe vÄ� thÄ�lipÄ�ke vÄ� yaññe vÄ� pÄ�hune vÄ�?Ti”

“Bhojeyyuṃ bho gotama. ”

“Api nu naṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� mante vÄ�ceyyuṃ vÄ� no vÄ�?”Ti

“VÄ�ceyyuṃ bho gotama. ”

“Api nu’ssa ithÄ«su Ä�vaá¹­aṃ vÄ� assa anÄ�vaá¹­aṃ vÄ�?”Ti

“AnÄ�vaá¹­aṃ hi’ssa bho gotama. ”

“EttÄ�vatÄ� kho ambaá¹­á¹­ha khattiyo paramanihÄ«nataṃ [PTS Page 099]
[\q 99/] patto hoti, yadeva naṃ khattiy� khuramuṇ�aṃ karitv�
assapuṭena vadhitv� raṭṭh� v� nagar� v� pabb�jenti. Iti kho ambaṭṭha
yadÄ� khattiyo paramanihÄ«nataṃ patto hoti, tadÄ�pi khattiyÄ�’va seá¹­á¹­hÄ� hÄ«nÄ�
br�hmaṇ�.

30. BrahmunÄ�’pi ambaá¹­á¹­ha sanaá¹…kumÄ�rena gÄ�thÄ� bhÄ�sitÄ�:

‘Khattiyo seá¹­á¹­ho janetasmiṃ
Ye gottapaṭis�rino,
Vijj�caraṇasampanno
So seá¹­á¹­ho devamÄ�nuse’ti

S� kho panes� ambaṭṭha brahmun� sanaṅkum�rena g�th� sugīt� no duggīt�,
subh�sit� no dubbh�sit�, atthasaṃhit� no anatthasaṃhit�, anumat� may�.
Ahampi1 ambaṭṭha evaṃ vad�mi:

‘Khattiyo seá¹­á¹­ho janetasmiṃ
Ye gottapaṭis�rino,
Vijj�caraṇasampanno
So seá¹­á¹­ho devamÄ�nuse’ti.

Bh�ṇ�v�ro paṭhamo.

1. Ahampibhi, machasaṃ.

[BJT Page 172] [\x 172/]

31. “Katamaṃ pana taṃ bho gotama caraṇaṃ, katamÄ� ca pana sÄ� vijjÄ�?”Ti.
“Na kho ambaá¹­á¹­ha anuttarÄ�ya vijjÄ�caraṇasampadÄ�ya jÄ�tivÄ�do vÄ� vuccati
gottavÄ�do vÄ� vuccati mÄ�navÄ�do vÄ� vuccati: ‘arahasi vÄ� maṃ tvaṃ na vÄ� maṃ
tvaṃ arahasÄ«’ti. Yattha kho ambaá¹­á¹­ha Ä�vÄ�ho vÄ� hoti, vivÄ�ho vÄ� hoti,
�v�haviv�ho v� hoti, etthetaṃ vuccati j�tiv�do v� itipi, gottav�do v�
itipi, mÄ�navÄ�do vÄ� itipi:’arahasi vÄ� maṃ tvaṃ na vÄ� maṃ tvaṃ arahasÄ«’ti.
Ye hi keci ambaṭṭha j�tiv�davinibaddh� v� gottav�davinibaddh� v�
m�nav�davinibaddh� v� �v�haviv�havinibaddh� v�, �rak� te anuttar�ya
vijj�caraṇasampad�ya. Pah�ya kho ambaṭṭha j�tiv�davinibaddhañca
gottavÄ�davinibaddhañca mÄ�navÄ�davinibaddhañca Ä�vÄ�havivÄ�havinibaddhañca [PTS Page 100] [\q 100/] anuttarÄ�ya vijjÄ�caraṇasampadÄ�ya sacchikiriyÄ� hotÄ«”ti.

32. “Katamaṃ pana taṃ bho gotama caraṇaṃ? KatamÄ� ca sÄ� vijjÄ�?”Ti “idha
ambaṭṭha tath�gato loke uppajjati arahaṃ samm�sambuddho
vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammas�rathī satth�
devamanuss�naṃ buddho bhagav�. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ sam�rakaṃ
sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabr�hmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti �dikaly�ṇaṃ majjhekaly�ṇaṃ
pariyos�nakaly�ṇaṃ s�tthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ pak�seti.

33. Taṃ dhammaṃ suṇ�ti gahapati v� gahapatiputto v� aññatarasmiṃ v� kule
pacc�j�to. So taṃ dhammaṃ sutv� tath�gate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. So tena
saddhÄ�paá¹­ilÄ�bhena samannÄ�gato iti paá¹­isaṃcikkhati: “sambÄ�dho gharÄ�vÄ�so
rajopatho abbhok�so pabbajj�. Nayidaṃ sukaraṃ ag�raṃ ajjh�vasat�
ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṃkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ,
yannūn�haṃ kesamassuṃ oh�retth� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv� ag�rasm�
anagÄ�riyaṃ pabbajeyya”nti.

So aparena samayena appaṃ v� bhogakkhandhaṃ pah�ya mahantaṃ v�
bhogakkhandhaṃ pah�ya appaṃ v� ñ�tiparivaṭṭaṃ pah�ya mahantaṃ v�
ñ�tiparivaṭṭaṃ pah�ya kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv�
ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajati. So evaṃ pabbajito sam�no
p�timokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati �c�ragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu
bhayadass�vī. Sam�d�ya sikkhati sikkh�padesu k�yakammavacīkammena
samann�gato kusalena, parisuddh�jīvo sīlasampanno indriyesu guttadv�ro
bhojane mattaññū satisampajaññena samann�gato santuṭṭho.

[BJT Page 174] [\x 174/]

34. Kathañca ambaṭṭha bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti?

Idha ambaṭṭha bhikkhu p�ṇ�tip�taṃ pah�ya p�ṇ�tip�t� paṭivirato hoti
nihitadaṇ�o nihitasattho lajjī day�panno sabbap�ṇabhūtahit�nukampī
viharati. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Adinn�d�naṃ pah�ya adinn�d�n� paṭivirato hoti. Dinn�d�yī dinnap�ṭikaṅkhī
athenena sucibhÅ«tena attanÄ� viharati. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Abrahmacariyaṃ pahÄ�ya brahmacÄ�rÄ« hoti Ä�rÄ�cÄ�rÄ« virato methunÄ� gÄ�madhammÄ�. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

MusÄ�vÄ�daṃ pahÄ�ya musÄ�vÄ�dÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti saccavÄ�dÄ« saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvÄ�dako lokassa. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Pisuṇaṃ v�caṃ pah�ya pisuṇ�ya v�c�ya paṭivirato hoti, ito sutv� na
amutra akkh�t� imesaṃ bhed�ya. Amutra v� sutv� na imesaṃ akkh�t� amūsaṃ
bhed�ya. Iti bhinn�naṃ v� sandh�t� saṃhit�naṃ v� anuppad�t� samagg�r�mo
samaggarato samagganandÄ« samaggakaraṇiṃ vÄ�caṃ bhÄ�sitÄ� hoti. Idampi’ssa
hoti sīlasmiṃ.

Pharusaṃ v�caṃ pah�ya pharus�ya v�c�ya paṭivirato hoti. Y� s� v�c� nel�
kaṇṇasukh� pemanīy� hadayaṅgam� porī bahujanakant� bahujanaman�p�
tathÄ�rÅ«piṃ vÄ�caṃ bhÄ�sitÄ� hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Samphappal�paṃ pah�ya samphappal�p� paṭivirato hoti k�lav�dī bhūtav�dī
atthav�dī dhammav�dī vinayav�dī nidh�navatiṃ v�caṃ bh�sit� hoti k�lena
sÄ�padesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasañhitaṃ idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

35. Bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambh� paṭivirato hoti. Ekabhattiko hoti
rattūparato paṭivirato vik�labhojan�. Naccagītav�ditavisūkadassan�
paṭivirato hoti. M�l�gandhavilepanadh�raṇamaṇ�anavibhūsanaṭṭh�n�
paṭivirato hoti. Ucc�sayanamah�sayan� paṭivirato hoti.
J�tarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. Āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇ�
paṭivirato hoti. Āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti.
Itthikum�rikapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. D�sid�sapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato
hoti. Ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. Kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇ�
paṭivirato hoti. Hatthigav�ssavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti.
Khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. Dūteyyapahiṇagaman�nuyog�
paṭivirato hoti. Kayavikkay� paṭivirato hoti. Tul�kūṭakaṃsakūṭam�nakūṭ�
paṭivirato hoti. Ukkoṭanavañcananikatis�ciyog� paṭivirato hoti.
Chedanavadhabandhanavipar�mosa�lopasahas�k�r� paṭivirato hoti.
Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

[BJT Page 176] [\x 176/]

36. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp� bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambhaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: mūlabījaṃ khandhabījaṃ phaḷubījaṃ aggabījaṃ bījabījameva
pañcamaṃ. Iti evarūp� bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambh� paṭivirato hoti
idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

37. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ sannidhik�raparibhogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: annasannidhiṃ p�nasannidhiṃ vatthasannidhiṃ y�nasannidhiṃ
sayanasannidhiṃ gandhasannidhiṃ �misasannidhiṃ. Iti v� iti evarūp�
sannidhikÄ�raparibhogÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

38. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp� visūkadassanaṃ anuyutt� viharanti seyyathīdaṃ:
naccaṃ gītaṃ v�ditaṃ pekkhaṃ akkh�naṃ p�ṇissaraṃ vet�laṃ kumbhathūnaṃ
sobhanagarakaṃ caṇ��laṃ vaṃsaṃ dhovanaṃ hatthiyuddhaṃ assayuddhaṃ
mahisayuddhaṃ usabhayuddhaṃ ajayuddhaṃ meṇ�ayuddhaṃ kukkuṭayuddhaṃ
vaṭṭakayuddhaṃ daṇ�ayuddhaṃ muṭṭhiyuddhaṃ nibbuddhaṃ uyyodhikaṃ balaggaṃ
sen�byuhaṃ aṇīkadassanaṃ. Iti v� iti evarūp� visūkadassan� paṭivirato
hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

39. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp� jūtappam�daṭṭh�n�nuyogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: aṭṭhapadaṃ dasapadaṃ �k�saṃ parih�rapathaṃ santikaṃ
khalikaṃ ghaṭikaṃ sal�kahatthaṃ akkhaṃ paṅgacīraṃ vaṅkakaṃ mokkhacikaṃ
ciṅgulakaṃ patt�ḷhakaṃ rathakaṃ dhanukaṃ akkharikaṃ manesikaṃ
yath�vajjaṃ. Iti v� iti evarūp� jūtappam�daṭṭh�n�nuyog� paṭivirato hoti.
Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

40. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ ucc�sayanamah�sayanaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: �sandiṃ pallaṅkaṃ gonakaṃ cittakaṃ paṭikaṃ paṭalikaṃ
tulikaṃ vikatikaṃ uddalomiṃ ekantalomiṃ kaṭṭhissaṃ koseyyaṃ kuttakaṃ
hatthattharaṃ assattharaṃ rathattharaṃ ajinappaveṇiṃ
k�dalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ sauttaracchadaṃ ubhatolohitakupadh�naṃ -
iti vÄ� iti evarÅ«pÄ� uccÄ�sayanamahÄ�sayanÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

[BJT Page 178] [\x 178/]

41. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ maṇ�anavibhusanaṭṭh�n�nuyogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: ucc�danaṃ parimaddanaṃ nah�panaṃ samb�hanaṃ �d�saṃ añjanaṃ
m�l�vilepanaṃ mukhacuṇṇakaṃ mukh�lepanaṃ hatthabandhaṃ sikh�bandhaṃ
daṇ�akaṃ n�ḷikaṃ khaggaṃ chattaṃ citrūp�hanaṃ uṇhīsaṃ maṇiṃ v�ḷavījaniṃ
od�t�ni vatth�ni dīghadas�ni. Iti v� itievarūp�
maṇá¸�anavibhÅ«sanaá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ�nuyogÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

42. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ tiracch�nakathaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ:
r�jakathaṃ corakathaṃ mah�mattakathaṃ sen�kathaṃ bhayakathaṃ
yuddhakathaṃ annakathaṃ p�nakathaṃ vatthakathaṃ sayanakathaṃ m�l�kathaṃ
gandhakathaṃ ñ�tikathaṃ y�nakathaṃ g�makathaṃ nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ
janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ purisakathaṃ kum�rakathaṃ kum�rīkathaṃ
sūrakathaṃ visikh�kathaṃ kumbhaṭṭh�nakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ
n�nattakathaṃ lokakkh�yikaṃ samuddakkh�yikaṃ itibhav�bhavakathaṃ. Iti v�
itievarÅ«pÄ�ya tiracchÄ�nakathÄ�ya paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

43. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ vigg�hikakathaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ:
na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ �j�n�si. Ahaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ �j�n�mi. Kiṃ
tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ �j�nissasi? Micch�paṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi
samm�paṭinno. Sahitamme1 asahitanne. Pure vacanīyaṃ pacch� avaca,
pacch�vacanīyaṃ pure avaca. Āciṇṇaṃ te vipar�vattaṃ. Āropito te v�do
niggahito’si. Cara vÄ�dappamokkhÄ�ya. Nibbeá¹­hehi vÄ� sace pahosÄ«ti. Iti vÄ�
itievarÅ«pÄ�ya viggÄ�hikakathÄ�ya paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

44. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ dūteyyapahiṇagaman�nuyogamanuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: raññaṃ r�jamah�matt�naṃ khattiy�naṃ br�hmaṇ�naṃ
gahapatik�naṃ kum�r�naṃ: idha gaccha, amutr�gaccha, idaṃ hara, amutra
idaṃ �har�ti. Iti v� evarūp� dūteyyapahiṇagaman�nuyog� paṭivirato hoti.
Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

1. Saṃhitamme asaṃhitaṃ te. Kesuci.

[BJT Page 180] [\x 180/]

45. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te kuhak� ca honti lapak� ca nemittik� ca nippesik� ca l�bhena
l�bhaṃ nijigiṃsit�ro ca. Iti v� itievarūp� kuhanalapan� paṭivirato
hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

46. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti
seyyathīdaṃ: aṅgaṃ nimittaṃ upp�daṃ supinaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ mūsikacchinnaṃ
aggihomaṃ dabbihomaṃ thusahomaṃ kaṇahomaṃ taṇ�ulahomaṃ sappihomaṃ
telahomaṃ mukhahomaṃ lohitahomaṃ aṅgavijj� vatthuvijj� khattavijj�
sivavijj� bhūtavijj� bhūrivijj� ahivijj� visavijj� vicchikavijj�
mūsikavijj� sakuṇavijj� v�yasavijj� pakkajjh�naṃ saraparitt�naṃ
migacakkaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv� paṭivirato
hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

47. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti
seyyathīdaṃ: maṇilakkhaṇaṃ vatthalakkhaṇaṃ daṇ�alakkhaṇaṃ asilakkhaṇaṃ
usulakkhaṇaṃ dhanulakkhaṇaṃ �vudhalakkhaṇaṃ itthilakkhaṇaṃ
purisalakkhaṇaṃ kum�ralakkhaṇaṃ kum�rilakkhaṇaṃ d�salakkhaṇaṃ
d�silakkhaṇaṃ hatthilakkhaṇaṃ assalakkhaṇaṃ mahisalakkhaṇaṃ
usabhalakkhaṇaṃ golakkhaṇaṃ ajalakkhaṇaṃ meṇ�alakkhaṇaṃ kukkuṭalakkhaṇaṃ
vaṭṭakalakkhaṇaṃ godh�lakkhaṇaṃ kaṇṇik�lakkhaṇaṃ kacchapalakkhaṇaṃ
migalakkhaṇaṃ. Iti v� iti evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv�
paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

48. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti
seyyathīdaṃ: raññaṃ niyy�naṃ bhavissati, raññaṃ aniyy�naṃ bhavissati.
Abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ upay�naṃ bhavissati, b�hir�naṃ raññaṃ apay�naṃ
bhavissati. B�hir�naṃ raññaṃ upay�naṃ bhavissati, abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ
apay�naṃ bhavissati. Abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ jayo bhavissati, b�hir�naṃ
raññaṃ par�jayo bhavissati. B�hir�naṃ raññaṃ jayo bhavissati,
abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ par�jayo bhavissati. Iti imassa jayo bhavissati,
imassa par�jayo bhavissati. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya
micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

[BJT Page 182] [\x 182/]

49. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti
seyyathīdaṃ: candagg�ho bhavissati suriyagg�ho bhavissati nakkhattagg�ho
bhavissati. Candimasuriy�naṃ pathagamanaṃ bhavissati candimasuriy�naṃ
uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati nakkhatt�naṃ pathagamanaṃ bhavissati
nakkhatt�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati. Ukk�p�to bhavissati. Dis���ho
bhavissati. Bhūmic�lo bhavissati. Evaṃ vip�ko devadundubhi bhavissati.
Evaṃvip�ko candimasuriyanakkhatt�naṃ uggamanaṃ ogamanaṃ saṃkilesaṃ
vod�naṃ bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko candagg�ho bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko
suriyagg�ho bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko nakkhattagg�ho bhavissati.
Evaṃvip�kaṃ candimasuriy�naṃ pathagamanaṃ bhavissati. Evaṃvip�kaṃ
candimasuriy�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati. Evaṃvip�kaṃ nakkhatt�naṃ
pathagamanaṃ bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko ukk�p�to bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko
dis���ho bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko bhūmic�lo bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko
devadundūbhi bhavissati. Evaṃvip�kaṃ candimasuriyanakkhatt�naṃ uggamanaṃ
ogamanaṃ saṅkileso vod�naṃ bhavissati. Iti v� itievarūp�ya
tiracchÄ�navijjÄ�ya micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

50. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti
seyyathīdaṃ: subbuṭṭhik� bhavissati dubbuṭṭhik� bhavissati. Subhikkhaṃ
bhavissati dubbhikkhaṃ bhavissati. Khemaṃ bhavissati bhayaṃ bhavissati.
Rogo bhavissati �rogyaṃ bhavissati. Mudd� gaṇan� saṃkh�naṃ k�veyyaṃ
lok�yataṃ. Iti v� iti evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv� paṭivirato
hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

51. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti
seyyathīdaṃ: �v�hanaṃ viv�hanaṃ saṃvadanaṃ vivadanaṃ saṃkiraṇaṃ
vikiraṇaṃ subhagakaraṇaṃ dubbhagakaraṇaṃ viruddhagabbhakaraṇaṃ
jivh�nitthambhanaṃ hanusaṃhananaṃ hatth�bhijappanaṃ hanujappanaṃ
kaṇṇajappanaṃ �d�sapañhaṃ kum�ripañhaṃ devapañhaṃ �diccupaṭṭh�naṃ
mahatupaṭṭh�naṃ abbhujjalanaṃ sirivh�yanaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya
tiracchÄ�navijjÄ�ya micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

[BJT Page 184] [\x 184/]

52. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti -
seyyathīdaṃ: santikammaṃ paṇidhikammaṃ bhūrikammaṃ vassakammaṃ
vossakammaṃ vatthukammaṃ vatthuparikiraṇaṃ �camanaṃ nah�panaṃ juhanaṃ
vamanaṃ virecanaṃ uddhavirecanaṃ adhovirecanaṃ sīsavirecanaṃ kaṇṇatelaṃ
nettapatappanaṃ natthukammaṃ añjanaṃ paccañjanaṃ s�l�kiyaṃ sallakattiyaṃ
d�rakatikicch� mūlabhesajj�naṃ anuppad�naṃ osadhīnaṃ paṭimokkho. Iti v�
iti evarÅ«pÄ�ya tiracchÄ�navijjÄ�ya micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa
hoti sīlasmiṃ.

53. Atha kho so ambaṭṭha bhikkhu evaṃ sīlasampanno na kutoci bhayaṃ
samanupassati yadidaṃ sīlasaṃvarato. Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha khattiyo
muddh�vasitto nihatapacc�mitto na kutoci bhayaṃ samanupassati yadidaṃ
paccatthikato, evameva kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu evaṃ sīlasampanno na kutoci
bhayaṃ samanupassati yadidaṃ sīlasaṃvarato. So imin� ariyena
sīlakkhandhena samann�gato ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Evaṃ
kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti.

54. Kathañca ambaṭṭha bhikkhu indirayesu gutatadv�ro hoti? Idha ambaṭṭha
bhikkhu cakkhun� rūpaṃ disv� na nimittagg�hī hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī.
Yatv�dhikaraṇametaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh�domanass�
p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anv�ssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati
rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriya saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. Sotena saddaṃ
sutv� na nimittagg�hī hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇametaṃ
sotendriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh�domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm�
anv�ssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati rakkhati sotendriyaṃ,
sotendriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. Gh�ṇena gandhaṃ gh�yitv� na nimittagg�hī
hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇametaṃ gh�nindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ
viharantaṃ abhijjh�domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anv�ssaveyyuṃ tassa
saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati rakkhati gh�ṇindriyaṃ, gh�ṇindriye saṃvaraṃ
�pajjati. Jivh�ya rasaṃ s�yitv� na nimittagg�hī hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī.
Yatv�dhikaraṇametaṃ jivhindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh�domanass�
p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anv�ssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati rakkhati
jivhindriyaṃ, jivhindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. K�yena phoṭṭhabbaṃ
phusitv� na nimittagg�hī hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇametaṃ
k�yindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh�domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm�
anv�ssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati rakkhati k�yindriyaṃ,
k�yindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. Manas� dhammaṃ viññ�ya na nimittagg�hī
hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇametaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ
viharantaṃ abhijjh�domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anv�ssaveyyuṃ tassa
saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ
�pajjati. So imin� ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samann�gato ajjhattaṃ
aby�sekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Evaṃ kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu indriyesu
guttadv�ro hoti.

[BJT Page 186] [\x 186/]

55. Kathañca ambaṭṭha bhikkhu satisampajaññena samann�gato hoti? Idha
ambaṭṭha bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampaj�nak�rī hoti, �lokite
vilokite sampaj�nak�rī hoti, samiñjite pas�rite sampaj�nak�rī hoti,
saṅgh�ṭipattacīvaradh�raṇe sampaj�nak�rī hoti, asite pīte kh�yite s�yite
sampaj�nak�rī hoti, ucc�rapass�vakamme sampaj�nak�rī hoti, gate ṭhite
nisinne sutte j�garite bh�site tuṇhībh�ve sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Evaṃ kho
ambaṭṭha bhikkhu satisampajaññena samann�gato hoti.

56. Kathañca ambaṭṭha bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti?

Idha ambaṭṭha bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti k�yaparih�rikena cīvarena
kucchiparih�rikena piṇ�ap�tena. So yena yeneva pakkamati sam�d�yeva
pakkamati. Seyyath�pī ambaṭṭha pakkhi sakuṇo yena yeneva �eti
sapattabhÄ�ro’va á¸�eti, evameva kho ambaá¹­á¹­ha bhikkhu santuá¹­á¹­ho hoti
k�yaparih�rikena cīvarena kucchiparih�rikena piṇ�ap�tena. So yena yeneva
pakkamati sam�d�yeva pakkamati. Evaṃ kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu santuṭṭho
hoti.

57. So imin� ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samann�gato imin� ca ariyena
indriyasaṃvarena samann�gato imin� ca ariyena satisampajaññena
samann�gato im�ya ca ariy�ya santuṭṭhiy� samann�gato vivittaṃ sen�sanaṃ
bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ sus�naṃ
vanapatthaṃ abbhok�saṃ pal�lapuñjaṃ. So pacch�bhattaṃ
piṇ�ap�tapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ �bhujitv� ujuṃ k�yaṃ paṇidh�ya
parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetv�.

58. So abhijjhaṃ loke pah�ya vigat�bhijjhena cetas� viharati abhijjh�ya
cittaṃ parisodheti. By�p�dapadosaṃ pah�ya aby�pannacitto viharati
sabbap�ṇabhūtahit�nukampi, by�p�dapados� cittaṃ parisodheti.
Thīnamiddhaṃ pah�ya vigatathīnamiddho viharati �lokasaññī sato
sampaj�no, thīnamiddh� cittaṃ parisodheti. Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pah�ya
anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccaṃ cittaṃ
parisodheti. Vicikicchaṃ pah�ya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṃkathī
kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicch�ya cittaṃ parisodheti.

[BJT Page 188] [\x 188/]

59. Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha puriso iṇaṃ �d�ya kammante payojeyya tassa te
kammant� samijjheyyuṃ, so y�ni ca por�ṇ�ni iṇamūl�ni t�ni ca
byantīkareyya, siy� cassa uttariṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ d�rabharaṇ�ya, tassa
evamassa: ‘ahaṃ kho pubbe iṇaṃ Ä�dÄ�ya kammante payojesiṃ tassa me te
kammantÄ� samijjhiṃsu so’haṃ yÄ�ni ca porÄ�ṇÄ�ni iṇamÅ«lÄ�ni tÄ�ni ca
byantÄ«akÄ�siṃ. Atthi ca me uttariṃ avasiá¹­á¹­haṃ dÄ�rabharaṇÄ�yÄ�’ti. So
tatonid�naṃ labhetha p�mojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ.

60. Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha puriso �b�dhiko assa dukkhito b�ḷhagil�no,
bhattaṃ cassa nacch�deyya, na cassa k�ye balamatt�. So aparena samayena
tambh� �b�dh� mucceyya bhattañcassa ch�deyya siy� cassa k�ye balamatt�.
Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṃ bo pubbe Ä�bÄ�dhiko ahosiṃ dukkhito bÄ�ḷhagilÄ�no
bhattaṃ me nacchÄ�desi na cassa me Ä�si kÄ�ye balamattÄ�. So’mhi etarahi
tamhÄ� Ä�bÄ�dhÄ� mutto bhattañca me chÄ�deti atthi ca me kÄ�ye balamattÄ�’ti,
so tatonid�naṃ labhetha p�mojjaṃ adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ.

61. Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha puriso bandhan�g�re baddho assa, so aparena
samayena tambh� bandhan�g�r� mucceyya sotthin� abbayena, na cassa kiñci
bhogÄ�naṃ vayo. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṃ kho pubbe bandhanÄ�gÄ�re baddho
ahosiṃ. So’mhi etarahi tamhÄ� bandhanÄ�gÄ�rÄ� mutto sotthinÄ� abbayena.
Natthi ca me kiñci bhogÄ�naṃ vayo’ti. So tatonidÄ�naṃ labhetha pÄ�mojjaṃ
adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ.

62. Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha puriso d�so assa anatt�dhīno par�dhīno na
yenak�maṅgamo. So aparena samayena tamh� d�saby� mucceyya att�dhīno
aparÄ�dhÄ«no bhujisso yenakÄ�maá¹…gamo. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṃ kho pubbe dÄ�so
ahosiṃ anattÄ�dhÄ«no parÄ�dhÄ«no na yenakÄ�maá¹…gamo. So’mhi etarahi tamhÄ�
dÄ�sabyÄ� mutto attÄ�dhÄ«no aparÄ�dhÄ«no bhujisso yenakÄ�maá¹…gamo’ti. So
tatonid�naṃ labhetha p�mojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ.

[BJT Page 190] [\x 190/]

63. Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha puriso sadhano sabhogo kant�raddh�namaggaṃ
paṭipajjeyya dubbhikkhaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ. So aparena samayena taṃ kant�raṃ
nitthareyya sotthin� g�mantaṃ anup�puṇeyya khemaṃ appaṭibhayaṃ. Tassa
evamassa: ‘ahaṃ kho pubbe sadhano sabhogo kantÄ�raddhÄ�namaggaṃ paá¹­ipajjiṃ
dubbhikkhaṃ sappaá¹­ibhayaṃ. So’mhi etarahi taṃ kantÄ�raṃ tiṇṇo sotthinÄ�
gÄ�mantaṃ anuppatto khemaṃ appaá¹­ibhaya’nti. So tato nidÄ�naṃ labhetha
p�mojjaṃ adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ.

Evameva kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu yath� iṇaṃ yath� rogaṃ yath� bandhan�g�raṃ
yath� d�sabyaṃ yath� kant�raddh�namaggaṃ evaṃ ime pañcanīvaraṇe appahīne
attani samanupassati. Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha �naṇyaṃ yath� �rogyaṃ yath�
bandhan� mokkhaṃ yath� bhujissaṃ yath� khemantabhūmiṃ evameva kho
ambaṭṭha bhikkhu ime pañcanīvaraṇe pahīne attani samanupassati.

64. Tassime pañcanīvaraṇe pahīṇe attani samanupassato p�mojjaṃ j�yati,
pamuditassa pīti j�yati, pītimanassa k�yo passambhati, passaddhak�yo
sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ sam�dhiyati.

65. So vivicceva k�mehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savic�raṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva
k�yaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisanneti parisanneti paripūreti
parippharati. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa vivekajena pītisukhena
apphuṭaṃ hoti.

66. Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha dakkho nah�pako v� nah�pakantev�sī v� kaṃsath�le
nah�nīyacuṇṇ�ni �kiritv� udakena paripphosakaṃ paripphosakaṃ sanneyya,
s�yaṃ nah�nīyapiṇ�ī sneh�nugat� snehaparet� s�ntarab�hir� phuṭ� snehena,
na ca pagghariṇī,

Evameva kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu imameva k�yaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena
abhisanneti parisanneti paripūreti parippharati. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato
kÄ�yassa vivekajena pÄ«tisukhena apphuá¹­aṃ hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
caraṇasmiṃ.

67. Puna ca paraṃ ambaṭṭha bhikkhu vitakkavic�r�naṃ vūpasam� ajjhattaṃ
sampas�danaṃ cetaso ekodibh�vaṃ avitakkaṃ avic�raṃ sam�dhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ
dutiyaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva k�yaṃ sam�dhijena
pītisukhena abhisanneti parisanneti paripūreti parippharati n�ssa kiñci
sabb�vato k�yassa sam�dhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

[BJT Page 192] [\x 192/]

68. Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako, tassa nevassa
puratthim�ya dis�ya udakassa �yamukhaṃ, na dakkhiṇ�ya dis�ya udakassa
�yamukhaṃ, na pacchim�ya dis�ya udakassa �yamukhaṃ, na uttar�ya dis�ya
udakassa �yamukhaṃ, devo ca na k�lena k�laṃ samm� dh�raṃ
anuppaveccheyya, atha kho tamh� ca udakarahad� sīt� v�ridh�r�
ubbhijjitv� tameva udakarahadaṃ sītena v�rin� abhisanneyya1
parisanneyya2 paripūreyya paripphareyya, n�ssa kiñci sabb�vato
udakarahadassa sītena v�rin� apphuṭaṃ assa,

Evameva kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu imameva k�yaṃ sam�dhijena pītisukhena
abhisanneti parisanneti paripūreti parippharati. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato
kÄ�yassa samÄ�dhijena pÄ«tisukhena apphuá¹­aṃ hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
caraṇasmiṃ.

69. Puna ca paraṃ ambaṭṭha bhikkhu pītiy� ca vir�g� upekkhako ca
viharati sato sampaj�no, sukhañca k�yena paṭisaṃvedeti, yantaṃ ariy�
�cikkhanti: upekkhako satim� sukhavih�rīti taṃ tatiyaṃ jh�naṃ
upasampajja viharati.

So imameva k�yaṃ nippītikena sukhena abhisanneti parisanneti paripūreti
parippharati, n�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ
hoti.

Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha uppaliniyaṃ v� paduminiyaṃ v� puṇ�arīkiniyaṃ v�
appekacc�ni uppal�ni v� padum�ni v� puṇ�arīk�ni v� udake j�t�ni udake
saṃvaddh�ni udak�nuggat�ni antonimuggaposīni t�ni y�va cagg� y�va ca
mūl� sītena c�rin� abhisann�ni parisann�ni3 paripūr�ni paripphuṭ�ni
n�ssa kiñci sabb�vataṃ uppal�naṃ v� padum�naṃ v� puṇ�arīk�naṃ v� sītena
v�rin� apphuṭaṃ assa,

Evameva kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu imameva k�yaṃ nippītikena sukhena
abhisanneti parisanneti paripūreti parippharati n�ssa kiñci sabb�vato
kÄ�yassa nippÄ«tikena sukhena apphuá¹­aṃ hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti caraṇasmiṃ.

70. Puna ca paraṃ ambaṭṭha bhikkhu sukhassa ca pah�n� dukkhassa ca
pah�n� pubbeva somanassadomanass�naṃ atthaṅgam� adukkhamasukhaṃ
upekkh�satip�risuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva
k�yaṃ parisuddhena cetas� pariyod�tena pharitv� nisinno hoti n�ssa
kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa parisuddhena cetas� pariyod�tena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha puriso od�tena vatthena sasīsaṃ p�rupitv� nisinno
assa, n�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa od�tena vatthena apphuṭaṃ assa,
evameva kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu imameva k�yaṃ parisuddhena cetas�
pariyod�tena pharitv� nisinno hoti n�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa
parisuddhena cetasÄ� pariyodÄ�tena apphuá¹­aṃ hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
caraṇasmiṃ.

Idaṃ kho taṃ ambaṭṭha caraṇaṃ.

1. Abhisandeyya, machasaṃ.
2. Parisandeyya, machasaṃ.
3. Abhisand�ni parisand�ni, machasaṃ. Abhisaniddh�ni parisaniddh�ni?

[BJT Page 194] [\x 194/]

71. (Puna ca paraṃ ambaṭṭha) so evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe
pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite
�neñjappatte ñ�ṇadassan�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So evaṃ
paj�n�ti: ayaṃ kho me k�yo rūpī c�tummah�bhūtiko m�t�pettikasambhavo
odanakumm�sūpacayo aniccucch�danaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammo.
Idaṃ ca pana me viññ�ṇaṃ ettha sitaṃ ettha paṭibaddhanti.

Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha maṇi veḷuriyo subho j�tim� aṭṭhaṃso suparikammakato
accho vippasanno an�vilo sabb�k�rasampanno, tatrassa suttaṃ �vutaṃ nīlaṃ
v� pītaṃ v� lohitaṃ v� od�taṃ v� paṇ�usuttaṃ v�. Tamenaṃ cakkhum�
puriso hatthe karitv� paccavekkheyya: ayaṃ kho maṇi veḷuriyo subho
j�tim� aṭṭhaṃso suparikammakato accho vippasanno an�vilo
sabb�k�rasampanno. Tatiradaṃ suttaṃ �vutaṃ nīlaṃ v� pītaṃ v� lohitaṃ v�
odÄ�taṃ vÄ� paṇá¸�usuttaṃ vÄ�’ti.

Evameva kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
ñ�ṇadassan�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So evaṃ paj�n�ti: ayaṃ
kho me k�yo rūpī c�tummah�bhūtiko m�t�pettikasambhavo odanakumm�sūpacayo
aniccucch�danaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammo. Idaṃ ca pana me
viññÄ�ṇaṃ ettha sitaṃ ettha paá¹­ibaddhanti. Idampi’ssa hoti vijjÄ�ya.

72. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte manomayaṃ k�yaṃ
abhinimminan�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So imambh� k�y� aññaṃ
k�yaṃ abhinimmin�ti rūpiṃ manomayaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ ahīnindriyaṃ.

[BJT Page 196] [\x 196/]

Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha puriso muñjamh� īsikaṃ pabb�heyya. Tassa evamassa:
ayaṃ muñjo, ayaṃ īsik�, añño muñjo, aññ� īsik�, muñjamh�tveva īsik�
pabbÄ�ḷhÄ�’ti. SeyyathÄ� vÄ� pana ambaá¹­á¹­ha puriso asiṃ kosiyÄ� pabbÄ�heyya,
tassa evamassa: ayaṃ asi, ayaṃ kosi, añño asi, aññ� kosi, kosiy� tveva
asi pabbÄ�ḷho’ti. SeyyathÄ� vÄ� pana ambaá¹­á¹­ha puriso ahiṃ karaṇá¸�Ä�
uddhareyya, tassa evamassa: ayaṃ ahi, ayaṃ karaṇ�o, añño ahi, añño
karaṇá¸�o, karaṇá¸�Ä�tveva ahi ubbhato’ti. Evameva kho ambaá¹­á¹­ha bhikkhu
evaṃsam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese
mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte manomayaṃ k�yaṃ abhinimminan�ya
cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So imamh� k�y� aññaṃ k�yaṃ
abhinimminÄ�ti rÅ«piṃ manomayaṃ sabbaá¹…gapaccaá¹…giṃ ahÄ«nindriyaṃ. Idampi’ssa
hoti vijj�ya.

73. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte iddhividh�ya
cittaṃ abhinīharati, abhininn�meti. So anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ
paccanubhoti: eko’pi hutvÄ� bahudhÄ� hoti, bahudhÄ�pi hutvÄ� eko hoti,
�cībh�vaṃ tirobh�vaṃ tiroku��aṃ tirop�k�raṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjam�no
gacchati seyyath�pi �k�se. Pathaviy� pi ummujjanimujjaṃ karoti
seyyathÄ�pi udake. Udake’pi abhijjamÄ�ne gacchati seyyathÄ�pi pathaviyaṃ.
Ä€kÄ�se’pi pallaá¹…kena kamati seyyathÄ�pi pakkhi sakuṇo. Ime’pi
candimasuriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmah�nubh�ve p�ṇin� parimasati
parimajjati, yÄ�va brahmalokÄ�’pi kÄ�yena vasaṃ vatteti.

Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha dakkho kumbhak�ro v� kumbhak�rantev�sī v�
suparikammakat�ya mattik�ya yaṃ yadeva bh�janavikatiṃ �kaṅkheyya taṃ
tadeva kareyya abhinipph�deyya. Seyyath� v� pana ambaṭṭha dakkho
dantak�rov� dantak�rantev�sī v� suparikammakatasmiṃ dantasmiṃ yaṃ yadeva
dantavikatiṃ �kaṅkheyya taṃ tadeva kareyya abhinipph�deyya. Seyyath� v�
pana ambaṭṭha dakkho suvaṇṇak�ro v� suvaṇṇak�rantev�sī v�
suparikammakatasmiṃ suvaṇṇasmiṃ yaṃ yadeva suvaṇṇavikatiṃ �kaṅkheyya taṃ
tadeva kareyya abhinipph�deyya, evameva kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu evaṃ
sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vīgatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte iddhividh�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati
abhininn�meti.

[BJT Page 198] [\x 198/]

So anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti eko’pi hutvÄ� bahudhÄ� hoti
bahudh�pi hutv� eko hoti. Āvībh�vaṃ tirobh�vaṃ tiroku��aṃ tirop�k�raṃ
tiropabbataṃ asajjam�no gacchati seyyath�pi �k�se. Pathaviy�pi
ummujjanimujjaṃ karoti seyyathÄ�pi udake. Udake’pi abhijjamÄ�ne gacchati
seyyathÄ�pi paá¹­haviyaṃ. Ä€kÄ�se’pi pallaá¹…kena kamati seyyathÄ�pi pakkhi
sakuṇo. Ime’pi candimasuriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahÄ�nubhÄ�ve pÄ�ṇinÄ�
parimasati. Parimajjati. YÄ�va brahmalokÄ�’pi kÄ�yena vasaṃ vatteti.
Idampi’ssa hoti vijjÄ�ya.

74. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte1 dibb�ya
sotadh�tuy� cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So dibb�ya sotadh�tuy�
visuddh�ya atikkantam�nusik�ya ubho sadde suṇ�ti dibbe ca m�nuse ca ye
dūre sannike ca.

Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha puriso addh�namaggapaṭipanno so suṇeyya
bherisaddampi mudiṅgasaddampi saṅkhapaṇavadeṇ�imasaddampi. Tassa
evamassa: bherisaddo itipi mudiṅgasaddo itipi saṅkhapaṇavadeṇ�isaddo
itipi. Evameva kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe
pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite
�neñjappatte dibb�ya sotadh�tuy� cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti.

So dibb�ya sotadh�tuy� visuddh�ya atikkantam�nusik�ya ubho sadde suṇ�ti
dibbe ca mÄ�nuse ca ye dÅ«re santike ca. Idampi’ssa hoti vijjÄ�ya.

75. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te �neñjappatte
cetopariyañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhininn�meti. So parasatt�naṃ parapuggal�naṃ
cetas� ceto paricca paj�n�ti:

Sar�gaṃ v� cittaṃ sar�gaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Vītar�gaṃ v� cittaṃ vītar�gaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Sadosaṃ v� cittaṃ sadosaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Vītadosaṃ v� cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Samohaṃ v� cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Vītamohaṃ v� cittaṃ vītamohaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Saṅkhittaṃ v� cittaṃ saṅkhittaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Vikkhittaṃ v� cittaṃ vikkhittaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Mahaggataṃ v� cittaṃ mahaggataṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Amahaggataṃ v� cittaṃ amahaggataṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Sauttaraṃ v� cittaṃ sauttaraṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Anuttaraṃ v� cittaṃ anuttaraṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Sam�hitaṃ v� cittaṃ sam�hitaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Asam�hitaṃ v� cittaṃ asam�hitaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Vimuttaṃ v� cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Avimuttaṃ v� cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,

1. Ānejjappatte (kesuci potthakesu)

[BJT Page 200] [\x 200/]

Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha itthi v� puriso v� daharo v� yuv� maṇ�anaj�tiko
�d�se v� parisuddhe pariyod�te acche v� udakapatte sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ
paccavekkham�no sakaṇikaṃ v� sakaṇikanti j�neyya, akaṇikaṃ v� akaṇikanti
j�neyya, evameva kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe
pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite
�neñjappatte cetopariyañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti.

So parasatt�naṃ parapuggal�naṃ cetas� ceto paricca paj�n�ti:

“SarÄ�gaṃ vÄ� cittaṃ sarÄ�gaṃ cittanti pajÄ�nÄ�ti,
Vītar�gaṃ v� cittaṃ vītar�gaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Sadosaṃ v� cittaṃ sadosaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Vītadosaṃ v� cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Samohaṃ v� cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Vītamohaṃ v� cittaṃ vītamohaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Saṅkhittaṃ v� cittaṃ saṅkhittaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Vikkhittaṃ v� cittaṃ vikkhittaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Mahaggataṃ v� cittaṃ mahaggataṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Amahaggataṃ v� cittaṃ amahaggataṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Sauttaraṃ v� cittaṃ sauttaraṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Anuttaraṃ v� cittaṃ anuttaraṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Sam�hitaṃ v� cittaṃ sam�hitaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Asam�hitaṃ v� cittaṃ asam�hitaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Vimuttaṃ v� cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Avimuttaṃ v� cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti,
Idampissa hoti vijj�ya.

76. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �nañjeppatte
pubbeniv�s�nussatiñ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivÄ�saṃ anussarati. SeyyathÄ«daṃ: ekampi jÄ�tiṃ dve’pi
jÄ�tiyo tisso’pi jÄ�tiyo catasso’pi jÄ�tiyo pañca’pi jÄ�tiyo dasa’pi jÄ�tiyo
vīsampi j�tiyo tiṃsampi j�tiyo catt�rīsampi j�tiyo paññ�sampi j�tiyo
jÄ�tisatampi jÄ�tisahassampi jÄ�tisatasahassampi aneke’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­akappe
aneke’pi vivaá¹­á¹­akappe aneke’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­akappe “amutrÄ�siṃ evannÄ�mo
evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī
evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra upap�diṃ. Tatr�p�siṃ evaṃn�mo
evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī
evamÄ�yupariyanto. So tato cuto idhÅ«papanno”ti. Iti sÄ�kÄ�raṃ sauddesaṃ
anekavihitaṃ pubbeniv�saṃ anussarati.

[BJT Page 202] [\x 202/]

Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha puriso sakambh� g�m� aññaṃ g�maṃ gaccheyya, tamh�pi
g�m� aññaṃ g�maṃ gaccheyya, so tamh� g�m� sakaññeva g�maṃ
pacc�gaccheyya, tassa evamassa: ahaṃ kho sakamh� g�m� amuṃ g�maṃ
agacchiṃ. Tatra evaṃ aṭṭh�siṃ evaṃ nisīdiṃ evaṃ abh�siṃ evaṃ tuṇhī
ahosiṃ. Tamh�pi g�m� amuṃ g�maṃ agacchiṃ. Tatr�pi evaṃ aṭṭh�siṃ evaṃ
nisÄ«diṃ evaṃ abhÄ�siṃ evaṃ tuṇhÄ« ahosiṃ. So’mhi tamhÄ� gÄ�mÄ� sakaññeva
gÄ�maṃ paccÄ�gato’ti,

Evameva kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudrabhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
pubbeniv�s�nussatiñ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivÄ�saṃ anussarati: seyyathÄ«daṃ ekampi jÄ�tiṃ dve’pi
jÄ�tiyo tisso’pi jÄ�tiyo catasso’pi jÄ�tiyo pañca’pi jÄ�tiyo dasapi jÄ�tiyo
vīsampi j�tiyo tiṃsampi j�tiyo catt�rīsampi j�tiyo paññ�sampī j�tiyo
jÄ�tisatampi jÄ�tisahassampi jÄ�tisatasahassampi aneke’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­akappe
aneke’pi vivaá¹­á¹­akappe aneke’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­akappe: amutrÄ�siṃ evaṃnÄ�mo
evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī
evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra upap�diṃ. Tatr�p�siṃ evaṃn�mo
evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī
evamÄ�yupariyanto. So tato cuto idhÅ«papanno’ti. Iti sÄ�kÄ�raṃ sauddesaṃ
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivÄ�saṃ anussarati. Idampi’ssa hoti vijjÄ�ya.

77. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte satt�naṃ
cutūpap�tañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So dibbena cakkhun�
visuddhena atikkantam�nusakena satte passati cavam�ne upapajjam�ne hīne
paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yath�kammūpage satte paj�n�ti:
ime vata bhonto satt� k�yaduccaritena samann�gat� vacīduccaritena
samann�gat� manoduccaritena samann�gat� ariy�naṃ upav�dak�
micch�diṭṭhik� micch�diṭṭhikammasam�d�n�. Te k�yassa bhed� parammaraṇ�
ap�yaṃ duggatiṃ vinip�taṃ nirayaṃ upapann�. Ime v� pana bhonto satt�
k�yasucaritena samann�gat� vacīsucaritena samann�gat� manosucaritena
samann�gat� ariy�naṃ anupav�dak� samm�diṭṭhik� samm�diṭṭhikammasam�d�n�.
Te kÄ�yassa bhedÄ� parammaraṇÄ� sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannÄ�’ti. Iti
dibbena cakkhun� vīsuddhena atikkantam�nusakena satte passati cavam�ne
upapajjam�ne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yath�kammūpage
satte paj�n�ti.

[BJT Page 204] [\x 204/]

Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha majjhe siṃgh�ṭake pas�do, tattha cakkhum� puriso
á¹­hito passeyya manusse gehaṃ pavisante’pi nikkhamante’pi rathiyÄ�
vÄ«tisañcarante’pi majjhe siṃghÄ�á¹­ake nisinne’pi. Tassa evamassa: ete
manuss� gehaṃ pavisanti. Ete nikkhamanti. Ete rathiy� vītisañcaranti.
Ete majjhe siṃghÄ�á¹­ake nisinnÄ�’ti.

Evameva kho ambaṭṭha bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte satt�naṃ
cutūpap�tañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So dibbena cakkhun�
visuddhena atikkantam�nusakena satte passati cavam�ne upapajjam�ne hīne
paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubabaṇṇe sugate duggate yath�kammūpage satte paj�n�ti:
ime vata bhonto satt� k�yaduccaritena samann�gat� vacīduccaritena
samann�gat� manoduccaritena samann�gat� ariy�naṃ upav�dak�
micch�diṭṭhik� micch�diṭṭhīkammasam�d�n�. Te k�yassa bhed� parammaraṇ�
ap�yaṃ duggatiṃ vinip�taṃ nirayaṃ upapann�. Ime v� pana bhonto satt�
k�yasucaritena samann�gat� vacīsucaritena samann�gat� manosucaritena
samann�gat� ariy�naṃ anupav�dak� samm�diṭṭhīk� samm�diṭṭhikammasam�d�n�.
Te kÄ�yassa bhedÄ� parammaraṇÄ� sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannÄ�’ti. Iti
dibbena cakkhun� visuddhena atikkantam�nusakena satte passati cavam�ne
upapajjam�ne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate
yathÄ�kapammÅ«page satte pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Idampi’ssa hoti vijjÄ�ya.

78. So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe
vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte �sav�naṃ
khayañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti.

So idaṃ dukkhanti yath�bhūtaṃ paj�n�ti.
Ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.
Ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.
Ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagÄ�minipaá¹­ipadÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.
Ime Ä�savÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.
Ayaṃ Ä�savasamudayo’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.
Ayaṃ Ä�savanirodho’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.
Ayaṃ Ä�savanirodhagÄ�minÄ« paá¹­ipadÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.

Tassa evaṃ jÄ�nato evaṃ passato kÄ�mÄ�savÄ�’pi cittaṃ vimuccati,
bhavÄ�savÄ�’pi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjÄ�savÄ�’pi cittaṃ vimuccati.
Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñ�ṇaṃ hoti.

‘KhīṇÄ� jÄ�ti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nÄ�paraṃ itthattÄ�yÄ�’ti pajÄ�nÄ�ti.

[BJT Page 206] [\x 206/]

Seyyath�pi ambaṭṭha pabbatasaṅkhepe udakarahado accho vippasanno
an�vilo, tattha cakkhum� puriso tīre ṭhito passeyya sippisambukampi
sakkharakaá¹­halampi macchagumbampi carantampi tiá¹­á¹­hantampi. Tassa
evamassa: ayaṃ kho udakarahado accho vippasanno an�vilo. Tatirame
sippisambukÄ�’pi sakkharakaá¹­halÄ�’pi macchagumbÄ�’pi caranti’pi
tiá¹­á¹­hanti’pÄ«ti. Evameva kho ambaá¹­á¹­ha bhikkhu samÄ�hite citte parisuddhe
pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite
�neñjappatte �sav�naṃ khayañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti.

So ‘idaṃ dukkhanti’ yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. ‘Ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.

‘Ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. ‘Ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagÄ�minÄ« paá¹­ipadÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.

‘Ime Ä�savÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. ‘Ayaṃ Ä�savasamudayo’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.

‘Ayaṃ Ä�savanirodho’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. ‘Ayaṃ Ä�savanirodhagÄ�minÄ«paá¹­ipadÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.

Tassa evaṃ jÄ�nato evaṃ passato kÄ�mÄ�savÄ�’pi cittaṃ vimuccati,
bhavÄ�savÄ�’pi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjÄ�savÄ�’pi cittaṃ vimuccati.
Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñ�ṇaṃ hoti.

‘KhīṇÄ� jÄ�ti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nÄ�paraṃ itthattÄ�yÄ�’ti pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ kho sÄ� ambaá¹­á¹­ha vijjÄ�.

79. Ayaṃ vuccati ambaṭṭha bhikkhu vijj�sampanno itipi, caraṇa sampanno
itipi, vijj�caraṇasampanno itipi. Im�ya ca ambaṭṭha vijj�caraṇasampad�ya
caraṇasampad�ya ca aññ� vijj�sampad� ca caraṇasampad� ca uttaritar� v�
paṇītatar� v� natthi.

80. Im�ya kho ambaṭṭha anuttar�ya vijj�caraṇasampad�ya [PTS Page 101]
[\q 101/] catt�ri ap�yamukh�ni bhavanti. Katam�ni catt�ri? Idha
ambaṭṭha ekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� imañceva anuttaraṃ
vijj�caraṇasampadaṃ anabhisambhuṇam�no kh�rivivadham�d�ya araññ�yatanaṃ
ajjhog�hati pavattaphalabhojano bhaviss�mīti. So aññadatthu
vijj�caraṇasampannasseva paric�rako sampajjati. Im�ya kho ambaṭṭha
anuttar�ya vijj�caraṇasampad�ya idaṃ paṭhamaṃ ap�yamukhaṃ bhavati.

81. Puna ca paraṃ ambaṭṭha idhekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� imañceva
anuttaraṃ vijj�caraṇasampadaṃ anabhisambhuṇam�no
pavattaphalabhojanatañca anabhisambhuṇam�no kudd�lapiṭakaṃ �d�ya
araññ�yatanamajjhog�hati kandamūlaphalabhojano bhaviss�mīti. So
aññadatthu vijj�caraṇasampannasseva paric�rako sampajjati. Im�ya ca kho
ambaṭṭha anuttar�ya vijj�caraṇasampad�ya idaṃ dutiyaṃ ap�yamukhaṃ
bhavati.

[BJT Page 208] [\x 208/]

82. Puna ca paraṃ ambaṭṭha idhekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� imañceva
anuttaraṃ vijj�caraṇasampadaṃ anabhisambhuṇam�no
pavattaphalabhojanatañca anabhisambhuṇam�no kandamūlaphalabhojanatañca
anabhisambhuṇam�no g�mas�mantaṃ v� nigamas�mantaṃ v� agy�g�raṃ karitv�
aggiṃ paricaranto acchati. So aññadatthu vijj�caraṇasampannasseva
paric�riko sampajjati. Im�ya kho ambaṭṭha anuttar�ya
vijj�caraṇasampad�ya idaṃ tatiyaṃ ap�yamukhaṃ bhavati.

83. Puna ca paraṃ ambaṭṭha idhekacco samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� imañceva
anuttaraṃ vijj�caraṇasampadaṃ anabhisambhuṇam�no pavattaphalabhojanañca
anabhisambhuṇam�no kandamūlaphalabhojananañca anabhisambhuṇam�no
aggiparicariyañca anabhisambhuṇam�no [PTS Page 102]
[\q 102/] c�tummah�pathe catudv�raṃ ag�raṃ karitv� acchati: yo
im�hi catūhi dis�hi �gamissati samaṇo v� br�hmaṇo v� tamahaṃ yath�satti
yath�balaṃ paṭipūjess�mīti. So aññadatthu vijj�caraṇasampannasseva
paric�rako sampajjati. Im�ya kho ambaṭṭha anuttar�ya
vijj�caraṇasampad�ya idaṃ catutthaṃ ap�yamukhaṃ bhavati.

Im�ya kho ambaṭṭha anuttar�ya vijj�caraṇasampad�ya im�ni catt�ri ap�yamukh�ni bhavanti.

84. Taṃ kimmaññasi ambaá¹­á¹­ha? Api nu tvaṃ imÄ�ya anuttarÄ�ya vijjÄ�caraṇasampadÄ�ya sandissasi sÄ�cariyako?”Ti.

“No hidaṃ bho gotama. Ko cÄ�haṃ bho gotama sÄ�cariyako? KÄ� ca anuttarÄ�
vijjÄ�caraṇasampadÄ�? Ä€rakÄ�’haṃ bho gotama anuttarÄ�ya vijjÄ�caraṇasampadÄ�ya
sÄ�cariyako”ti.

“Taṃ kimmaññasi ambaá¹­á¹­ha? Api nu tvaṃ imañceva anuttaraṃ
vijj�caraṇasampadaṃ anabhisambhuṇam�no kh�rivivadham�d�ya
araññavanamajjhogÄ�hasi sÄ�cariyako pavattaphalabhojano bhavissÄ�miti?”

“No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

“Taṃ kimmaññasi ambaá¹­á¹­ha? Api nu tvaṃ imañceva anuttaraṃ
vijj�caraṇasampadaṃ anabhisambhuṇam�no pavattaphalabhojanatañca
anabhisambhuṇam�no kudd�lapiṭakaṃ �d�ya araññavanamajjhog�hasi
sÄ�cariyako kandamÅ«laphalabhojano bhavissÄ�mÄ«ti?”

“No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

“Taṃ kimmaññasi ambaá¹­á¹­ha? Api nu tvaṃ imañceva anuttaraṃ
vijj�caraṇasampadaṃ anabhisambhuṇam�no pavattaphalabhojananañca
anabhisambhuṇam�no kandamūlaphalabhojanatañca anabhisambhuṇam�no
g�mas�mantaṃ v� nigamas�mantaṃ v� agy�g�raṃ karitv� aggiṃ paricaranto
acchasi sÄ�cariyako? “Ti

[PTS Page 103] [\q 103/] “no hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

[BJT Page 210] [\x 210/]

“Taṃ kimmaññasi ambaá¹­á¹­ha api nu tvaṃ imañceva anuttaraṃ
vijj�caraṇasampadaṃ anabhisambhuṇam�no pavattaphalabhojanatañca
anabhisambhuṇam�no kandamūlaphalabhojanatañca anabhisambhuṇam�no
aggiparicariyañca anabhisambhuṇam�no c�tummah�pathe catudv�raṃ ag�raṃ
karitv� acchasi s�cariyako, yo im�hi catūhi dis�hi �gamissati samaṇo v�
brÄ�hmaṇo vÄ� taṃ mayaṃ yathÄ�satti yathÄ�balaṃ paá¹­ipÅ«jessÄ�mÄ�ti?”

“No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

85. Iti kho ambaṭṭha im�ya ceva tvaṃ anuttar�ya vijj�caraṇasampad�ya
parihīno s�cariyako. Ye cime anuttar�ya vijj�caraṇasampad�ya catt�ri
ap�yamukh�ni bhavanti, tato ca tvaṃ parihīno s�cariyako. Bh�sit� kho
pana te esÄ� ambaá¹­á¹­ha Ä�cariyena brÄ�hmaṇena pokkharasÄ�dinÄ� vÄ�cÄ� “ke ca
muṇ�ak� samaṇak� ibbh� kaṇh� bandhup�dapacc�, k� ca tevijj�naṃ
brÄ�hmaṇÄ�naṃ sÄ�kacchÄ�”ti, attanÄ� Ä�pÄ�yiko’pi aparipÅ«rayamÄ�no. Passa
ambaṭṭha y�va aparaddhañca te idaṃ �cariyassa br�hmaṇassa
pokkharas�dissa.

86. Br�hmaṇo kho pana ambaṭṭha pokkharas�dī rañño pasenadissa kosalassa
dattikaṃ bhuñjati. Tassa r�j� pasenadi kosalo sammukhībh�vampi na
dad�ti. Yad�pi tena manteti tirodussena manteti. Yassa kho pana ambaṭṭha
dhammikaṃ payataṃ bhikkhaṃ patigaṇheyya, kathaṃ tassa r�j� pasenadī
kosalo sammukhībh�vampi na dadeyya? Passa ambaṭṭha y�vaaparaddhañca te
idaṃ �cariyassa br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�dissa.

Taṃ kimmaññasi ambaṭṭha? R�j� pasenadi kosalo hatthigīv�ya v� nisinno
assapiṭṭhe v� nisinno rathūpatthare v� ṭhito uggehi v� r�jaññehi v�
kiñcideva [PTS Page 104] [\q 104/]
mantaṇaṃ manteyya, so tamh� pades� apakkamma ekamantaṃ tiṭṭheyya. Atha
�gaccheyya suddo v� suddad�so v�, so tasmiṃ padese ṭhito tadeva mantaṇaṃ
manteyya: evampi r�j� pasenadi kosalo �ha evampi r�j� pasenadī kosalo
�h�ti. Api nu so r�jabhaṇitaṃ v� bhaṇati r�jamantaṃ v� manteti, ett�vat�
so assa rÄ�jÄ� vÄ� rÄ�jamahÄ�matto vÄ�ti?”

“No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

87. Evameva kho tvaṃ ambaṭṭha, ye te ahesuṃ br�hmaṇ�naṃ pubbak� isayo
mant�naṃ katt�ro mant�naṃ pavatt�ro, yesamidaṃ etarahi br�hmaṇ� por�ṇaṃ
mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samūhitaṃ tadanugg�yanti tadanubh�santi
bh�sitamanubh�santi v�citamanuv�centi, seyyathīdaṃ: aṭṭako v�mako
v�madevo vess�mitto yamataggī aṅgiraso bh�radv�jo v�seṭṭho kassapo
bhagu, tyÄ�haṃ mante adhiyÄ�mi sÄ�cariyako’ti tÄ�vatÄ� tvaṃ bhavissasi isi vÄ�
isittÄ�ya vÄ� paá¹­inno’ti netaṃ á¹­hÄ�naṃ vijjati.

[BJT Page 212] [\x 212/]

88. Taṃ kimmaññasi ambaṭṭha kinti te sutaṃ br�hmaṇ�naṃ vuddh�naṃ
mahallakÄ�naṃ Ä�cariyapÄ�cariyÄ�naṃ bhÄ�samÄ�nÄ�naṃ: “ye te ahesuṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ�naṃ
pubbak� isayo mant�naṃ katt�ro mant�naṃ pavatt�ro, yesamidaṃ etarahi
br�hmaṇ� por�ṇaṃ mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samūhitaṃ tadanug�yanti
tadanubh�santi bh�sitamanubh�santi v�citamanuv�centi seyyathīdaṃ:
aṭṭako, v�mako, v�madevo, vess�mitto, yamataggi, aṅgiraso, bh�radv�jo,
v�seṭṭho, kassapo, bhagu - evaṃ su te sunh�t� suvilitt� kappitakesamassū
�muttamaṇikuṇ�al�bharaṇ� od�tavatthavasan� pañcahi k�maguṇehi samappit�
samaá¹…gibhÅ«tÄ� paricÄ�renti, seyyathÄ�pi tvaṃ etarahi sÄ�cariyako?”Ti.

[PTS Page 105] [\q 105/] “no hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

89. “Evaṃ su te sÄ�lÄ«naṃ odanaṃ sucimaṃsÅ«pasecanaṃ vicitakÄ�lakaṃ
anekasūpaṃ anekabyañjanaṃ paribhuñjanti, seyyath�pi tvaṃ etarahi
sÄ�cariyako?”Ti.

“No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

“Evaṃ su te veá¹­hanakapassÄ�hi nÄ�rÄ«hi paricÄ�renti seyyathÄ�pi tvaṃ etarahi sÄ�cariyako?”Ti.

“No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

“Evaṃ su te kuttavÄ�lehi vaḷavÄ�rathehi dÄ«ghÄ�hi patodalaá¹­á¹­hihi vÄ�hane
vitudentÄ� vipariyÄ�yanti seyyathÄ�pi tvaṃ etarahi sÄ�cariyako?”Ti.

” No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

“Evaṃ su te ukkiṇṇaparikhÄ�su okkhittapalighÄ�su nagarÅ«pakÄ�rikÄ�su
dīgh�sibaddhehi purisehi rakkh�peti seyyath�pi tvaṃ etarahi
sÄ�cariyako?”Ti.

” No hidaṃ bho gotama. ”

Iti kho ambaṭṭha neva tvaṃ isi, na isitt�ya paṭipanno s�cariyako. Yassa
kho pana ambaṭṭha mayi kaṅkh� v� vimati v�, so maṃ pañhena, ahaṃ
veyyakaraṇena sodhissÄ�mÄ«”ti.

90. Atha kho bhagavÄ� vihÄ�rÄ� nikkhamma caá¹…kamaṃ abbhuá¹­á¹­hÄ�si. Ambaá¹­á¹­ho’pi
m�ṇavo vih�r� nikkhamma caṅkamaṃ abbhuṭṭh�si. Atha kho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo
bhagavantaṃ caṅkamantaṃ anucaṅkamam�no k�ye
dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇ�ni samannesi. Addasa kho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo
bhagavato k�ye dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇ�ni yebhuyyena ṭhapetv� [PTS Page 106]
[\q 106/] dve. Dvīsu mah�purisalakkhaṇesu kaṅkhati vicikicchati
n�dhimuccati na sampasīdati kosohite ca vatthaguyhe1 pahūtajivhat�ya ca.

1. Koś�vahita vasatuguhya. (Mah�y�nik�dīnaṃ ganthesu)

[BJT Page 214] [\x 214/]

91. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi: passati kho me ayaṃ ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo
dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇ�ni yebhuyyena ṭhapetv� dve. Dvīsu
mah�purisalakkhaṇesu kaṅkhati vicikicchati n�dhimuccati na sampasīdati
kosohite ca vatthaguyhe pahūtajivhat�ya c�ti.

Atha kho bhagav� tath�rūpaṃ iddh�bhisaṅkh�raṃ abhisaṅk�si yath� addasa
ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo bhagavato kosohitaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ. Atha kho bhagav�
jivhaṃ ninnÄ�metvÄ� ubho’pi kaṇṇasotÄ�ni anumasi parimasi. Ubho’pi
n�sik�sot�ni anumasi parimasi. Kevalampi naḷ�ṭamaṇ�alaṃ jivh�ya ch�desi.

Atha kho ambaṭṭhassa m�ṇavassa etadahosi: samann�gato kho samaṇo gotavo
dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇehi paripuṇṇehi no aparipuṇṇehīti bhagavantaṃ
etadavoca: “handa ca’dÄ�ni mayaṃ bho gotama gacchÄ�ma. BahukiccÄ� mayaṃ
bahukaraṇīyÄ�”ti.

“Yassa’dÄ�ni tvaṃ ambaá¹­á¹­ha kÄ�laṃ maññasÄ«ti”.

Atha kho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo vaḷav�ratham�ruyha pakk�mi.

92. Tena kho pana samayena brahmaṇo pokkharas�di ukkaṭṭh�ya nikkhamitv�
mahat� br�hmaṇagaṇena saddhiṃ sake �r�me nisinno hoti ambaṭṭhaṃ yeva
m�ṇavaṃ patim�nento. Atha kho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo yena sako �r�mo tena
p�y�si. Y�vatik� y�nassa bhūmi y�nena gantv� y�n� paccorohitv�
pattiko’va yena brÄ�hmaṇo pokkharasÄ�dÄ« tenupasaá¹…kami, upasaá¹…kamitvÄ�
br�hmaṇaṃ pokkharas�diṃ abhiv�detv� ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

93. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ambaṭṭhaṃ m�ṇavaṃ br�hmaṇo pokkharas�dī
etadavoca: kacci t�ta ambaṭṭha addasa taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamanti?.

“AddasÄ�ma kho bho taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamanti. ”

“Kacci tÄ�ta ambaá¹­á¹­ha taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ tathÄ� [PTS Page 107] [\q 107/] santo yeva saddo abbhuggato no aññathÄ�? Kacci pana bho so bhavaṃ gotamo tÄ�diso no aññÄ�diso?”Ti.

“TathÄ� santo yeva bho taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saddo abbhuggato no aññathÄ�.
TÄ�diso’va bho so bhavaṃ gotamo no aññÄ�diso. SamannÄ�gato ca bho so
bhavaṃ gotamo dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇehi paripuṇṇehi no
aparipuṇṇehÄ«”ti.

[BJT Page 216] [\x 216/]

“Ahu pana te tÄ�ta ambaá¹­á¹­ha samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ kocideva kathÄ�sallÄ�po?”Ti.

“Ahu kho yeva bho samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ kocideva kathÄ�sallÄ�po?”Ti.

“YathÄ�kathaṃ pana te tÄ�ta ambaá¹­á¹­ha ahu samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ kocideva kathÄ�sallÄ�po?”Ti.

Atha kho ambaṭṭho m�ṇavo y�vatako ahosi bhagavat� saddhiṃ kath�sall�po taṃ sabbaṃ br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�dissa �rocesi.

94. Evaṃ vutte brÄ�hmaṇo pokkharasÄ�dÄ« ambaá¹­á¹­haṃ mÄ�ṇavaṃ etadavoca: “aho
vata re, amh�kaṃ paṇ�itaka! Aho vata re amh�kaṃ bahussutaka! Aho vata
re, amh�kaṃ tevijjaka! Evarūpena kira bho puriso atthacarakena k�yassa
bhed� parammaraṇ� ap�yaṃ duggatiṃ vinip�taṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya. Yadeva
kho tvaṃ ambaṭṭha taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ �sajja �sajja avac�si. Atha
kho bhavaṃ gotamo amhe’pi evaṃ upaneyya upaneyya avaca. Abho vata re,
amh�kaṃ paṇ�itaka! Aho vata re, amh�kaṃ bahussutaka! Aho vata re,
amh�kaṃ tevijjaka! Evarūpena kira bho puriso atthacarakena k�yassa bhed�
parammaraṇÄ� apÄ�yaṃ duggatiṃ vinipÄ�taṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyyÄ�”ti kupito
anattamano ambaṭṭhaṃ m�ṇavaṃ padas� yeva pavattesi. Icchati ca t�vadeva
bhagavantaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

95. [PTS Page 108] [\q 108/] atha kho te
br�hmaṇ� br�hmaṇaṃ pokkharas�diṃ etadavocuṃ: ativik�lo kho bho ajja
samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Sved�ni bhavaṃ pokkharas�tī
samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya upasaá¹…kamissatÄ«”ti.

Atha kho br�hmaṇo sake nivesane paṇītaṃ kh�danīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ
paṭiy�d�petv� y�nesu �ropetv� ukk�su dh�riyam�n�su ukkaṭṭh�ya niyy�si.
Yena icch�naṅgalavanasaṇ�o tena p�y�si. Y�vatik� y�nassa bhūmi y�nena
gantvÄ� yÄ�nÄ� paccorohitvÄ� pattiko’va yena bhagavÄ� tenupasaá¹…kami.
Upasaṅkamitv� bhagavat� saddhiṃ sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ s�r�ṇīyaṃ
vītis�retv� ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho br�hmaṇo
pokkharasÄ�dÄ« bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: “Ä�gamÄ�nukhavidha bho gotama amhÄ�kaṃ
antevÄ�sÄ« ambaá¹­á¹­ho mÄ�ṇavo?”Ti.

[BJT Page 218] [\x 218/]

“Ä€gamÄ� kho te antevÄ�sÄ« ambaá¹­á¹­ho mÄ�ṇavo”ti.

“Ahu pana te bho gotama ambaá¹­á¹­hena mÄ�ṇavena saddhiṃ kocideva kathÄ�sallÄ�po?”Ti.

“Ahu kho me brÄ�hmaṇa ambaá¹­á¹­hena mÄ�ṇavena saddhiṃ kocideva kathÄ�sallÄ�po”ti.

“YathÄ�kathaṃ pana te bho gotama ahu ambaá¹­á¹­hena mÄ�ṇavena saddhiṃ kocideva kathÄ�sallÄ�po?”Ti.

Atha kho bhagav� y�vatiko ahosi ambaṭṭhena m�ṇavena saddhiṃ kath�sall�po, taṃ sabbaṃ br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�dissa �rocesi.

“Evaṃ vutte brÄ�hmaṇo pokkharasÄ�di bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: bÄ�lo bho gotama
ambaá¹­á¹­ho mÄ�ṇavo. Khamatu bhavaṃ gotamo ambaá¹­á¹­hassa mÄ�ṇavassÄ�”ti.

“SukhÄ« hotu brÄ�hmaṇa ambaá¹­á¹­ho mÄ�ṇavo”ti.

96. [PTS Page 109] [\q 109/] atha kho
br�hmaṇo pokkharas�di bhagavato k�ye dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇ�ni
samannesi. Addas� kho br�hmaṇo pokkharas�dī bhagavato k�ye
dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇ�ni yebhuyyena ṭhapetv� dve. Dvīsu
mah�purisalakkhaṇesu kaṅkhati vicikicchati n�dhimuccati na sampasīdati
kosohite ca vatthaguyhe pahūtajivhat�ya ca.

97. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi: passati kho me ayaṃ br�hmaṇo
pokkharas�dī dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇ�ni yebhuyyena ṭhapetv� dve.
Dvīsu mah�purisalakkhaṇesu kaṅkhati vicikicchati n�dhimuccati na
sampasīdati kosohite ca vatthaguyhe pahūtajivhat�ya c�ti.

Atha kho bhagav� tath�rūpaṃ iddh�bhisaṅkh�raṃ abhisaṅkh�sī yath� addasa
br�hmaṇo pokkharas�dī bhagavato kosohitaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ. Atha kho bhagav�
jivhaṃ ninnÄ�metvÄ� ubho’pi kaṇṇasotÄ�ni anumasi, paá¹­imasi, ubho’pi
n�sik�sot�ni anumasi, paṭimasi. Kevalampi naḷ�ṭamaṇ�alaṃ jivh�ya
ch�desi.

98. Atha kho brÄ�hmaṇassa pokkharasÄ�dissa etadahosi: “samannÄ�gato kho
samaṇo gotamo dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇehi paripuṇṇehi no
aparipuṇṇehÄ«”ti bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: adhivÄ�setu me bhavaṃ gotamo
ajjatanÄ�ya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaá¹…ghenÄ�”ti. AdhivÄ�sesi bhagavÄ�
tuṇhībh�vena.

99. Atha kho br�hmaṇo pokkharas�dī bhagavato, adhiv�sanaṃ viditv�
bhagavato kÄ�laṃ Ä�rocesi: kÄ�lo bho gotama, niá¹­á¹­hitaṃ bhattanti. ‘

[BJT Page 220] [\x 220/]

Atha kho bhagav� pubbanhasamayaṃ niv�setv� pattacīvaram�d�ya saddhiṃ
bhikkhusaṅghena yena buhmaṇassa pokkharas�dissa parivesan�
tenupasaṅkhami. Upasaṅkamitv� paññatte �sane nisīdi. Atha kho br�hmaṇo
pokkharas�tī bhagavantaṃ paṇītena kh�danīyena bhojanīyena sahatth�
santappesi sampavÄ�resi. MÄ�ṇavakÄ�’pi bhikkhusaá¹…ghaṃ. Atha kho brÄ�hmaṇo
pokkharas�tī bhagavantaṃ bhutt�viṃ onītapattap�ṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ
�sanaṃ gahetv� ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

100. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�dissa [PTS Page 110]
[\q 110/] bhagav� �nupubbīkathaṃ kathesi, seyyathīdaṃ: d�nakathaṃ
sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ k�m�naṃ �dīnavaṃ ok�raṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ca
�nisaṃsaṃ pak�sesi. Yad� bhagav� aññ�si br�hmaṇaṃ pokkharas�tiṃ
kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ, atha
y� buddh�naṃ s�mukkaṃsik� dhammadesan� taṃ pak�sesi: dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ
nirodhaṃ maggaṃ.

Seyyath�pi n�ma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatak�ḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ
paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�dissa tasmiṃ yeva �sane
virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udap�di yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ
taṃ nirodhadhammanti.

101. Atha kho br�hmaṇo pokkharas�dī diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo
viditadhammo pariyog�ḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho
ves�rajjappatto aparappaccayo satthus�sane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
“abhikkantaṃ bho gotama abhikkantaṃ bho gotama. SeyyathÄ�pi bho gotama
nikkujjitaṃ v� ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ v� vivareyya mūḷhassa v� maggaṃ
�cikkheyya andhak�re v� telapajjotaṃ dh�reyya cakkhumanto rūp�ni
dakkhintīti, evameva bhot� gotamena anekapariy�yena dhammo pak�sito.
Es�haṃ bho gotama saputto sabhariyo sapariso s�macco bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ
saraṇaṃ gacch�mi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Up�sakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo
dh�retu ajjatagge p�ṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ. Yath� ca bhavaṃ gotamo
ukkaṭṭh�ya aññ�ni up�sakakul�ni upasaṅkamati evameva bhavaṃ gotamo
pokkharas�dikulaṃ upasaṅkamatu. Tattha ye te m�ṇavak� v� m�ṇavik� v�
bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ abhiv�dessanti v� paccuṭṭhissanti v� �sanaṃ v� udakaṃ
v� dassanti cittaṃ v� pas�dessanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissanti dīgharattaṃ
hitÄ�ya sukhÄ�yÄ�”ti. “KalyÄ�ṇaṃ vuccati brÄ�hmaṇÄ�”ti.

Ambaṭṭhasuttaṃ tatiyaṃ.

Piá¹­ava:222

4

[PTS Page 111] [\q 111/] soṇadaṇ�asuttaṃ

1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagav� aṅgesu c�rikaṃ caram�no mahat�
bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena camp�
tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagav� camp�yaṃ viharati gaggar�ya pokkharaṇiy�
tīre.

Tena kho pana samayena soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo campaṃ ajjh�vasati sattussadaṃ
satiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ sadhaññaṃ r�jabhoggaṃ raññ� m�gadhena seniyena
bimbis�rena dinnaṃ r�jad�yaṃ brahmadeyyaṃ.

2. Assosuṃ kho campeyyakÄ� brÄ�hmaṇagahapatikÄ� “samaṇo khalu bho gotamo
sakyaputto sakyakul� pabbajito aṅgesu c�rikaṃ caram�no mahat�
bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi campaṃ anuppatto,
camp�yaṃ viharati gaggar�ya pokkharaṇiy� tīre. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ
gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyÄ�ṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: “itipi so bhagavÄ� arahaṃ
samm�sambuddho vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro
purisadammasÄ�rathÄ« satthÄ� devamanussÄ�naṃ buddho bhagavÄ�’ti. So imaṃ
lokaṃ sadevakaṃ sam�rakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabr�hmaṇiṃ pajaṃ
sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññ� sacchikatv� pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti
�dikaly�ṇaṃ majjhekaly�ṇaṃ pariyos�nakaly�ṇaṃ s�tthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ
kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pak�seti. S�dhu kho pana
tathÄ�rÅ«pÄ�naṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotÄ«”ti.

3. [PTS Page 112] [\q 112/] atha kho
campeyyak� br�hmaṇagahapatik� camp�ya nikkhamitv� saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūt�
yena gaggar� pokkharaṇī tenupasaṅkamanti.

4. Tena kho pana samayena soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo uparip�s�de div�seyyaṃ
upagato hoti. Addas� kho soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo campeyyake
br�hmaṇagahapatike camp�ya nikkhamitv� saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūte yena
gaggarÄ� pokkharaṇī tenupasaá¹…kamante. DisvÄ� khattaṃ Ä�mantesi: “kinnu kho
bho khatte campeyyak� br�hmaṇagahapatik� camp�ya nikkhamitv�
saá¹…ghasaá¹…ghÄ« gaṇībhÅ«tÄ� yena gaggarÄ� pokkharaṇī tenupasaá¹…kamantÄ«?”Ti

[BJT Page 224] [\x 224/]

“Atthi kho bho samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulÄ� pabbajito aá¹…gesu
c�rikaṃ caram�no mahat� bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi
bhikkhusatehi campaṃ anuppatto camp�ya viharati gaggar�ya pokkharaṇiy�
tīre. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kaly�ṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato:
‘itipi so bhagavÄ� arahaṃ sammÄ�sambuddho vijjÄ�caraṇasampanno sugato
lokavidū anuttaro purisadammas�rathī satth� devamanuss�naṃ buddho
bhagavÄ�’ti. Tamete bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya upasaá¹…kamantÄ«”ti.

5. Tena hi bho khatte yena campeyyak� br�hmaṇagahapatik� tenupasaṅkama.
Upasaá¹…kamitvÄ� campeyyake brÄ�hmaṇagahapatike evaṃ vadehi: “soṇadaṇá¸�o bho
brÄ�hmaṇo evamÄ�ha: ‘Ä�gamentu kira bhavanto soṇadaṇá¸�o’pi brÄ�hmaṇo samaṇaṃ
gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya upasaá¹…kamissatÄ«”ti.

‘Evaṃ bho’ti kho so khattÄ� soṇadaṇá¸�assa brÄ�hmaṇassa paá¹­issutvÄ� yena
campeyyak� br�hmaṇagahapatik� tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitv� campeyyake
br�hmaṇa gahapatike etadavoca: [PTS Page 113]
[\q 113/] “soṇadaṇá¸�o bho brÄ�hmaṇo evamÄ�ha: “Ä�gamentÅ« kira
bhavanto. Soṇadaṇá¸�o’pi brÄ�hmaṇo samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya
upasaá¹…kamissatÄ«”ti.

6. Tena kho pana samayena n�n�verajjak�naṃ br�hmaṇ�naṃ pañcamatt�ni
br�hmaṇasat�ni camp�yaṃ paṭivasanti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Assosuṃ kho
te brÄ�hmaṇÄ�: ’soṇadaṇá¸�o kira brÄ�hmaṇo samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya
upasaá¹…kamissatÄ«’ti. Atha kho te brÄ�hmaṇÄ� yena soṇadaṇá¸�o brÄ�hmaṇo
tenupasaá¹…kamiṃsu. Upasaá¹…kamitvÄ� soṇadaṇá¸�aṃ brÄ�hmaṇaṃ etadavocuṃ: ’saccaṃ
kira bhavaṃ soṇadaṇá¸�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya upasaá¹…kamissatÄ«’?”Ti

“Evaṃ kho me bho hoti ahampi samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya upasaá¹…kamissÄ�mÄ«”ti.

7. “MÄ� bhavaṃ soṇadaṇá¸�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya upasaá¹…kami. Na arahati
bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Sace bhavaṃ
soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamissati, bhoto soṇadaṇ�assa
yaso h�yissati samaṇassa gotamassa yaso abhiva��hissati. Yampi bhoto
soṇadaṇ�assa yaso h�yissati samaṇassa gotamassa yaso abhiva��hissati,
imin� paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ soṇadaṇ�aṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

[BJT Page 226] [\x 226/]

Bhavaṃ hi soṇadaṇ�o ubhato suj�to m�tito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko
y�va sattam� pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho j�tiv�dena.

Yampi bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o ubhato suj�to m�tito ca pitito ca,
saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam� pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho
j�tiv�dena. Imin� paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ
soṇadaṇ�aṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi soṇadaṇ�o a��ho mahaddhano mah�bhogo.

Yampi bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o a��ho mahaddhano mah�bhogo. Imin� paṅgena na
arahati bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo
tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ soṇadaṇ�aṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi soṇadaṇ�o [PTS Page 114] [\q 114/]
ajjh�yako mantadharo tiṇṇaṃ ved�naṃ p�ragū sanighaṇ�ukeṭubh�naṃ
s�kkharappabhed�naṃ itih�sapañcam�naṃ, padako, veyy�karaṇo,
lok�yatamah�purisalakkhaṇesu anavayo.

Yampi bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o ajjh�yako mantadharo tiṇṇaṃ ved�naṃ p�ragū
sanighaṇ�ukeṭubh�naṃ s�kkharappabhed�naṃ itih�sapañcam�naṃ, padako,
veyy�karaṇo, lok�yatamah�purisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. Imin� paṅgena na
arahati bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo
tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ soṇadaṇ�aṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi soṇadaṇ�o abhirūpo dassanīyo p�s�diko param�ya
vaṇṇapokkharat�ya samann�gato brahmavaṇṇī brahmavaccasī, akkhudd�vak�so
dassan�ya.

Yampi bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o abhirūpo dassanīyo p�s�diko param�ya
vaṇṇapokkharat�ya samann�gato brahmavaṇṇī brahmavaccasī, akkhudd�vak�so
dassan�ya. Imin� paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ
soṇadaṇ�aṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi soṇadaṇ�o sīlav� vuddhasīlī vuddhasīlena samann�gato.

Yampi bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o sīlav� vuddhasīlī vuddhasīlena samann�gato. Imin�
paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ soṇadaṇ�aṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi soṇadaṇ�o kaly�ṇav�co kaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo, poriy� v�c�ya samann�gato vissaṭṭh�ya anelagal�ya atthassa viññ�paniy�.

Yampi bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o kaly�ṇav�co kaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo, poriy� v�c�ya
samann�gato vissaṭṭh�ya anelagal�ya atthassa viññ�paniy�. Imin� paṅgena
na arahati bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.
Samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ soṇadaṇ�aṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi soṇadaṇ�o bahunnaṃ �cariyap�cariyo, tīṇi m�ṇavakasat�ni mante
v�ceti. Bahū kho pana n�n�dis� n�n�janapad� m�ṇavak� �gacchanti bhoto
soṇadaṇ�assa santike mantatthik� mante adhīyituk�m�.

Yampi bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o bahunnaṃ �cariyap�cariyo, tīṇi m�ṇavasat�ni mante
v�ceti. Bahū kho pana n�n�dis� n�n�janapad� m�ṇavak� �gacchanti bhoto
soṇadaṇ�assa santike mantatthik� mante adhīyituk�m�. Imin� paṅgena na
arahati bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo
tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ soṇadaṇ�aṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi soṇadaṇ�o jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto. Samaṇo gotamo taruṇo ceva taruṇapabbajito ca.

Yampi bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto.
Samaṇo gotamo taruṇo ceva taruṇapabbajito ca. Imin� paṅgena na arahati
bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva
gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ soṇadaṇ�aṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi soṇadaṇ�o rañño m�gadhassa seniyassa bimbis�rassa sakkato garukato m�nito pūjito apacito.

Yampi bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o rañño m�gadhassa seniyassa bimbis�rassa sakkato
garukato m�nito pūjito apacito. Imin� paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ
soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo
arahati bhavantaṃ soṇadaṇ�aṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�tissa sakkato garukato m�nito pūjito apacito.

Yampi bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�tissa sakkato garukato
m�nito pūjito apacito. Imin� paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o samaṇaṃ
gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ
soṇadaṇ�aṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

[BJT Page 228] [\x 228/]

Bhavaṃ hi soṇadaṇ�o campaṃ ajjh�vasati sattussadaṃ satiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ
sadhaññaṃ r�jabhoggaṃ raññ� m�gadhena seniyena bimbis�rena dinnaṃ
r�jad�yaṃ brahmadeyyaṃ.

Yampi bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o campaṃ ajjh�vasati sattussadaṃ satiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ
sadhaññaṃ r�jabhoggaṃ raññ� m�gadhena seniyena bimbis�rena dinnaṃ
r�jad�yaṃ brahmadeyyaṃ, imin� paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o
samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati
bhavantaṃ soṇadaṇ�aṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamitunti.

8. Evaṃ vutte soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo te br�hmaṇe etadavoca: [PTS Page 115]
[\q 115/] tena hi bho mamapi suṇ�tha, yath� mayameva arah�ma taṃ
bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ natveva arahati so bhavaṃ
gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo ubhato
suj�to m�tito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam� pit�mahayug�,
akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho j�tiv�dena.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo ubhato suj�to m�tito ca pitito ca,
saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam� pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho
j�tiv�dena, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
usaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo mahantaṃ ñ�tisaṅghaṃ oh�ya pabbajito.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo mahantaṃ ñ�tisaṅghaṃ oh�ya pabbajito,
imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo pahūtaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ oh�ya pabbajito bhūmigatañca veh�saṭṭhañca.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo pahūtaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ oh�ya pabbajito
bhūmigatañca veh�saṭṭhañca, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo
amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ
gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo daharo’va samÄ�no yuvÄ� susu kÄ�ḷakeso bhadrena
yobbaṇena samann�gato paṭhamena vayas� ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajito.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo daharo’va samÄ�no yuvÄ� susu kÄ�ḷakeso bhadrena
yobbaṇena samann�gato paṭhamena vayas� ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajito,
imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo ak�mak�naṃ m�t�pitunnaṃ assumukh�naṃ rudant�naṃ
kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv� ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ
pabbajito.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo ak�mak�naṃ m�t�pitunnaṃ assumukh�naṃ rudant�naṃ
kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv� ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ
pabbajito, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo abhirūpo dassanīyo p�s�diko param�ya
vaṇṇapokkharat�ya samann�gato brahmavaṇṇī brahmavaccasī akkhudd�vak�so
dassan�ya.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo abhirūpo dassanīyo p�s�diko param�ya
vaṇṇapokkharat�ya samann�gato brahmavaṇṇī brahmavaccasī akkhudd�vak�so
dassan�ya, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sīlav� ariyasīli kusalasīlī kusalasīlena samann�gato.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo sīlav� ariyasīli kusalasīli kusalasīlena
samann�gato, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

[BJT Page 230] [\x 230/]
Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo kaly�ṇav�co kaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo poriy� v�c�ya samann�gato vissaṭṭh�ya anelagal�ya atthassa viññ�paniy�.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo kaly�ṇav�co kaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo poriy� v�c�ya
samann�gato vissaṭṭh�ya anelagal�ya atthassa viññ�paniy�, imin�paṅgena
na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho
mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo bahunnaṃ �cariyap�cariyo.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo bahunnaṃ �cariyap�cariyo, imin�paṅgena na
arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho
mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo khīṇak�mar�go vigatac�pallo.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo khīṇak�mar�go vigatac�pallo, imin�paṅgena na
arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho
mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo kammav�dī kiriyav�dī ap�papurekkh�ro brahmaññ�ya paj�ya.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo kammav�dī kiriyav�dī ap�papurekkh�ro brahmaññ�ya
paj�ya, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo ucc� kul� pabbajito asambhinnakhattiyakul�.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo ucc� kul� pabbajito asambhinnakhattiyakul�,
imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo a��h� kul� pabbajito mahaddhan� mah�bhog�.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo a��h� kul� pabbajito mahaddhan� mah�bhog�,
imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

[PTS Page 116] [\q 116/] samaṇaṃ khalu bho gotamaṃ tiroraṭṭh� tirojanapad� sampucchituṃ �gacchanti.

Yampi bho samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ tiroraṭṭh� tirojanapad� sampucchituṃ
�gacchanti, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇaṃ khalu bho gotamaṃ anek�ni devat�sahass�ni p�ṇehi saraṇaṃ gat�ni.

Yampi bho samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ anek�ni devat�sahass�ni p�ṇehi saraṇaṃ gat�ni,
imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇaṃ khalu bho gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyÄ�ṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato ‘itipi so
bhagav� arahaṃ samm�sambuddho vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū
anuttaro purisadammasÄ�rathÄ« satthÄ� devamanussÄ�naṃ buddho bhagavÄ�’ti.

Yampi bho samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyÄ�ṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato ‘itipi so
bhagav� arahaṃ samm�sambuddho vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū
anuttaro purisadammasÄ�rathÄ« satthÄ� devamanussÄ�naṃ buddho bhagavÄ�’ti,
imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇehi samann�gato.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇehi samann�gato,
imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo ehis�gatav�dī sakhilo sammodako abbh�kuṭiko utt�namukho pubbabh�sī.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo ehis�gatav�dī sakhilo sammodako abbh�kuṭiko
utt�namukho pubbabh�sī, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ
gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo catunnaṃ paris�naṃ sakkato garukato m�nito pūjito apacito.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo catunnaṃ paris�naṃ sakkato garukato m�nito
pūjito apacito, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇe khalu bho gotame bahū dev� manuss� ca abhippasann�.

Yampi bho samaṇe gotame bahū dev� manuss� ca abhippasann�, imin�paṅgena
na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho
mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

[BJT Page 232] [\x 232/]

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo yasmiṃ g�me v� nigame v� paṭivasati, na tasmiṃ g�me v� nigame v� amanuss� manusse viheṭhenti.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo yasmiṃ g�me v� nigame v� paṭivasati, na tasmiṃ
g�me v� nigame v� amanuss� manusse viheṭhenti, imin�paṅgena na arahati
so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva
arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo saṅghī gaṇī gaṇ�cariyo puthutitthakar�naṃ aggamakkh�yati.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo saṅghī gaṇī gaṇ�cariyo puthutitthakar�naṃ
aggamakkh�yati, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Yath� kho pana bho ekesaṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ yath� v� tath� v� yaso
samud�gacchati na hevaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa yaso samud�gato. Atha kho
anuttar�ya vijj�caraṇasampad�ya samaṇassa gotamassa yaso samud�gato. . .

Samaṇaṃ khalu bho gotamaṃ r�j� m�gadho seniyo bimbis�ro saputto sabhariyo sapariso s�macco p�ṇehi saraṇaṃ gato.

Yampi bho samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ r�j� m�gadho seniyo bimbis�ro saputto
sabhariyo sapariso s�macco p�ṇehi saraṇaṃ gato, imin�paṅgena na arahati
so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva
arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇaṃ khalu bho gotamaṃ r�j� pasenadī kosalo saputto sabhariyo sapariso s�macco p�ṇehi saraṇaṃ gato.

Yampi bho samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ r�j� pasenadī kosalo saputto sabhariyo
sapariso s�macco p�ṇehi saraṇaṃ gato, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ
gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ
bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇaṃ khalu bho gotamaṃ br�hmaṇo pokkharas�tī saputto sabhariyo sapariso s�macco p�ṇehi saraṇaṃ gato.

Yampi bho samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ br�hmaṇo pokkharas�tī saputto sabhariyo
sapariso s�macco p�ṇehi saraṇaṃ gato. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ
gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ
bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo rañño m�gadhassa seniyassa bimbis�rassa sakkato garukato m�nito pūjito apacito.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo rañño m�gadhassa seniyassa bimbis�rassa sakkato
garukato m�nino pūjito apacito, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo
amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ
bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo rañño pasenadissa kosalassa sakkato garukato m�nito pūjito apacito.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo rañño pasenadissa kosalassa sakkato garukato
m�nito pūjito apacito, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�tissa sakkato garukato m�nito pūjito apacito.

Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�tissa sakkato garukato
m�nito pūjito apacito, imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

[PTS Page 117] [\q 117/] samaṇo khalu
bho gotamo campaṃ anuppatto camp�yaṃ viharati gaggar�ya pokkharaṇiy�
tīre. Ye kho pana bho keci samaṇ� v� br�hmaṇ� v� amh�kaṃ g�makkhettaṃ
�gacchanti, atithī no te honti. Atithī kho panamhehi sakk�tabb�
garuk�tabb� m�netabb� pūjetabb� apacetabb�. Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo
campaṃ anuppatto camp�yaṃ viharati gaggar�ya pokkharaṇiy� tīre.
Atithamh�kaṃ samaṇo gotamo. Atithi kho panamhehi sakk�tabbo garuk�tabbo
m�netabbo pūjetabbo apacetabbo. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo
amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho pana mayameva arah�ma taṃ
bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Ettake kho ahaṃ bho tassa bhoto gotamassa guṇe pariy�puṇ�mi. No ca kho
so bhavaṃ gotamo ettakavaṇṇo. AparimÄ�ṇavaṇṇo hi so bhavaṃ gotamo”ti.

[BJT Page 234] [\x 234/]

9. Evaṃ vutte te brÄ�hmaṇÄ� soṇadaṇá¸�aṃ brÄ�hmaṇaṃ etadavocuṃ: ‘yathÄ� kho
bhavaṃ soṇadaṇá¸�o samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇe bhÄ�sati ito ce’pi so bhavaṃ
gotamo yojanasate viharati, alameva saddhena kulaputtena dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ api puṭosena1. Tena hi bho sabbeva mayaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ
dassanÄ�ya upasaá¹…kamissÄ�mÄ�”ti.

Atha kho soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo mahat� br�hmaṇagaṇena saddhiṃ yena gaggar� pokkharaṇī tenupasaṅkami.

10. Atha kho soṇadaṇ�assa br�hmaṇassa tirovanasaṇ�agatassa evaṃ cetaso
parivitakko udapÄ�di: “ahañceva kho pana samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pañhaṃ
puccheyyaṃ, tatra ce maṃ samaṇo gotamo evaṃ vadeyya: ‘na kho esa
br�hmaṇa pañho evaṃ pucchītabbo, evaṃ n�mesa buhmaṇa pañho
pucchitabbo’ti. Tena maṃ ayaṃ parisÄ� paribhaveyya: ‘bÄ�lo soṇadaṇá¸�o
br�hmaṇo abyatto, [PTS Page 118] [\q 118/]
nÄ�sakkhi samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ yoniso pañhaṃ pucchitunti’. Yaṃ kho panÄ�yaṃ
parisÄ� paribhaveyya, yaso’pi tassa hÄ�yetha, yassa kho pana yaso hÄ�yetha
bhogÄ�’pi tassa hÄ�yeyyuṃ. YasoladdhÄ� kho panamhÄ�kaṃ bhogÄ�. Mañceva kho
pana samaṇo gotamo pañhaṃ puccheyya, tassa c�haṃ pañhassa veyy�karaṇena
cittaṃ na Ä�rÄ�dheyyaṃ, tatra ce maṃ samaṇo gotamo evaṃ vadeyya: ‘na kho
esa br�hmaṇa pañho evaṃ vy�k�tabbo. Evaṃ n�mesa br�hmaṇa pañho
vyÄ�kÄ�tabbo’ti, tena maṃ ayaṃ parisÄ� paribhaveyya: ‘bÄ�lo soṇaṇá¸�o
br�hmaṇo, abyatto n�sakkhi samaṇassa gotamassa pañhassa veyy�karaṇena
cittaṃ Ä�rÄ�dhetunti. Yaṃ kho panÄ�yaṃ parisÄ� paribhaveyya, yaso’pi tassa
h�yetha. Yassa kho pana yaso h�yetha bhog�pi tassa h�yeyyuṃ. Yasoladdh�
kho panamh�kaṃ bhog�. Ahaṃ ceva kho pana evaṃ samīpagato sam�no
adisvÄ�’va samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ nivatteyyaṃ, tena maṃ ayaṃ parisÄ�
paribhaveyya: ‘bÄ�lo soṇadaṇá¸�o brÄ�hmaṇo abyatto mÄ�natthaddho bhÄ«to ca. No
visahi samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Kathaṃ hi n�ma
samÄ«pagato samÄ�no adisvÄ� samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ nivattissatÄ«?’Ti. Yaṃ kho
panÄ�yaṃ parisÄ� paribhaveyya yaso’pi tassa hÄ�yetha. Yassa kho pana yaso
hÄ�yetha, bhogÄ�’pi tassa hÄ�yeyyuṃ. YasoladdhÄ� kho panamhÄ�kaṃ bhogÄ�”ti.

11. Atha kho soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo yena bhagav� tenupasaṅkami.
Upasaṅkamitv� bhagavat� saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ s�r�ṇīyaṃ
vītis�retv� ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Campeyyak�pi kho br�hmaṇagahapatik�
appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhiv�detv� ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce
bhagavat� saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ s�r�ṇīyaṃ vītis�retv�
ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce yena bhagav� tenañjaliṃ pan�metv�
ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce n�magottaṃ s�vetv� ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
Appekacce tuṇhībhūt� ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.

1. Puá¹­aṃsenÄ�ti’pi pÄ�á¹­ho kesuci potthakesu.

[BJT Page 236] [\x 236/]

12. [PTS Page 119] [\q 119/] tatrapi
sudaṃ soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo etadeva bahulamanuvitakkento nisinno hoti.
“Ahaṃ ceva kho pana samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pañhaṃ puccheyyaṃ tatra ce maṃ
samaṇo gotamo evaṃ vadeyya ‘na kho esa brÄ�hmaṇa pañho pucchÄ«tabbo’ti,
tena maṃ ayaṃ parisÄ� paribhaveyya ‘bÄ�lo soṇadaṇá¸�o brÄ�hmaṇo abyatto,
nÄ�sakkhi samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ yoniso pañhaṃ pucachitunti’ yaṃ kho panÄ�yaṃ
parisÄ� paribhaveyya yaso’pi tassa hÄ�yetha. Yassa kho pana yaso hÄ�yetha
bhog�pi tassa h�yeyyuṃ. Yasoladdh� kho panamh�kaṃ bhog�. Mañceva kho
pana samaṇo gotamo pañhaṃ puccheyya, tassa c�haṃ pañhassa veyy�karaṇena
cittaṃ na Ä�rÄ�dheyyaṃ, tatra ce maṃ samaṇo gotamo evaṃ vadeyya ‘na kho
esa br�hmaṇa, pañho evaṃ vy�k�tabbo, evaṃ n�mesa br�hmaṇa pañho
vyÄ�kÄ�tabbo’ti, tena maṃ ayaṃ parisÄ� paribhaveyya: ‘bÄ�lo soṇadaṇá¸�o
br�hmaṇo abyatto, n�sakkhi samaṇassa gotamassa pañhassa veyy�karaṇena
cittaṃ Ä�rÄ�dhetunti. ‘ Yaṃ kho panÄ�yaṃ parisÄ� paribhaveyya yaso’pi tassa
h�yetha yassa kho pana yaso h�yetha bhog�pi tassa h�yeyyuṃ. Yasoladdh�
kho panambh�kaṃ bhog�. Aho vata maṃ samaṇo gotamo sake �cariyake
tevijjake pañhaṃ puccheyya. Addh�vatass�haṃ cittaṃ �r�dheyyaṃ pañhassa
veyyÄ�karaṇenÄ�”ti.

13. Atha kho bhagavato soṇadaṇ�assa br�hmaṇassa cetas�
cetoparivitakkamaññÄ�ya etadahosi: “vihaññati kho ayaṃ soṇadaṇá¸�o brÄ�hmaṇo
sakena cittena. Yannūn�haṃ soṇadaṇ�aṃ br�hmaṇaṃ sake �cariyake
tevijjake pañhaṃ puccheyyanti. ”

Atha kho bhagavÄ� soṇadaṇá¸�aṃ brÄ�hmaṇaṃ etadavoca: “katÄ«hi pana brÄ�hmaṇa
aá¹…gehi samannÄ�gataṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� brÄ�hmaṇaṃ paññapenti brÄ�hmaṇo’smÄ«ti ca
vadamÄ�no sammÄ� vadeyya na ca pana musÄ�vÄ�daṃ Ä�pajjeyyÄ�?”Ti

14. Atha kho soṇadaṇ�assa br�hmaṇassa etadahosi: [PTS Page 120]
[\q 120/] yaṃ vata no ahosi icchitaṃ, yaṃ �kaṅkhitaṃ, yaṃ
adhippetaṃ, yaṃ abhipatthitaṃ ‘aho vata maṃ samaṇo gotamo sake Ä�cariyake
tevijjake pañhaṃ puccheyya, addh� vatass�haṃ cittaṃ �r�dheyyaṃ pañhassa
veyyÄ�ṇenÄ�’ti, tatra maṃ samaṇo gotamo sake Ä�cariyake tevijjake pañhaṃ
pucchati. AddhÄ� vatassÄ�haṃ cittaṃ Ä�rÄ�dhessÄ�mi pañhassa veyyÄ�karaṇenÄ�’ti.

15. Atha kho soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo abbhunn�metv� k�yaṃ anuviloketv� parisaṃ
bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: “pañcahi bho gotama aá¹…gehi samannÄ�gataṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ�
brÄ�hmaṇaṃ paññÄ�penti ‘brÄ�hmaṇo’smÄ«ti ca vadamÄ�no sammÄ� vadeyya na ca
pana mus�v�daṃ �pajjeyya. Katamehi pañcahi? Idha bho gotama br�hmaṇo
ubhato suj�to hoti m�tito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam�
pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho j�tiv�dena. Ajjh�yako hoti
mantadharo tiṇṇaṃ ved�naṃ p�ragū sanighaṇ�ukeṭubh�naṃ
s�kkharappabhed�naṃ itih�sapañcam�naṃ, padako veyy�karaṇo
lok�yatamah�purisalakkhaṇesu anavayo:

[BJT Page 238] [\x 238/]

Abhirūpo hoti dassanīyo p�s�diko param�ya vaṇṇapokkharat�ya samann�gato,
brahmavaṇṇī brahmavaccasī akkhudd�vak�so dassan�ya. Sīlav� hoti
vuddhasīlī vuddhasīlena samann�gato, paṇ�ito ca hoti medh�vī, paṭhamo v�
dutiyo v� sujaṃ paggaṇhant�naṃ. Imehi kho bho gotama pañcahi aṅgehi
samannÄ�gataṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� brÄ�hmaṇaṃ paññÄ�penti. BrÄ�hmaṇo’smÄ«ti ca vadamÄ�no
samm� vadeyya na ca pana mus�v�daṃ �pajjeyy�ti.

16. “Imesaṃ pana brÄ�hmaṇa pañcannaṃ aá¹…gÄ�naṃ sakkÄ� ekaṃ aá¹…gaṃ á¹­hapetvÄ�
catÅ«hi aá¹…gehi samannÄ�gataṃ brÄ�hmaṇaṃ paññÄ�petuṃ brÄ�hmaṇo’smÄ«ti ca
vadamÄ�no sammÄ� vadeyya na ca pana musÄ�vÄ�daṃ Ä�pajjeyyÄ�?”Ti.

17. “SakkÄ� bho gotama. Imesaṃ hi bho gotama pañcannaṃ aá¹…gÄ�naṃ vaṇṇaṃ
ṭhapay�ma. Kiṃ hi vaṇṇo karissati? Yato kho bho gotama br�hmaṇo ubhato
suj�to hoti m�tito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam� [PTS Page 121]
[\q 121/] pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho j�tiv�dena.
Ajjh�yako ca hoti mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ ved�naṃ p�ragū sanighaṇ�ukeṭubh�naṃ
s�kkharappabhed�naṃ itih�sapañcam�naṃ, padako, veyy�karaṇo,
lok�yatamah�purisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. Sīlav� ca hoti vuddhasīlī
vuddhasīlena samann�gato, paṇ�ito ca hoti medh�vī paṭhamo v� dutiyo v�
sujaṃ paggaṇhant�naṃ. Imehi kho bho gotama catūhaṅgehi samann�gataṃ
brÄ�hmaṇÄ� brÄ�hmaṇaṃ paññÄ�penti brÄ�hmaṇo’smÄ«ti ca vadamÄ�no sammÄ� vadeyya,
na ca pana musÄ�vÄ�daṃ Ä�pajjeyyÄ�”ti.

18. “Imesaṃ pana brÄ�hmaṇa catunnaṃ aá¹…gÄ�naṃ sakkÄ� ekaṃ aá¹…gaṃ á¹­hapayitvÄ�
tīhi aṅgehi samann�gataṃ br�hmaṇaṃ paññ�petuṃ br�hmaṇosmīti ca vadam�no
sammÄ� vadeyya na ca pana musÄ�vÄ�daṃ Ä�pajjeyyÄ�?”Ti.

19. “SakkÄ� bho gotama. Imesaṃ hi bho gotama catunnaṃ aá¹…gÄ�naṃ mante
ṭhapay�ma. Kiṃ hi mant� karissanti? Yato kho bho gotama br�hmaṇo ubhato
suj�to hoti m�tito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam�
pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho j�tiv�dena, sīlav� ca hoti
vuddhasīlī vuddhasīlena samann�gato, paṇ�ito ca hoti medh�vī, paṭhamo v�
dutiyo v� sujaṃ paggaṇhant�naṃ. Imehi kho bho gotama catūhaṅgehi
samannÄ�gataṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� brÄ�hmaṇaṃ paññÄ�penti brÄ�hmaṇo’smÄ«ti ca vadamÄ�no
sammÄ� vadeyya na ca pana musÄ�vÄ�daṃ Ä�pajjeyyÄ�”ti.

[BJT Page 240] [\x 240/]

20. “Imesaṃ pana brÄ�hmaṇa tiṇṇaṃ aá¹…gÄ�naṃ sakkÄ� ekaṃ aá¹…gaṃ á¹­hapetvÄ�
dvīhaṅgehi samann�gataṃ br�hmaṇaṃ paññ�petuṃ, br�hmaṇosmīti ca vadam�no
sammÄ� vadeyya na ca pana musÄ�vÄ�daṃ Ä�pajjeyyÄ�?”Ti.

21. “SakkÄ� bho gotama, imesaṃ hi bho gotama tiṇṇaṃ aá¹…gÄ�naṃ jÄ�tiṃ
ṭhapay�ma. Kiṃ hi j�ti karissati? Yato kho bho gotama br�hmaṇo sīlav�
hoti vuddhasīlī vuddhasīlena samann�gato, paṇ�ito ca hoti medh�vī
paṭhamo v� dutiyo v� sujaṃ paggaṇhant�naṃ. Imehi kho bho gotama
dvÄ«haá¹…gehi samannÄ�gataṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� brÄ�hmaṇaṃ paññÄ�penti. BrÄ�hmaṇo’smÄ«ti ca
vadamÄ�no sammÄ� vadeyya na ca pana musÄ�vÄ�daṃ Ä�pajjeyyÄ�”ti.

22. [PTS Page 122] [\q 122/] evaṃ vutte
te brÄ�hmaṇÄ� soṇadaṇá¸�aṃ brÄ�hmaṇaṃ etadavocuṃ: “mÄ� bhavaṃ soṇadaṇá¸�o evaṃ
avaca. M� bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o evaṃ avaca. Apavadateva bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o
vaṇṇaṃ, apavadati mante, apavadati j�tiṃ. Ekaṃsena bhavaṃ soṇadaṇ�o
samaṇasseva gotamassa vÄ�daṃ anupakkhandatÄ«”ti.

23. Atha kho bhagavÄ� te brÄ�hmaṇe etadavoca: “sace kho tumhÄ�kaṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ�
evaṃ hoti, ‘appassuto ca soṇadaṇá¸�o brÄ�hmaṇo, akalyÄ�ṇavÄ�kkaraṇo ca
soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo, duppañño ca soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo samaṇena gotamena
saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetunti, tiṭṭhatu soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo, tumhe
mayÄ� saddhiṃ mantavho. Sace pana tumhÄ�kaṃ brÄ�hmaṇÄ� evaṃ hoti: “bahussuto
ca soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo, kaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo ca soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo, paṇ�ito
ca soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo, pahoti ca soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo samaṇena gotamena
saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paá¹­imantetunti’ tiá¹­á¹­hatha tumhe, soṇadaṇá¸�o brÄ�hmaṇo
mayÄ� saddhiṃ paá¹­imantetÅ«”ti.

24. Evaṃ vutte soṇadaṇá¸�o brÄ�hmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: “tiá¹­á¹­hatu
bhavaṃ gotamo. Tuṇhī bhavaṃ gotamo hotu. Ahameva tesaṃ sahadhammena
paá¹­ivacanaṃ karissÄ�mÄ«”ti.

Atha kho soṇadaṇá¸�o brÄ�hmaṇo te brÄ�hmaṇe etadavoca: “mÄ� bhavanto evaṃ
avacuttha, mÄ� bhavanto evaṃ avacuttha: ‘apavadateva bhavaṃ soṇadaṇá¸�o
vaṇṇaṃ, apavadati mante, apavadati jÄ�tiṃ, ekaṃsena. Bhavaṃ soṇadaṇá¸�o [PTS Page 123] [\q 123/] samaṇasseva gotamassa vÄ�daṃ anupakkhandatÄ«’ti nÄ�haṃ bho apavadÄ�mi vaṇṇaṃ vÄ� mante vÄ� jÄ�tiṃ vÄ�”ti.

[BJT Page 242] [\x 242/]

25. Tena kho pana samayena soṇadaṇ�assa br�hmaṇassa bh�gineyyo aṅgako
n�ma m�ṇavako tassaṃ paris�yaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo
te brÄ�hmaṇe etadavoca: “passanti no bhonto imaṃ aá¹…gakaṃ mÄ�ṇavakaṃ
amhÄ�kaṃ bhÄ�gineyyanti?”

“Evaṃ bho. ”

“Aá¹…gako kho bho mÄ�ṇavako abhirÅ«po dassanÄ«yo pÄ�sÄ�diko paramÄ�ya
vaṇṇapokkharat�ya samann�gato brahmavaṇṇī brahmavaccasī akkhudd�vak�so
dassan�ya. N�ssa imissaṃ paris�yaṃ samasamo atthi vaṇṇena, ṭhapetv�
samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ.

Aṅgako kho bho m�ṇavako ajjh�yako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ ved�naṃ p�ragū
sanighaṇ�ukeṭubh�naṃ s�kkharappabhed�naṃ itih�sapañcam�naṃ. Padako
veyy�karaṇo lok�yatamah�purisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. Ahamassa mante v�cet�.

Aṅgako kho bho m�ṇavako ubhato suj�to m�tito ca pitito ca,
saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam� pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho
j�tiv�dena. Ahamassa m�t�pitaro j�n�mi.

Aṅgako kho bho m�ṇavako p�ṇampi haneyya adinnampi �diyeyya parad�rampi
gaccheyya mus�pi bhaṇeyya majjampi piveyya, etthad�ni bho kiṃ vaṇṇo
karissati, kiṃ mant�, kiṃ j�ti. ?

Yato kho bho br�hmaṇo sīlav� ca hoti vuddhasīlī vuddhasīlena
samann�gato, paṇ�ito ca hoti medh�vī paṭhamo v� dutiyo v� sujaṃ
paggaṇhant�naṃ. Imehi kho bho dvīhaṅgehi samann�gataṃ br�hmaṇ� br�hmaṇaṃ
paññÄ�penti. BrÄ�hmaṇo’smÄ«ti ca vadamÄ�no sammÄ� vadeyya, na ca pana
musÄ�vÄ�daṃ Ä�pajjeyyÄ�”ti.

26. “Imesaṃ pana brÄ�hmaṇa dvinnaṃ aá¹…gÄ�naṃ sakkÄ� ekaṃ aá¹…gaṃ á¹­hapayitvÄ�
ekena aá¹…gena samannÄ�gataṃ brÄ�hmaṇaṃ paññÄ�petuṃ, brÄ�hmaṇo’smÄ«ti ca
vadamÄ�no sammÄ� vadeyya. Na ca pana musÄ�vÄ�daṃ Ä�pajjeyyÄ�?”Ti.

[PTS Page 124] [\q 124/] “no hidaṃ bho
gotama. Sīlaparidhot� hi bho gotama paññ�. Paññ�paridhotaṃ sīlaṃ. Yattha
sīlaṃ tattha paññ�. Yattha paññ� tattha sīlaṃ. Sīlavato paññ�,
paññavato sīlaṃ. Sīlapaññ�ṇaṃ ca pana lokasmiṃ aggamakkh�yati.
Seyyath�pi bho gotama hatthena v� hatthaṃ dhoveyya p�dena v� p�daṃ
dhoveyya, evameva kho bho gotama sīlaparidhot� paññ�, paññ�paridhotaṃ
sīlaṃ. Yattha sīlaṃ tattha paññ�, yattha paññ� tattha sīlaṃ. Sīlavato
paññ�, paññ�vato sīlaṃ. Sīlapaññ�ṇañca pana lokasmiṃ aggamakkh�yati.

[BJT Page 244] [\x 244/]

“Evametaṃ brÄ�hmaṇa sÄ«laparidhotÄ� hi brÄ�hmaṇa paññÄ�, paññÄ�paridhotaṃ
sīlaṃ. Yattha sīlaṃ tattha paññ�, yattha paññ� tattha sīlaṃ. Sīlavato
paññ�, paññavato sīlaṃ. Sīlapaññ�ṇañca pana lokasmiṃ aggamakkh�yati.

“Katamaṃ pana taṃ brÄ�hmaṇa sÄ«laṃ? KatamÄ� sÄ� paññÄ�”ti

“EttakaparamÄ�’va mayaṃ bho gotama etasmiṃ atthe. SÄ�dhu vata bhavantaṃyeva gotamaṃ paá¹­ibhÄ�tu etassa bhÄ�sitassa attho”ti.

“Tena hi brÄ�hmaṇa suṇÄ�hi, sÄ�dhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhÄ�sissÄ�mÄ«”ti.

‘Evaṃ bho’ti kho soṇadaṇá¸�o brÄ�hmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi. BhagavÄ� etadavoca:

25 . “Idha brÄ�hmaṇa tathÄ�gato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammÄ� sambuddho
vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammas�rathī satth�
devamanuss�naṃ buddho bhagav�. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ sam�rakaṃ
sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabr�hmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti �dikaly�ṇaṃ majjhekaly�ṇaṃ
pariyos�nakaly�ṇaṃ s�tthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ pak�seti.

Taṃ dhammaṃ suṇ�ti gahapati v� gahapatiputto v� aññatarasmiṃ v� kule
pacc�j�to. So taṃ dhammaṃ sutv� tath�gate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. So tena
saddhÄ�paá¹­ilÄ�bhena samannÄ�gato iti paá¹­isaṃcikkhati: ’sambÄ�dho gharÄ�vÄ�so
raj�patho. Abbhok�so pabbajj�. Nayidaṃ sukaraṃ ag�raṃ ajjh�vasat�
ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṃkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ.
Yannūn�haṃ kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv� ag�rasm�
anagÄ�riyaṃ pabbajeyya’nti.

So aparena samayena appaṃ v� bhogakkhandhaṃ pah�ya mahantaṃ v�
bhogakkhandhaṃ pah�ya appaṃ v� ñ�tiparivaṭṭaṃ pah�ya mahantaṃ v�
ñ�tiparivaṭṭaṃ pah�ya kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv�
ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajati. So evaṃ pabbajito sam�no
p�timokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati �c�ragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu
bhayadass�vī. Sam�d�ya sikkhati sikkh�padesu k�yakammavacīkammena
samann�gato kusalena. Parisuddh�jīvo sīlasampanno indriyesu guttadv�ro
bhojane mattaññū satisampajaññesu samann�gato santuṭṭho.

Kathañca br�hmaṇa bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti? Idha br�hmaṇa bhikkhu
p�ṇ�tip�taṃ pah�ya p�ṇ�tip�t� paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇ�o nihitasattho
lajjÄ« dayÄ�panno. SabbapÄ�ṇabhÅ«tahitÄ�nukampÄ« viharati. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

Adinn�d�naṃ pah�ya adinn�d�n� paṭivirato hoti dinn�d�yī dinnap�ṭikaṅkhī.
Athenena sucibhÅ«tena attanÄ� virahati. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Abrahmacariyaṃ pahÄ�ya brahmacÄ�rÄ« hoti Ä�rÄ�cÄ�rÄ« virato methunÄ� gÄ�madhammÄ�. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

MusÄ�vÄ�daṃ pahÄ�ya musÄ�vÄ�dÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti saccavÄ�dÄ« saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvÄ�dako lokassa. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Pisuṇaṃ v�caṃ pah�ya pisuṇ�ya v�c�ya paṭivirato hoti. Ito sutv� na
amutra akkh�t� imesaṃ bhed�ya. Amutra v� sutv� na imesaṃ akkh�t� amūsaṃ
bhed�ya. Iti bhinn�naṃ v� sandh�t�, sahit�naṃ v� anuppad�t� samagg�r�mo
samaggarato samagganandiṃ samaggakaraṇiṃ vÄ�caṃ bhÄ�sitÄ� hoti. Idampi’ssa
hoti sīlasmiṃ.

Pharusaṃ v�caṃ pah�ya pharus�ya v�c�ya paṭivirato hoti. Y� s� v�c� neḷ�
kaṇṇasukh� pemanīy�7 hadayaṅgam� porī bahujanakant� bahujanaman�p�,
tathÄ�rÅ«paṃ8 vÄ�caṃ bhÄ�sitÄ� hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Samphappal�paṃ pah�ya samphappal�p� paṭivirato hoti k�lav�dī bhūtav�dī
atthav�dī dhammav�dī vinayav�dī. Nidh�navatiṃ v�caṃ bh�sit� hoti k�lena
sÄ�padesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasañhitaṃ. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambh� paṭivirato hoti. Ekabhattiko hoti
rattūparato paṭivirato vik�labhojan�. Naccagītav�ditavisūkadassan�
paṭivirato hoti. M�l�gandhavilepanadh�raṇamaṇ�anavibhusanaṭṭh�n�
paṭivirato hoti. Ucc�sayanamah�sayan� paṭivirato hoti.
J�tarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. Āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇ�
paṭivirato hoti. Āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti.
Itthikum�rikapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. D�sid�sapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato
hoti. Ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. Kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇ�
paṭivirato hoti. Hatthigavassavaḷav� paṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti.
Khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. Dūteyyapaheṇa gaman�nuyog�
paṭivirato hoti. Kayavikkay� paṭivirato hoti. Tul�kūṭakaṃsakūṭam�nakūṭ�
paṭivirato hoti. Ukkoṭanavañcananikatis�ci yog� paṭivirato hoti.
Chedanavadhabandhanavipar�mosa�lopasahas�k�r� paṭivirato hoti.
Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Cullasīlaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūpaṃ bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambhaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: mūlabījaṃ khandhabījaṃ phalubījaṃ aggabījaṃ bijabījameva
pañcamaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp� bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambh� paṭivirato hoti.
Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūpaṃ sannidhik�raparibhogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ:
annasannidhiṃ p�nasannidhiṃ vatthasannidhiṃ y�nasannidhiṃ
sayanasannidhiṃ gandhasannidhiṃ �misasannidhiṃ. Iti v� iti evarūp�
sannidhikÄ�raparibhogÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ: naccaṃ gītaṃ
v�ditaṃ pekkhaṃ akkh�taṃ p�ṇissaraṃ vet�laṃ kumbhathūnaṃ sobhanakaṃ
caṇ��laṃ vaṃsaṃ dhopanakaṃ hatthiyuddhaṃ assayuddhaṃ mahisayuddhaṃ
usabhayuddhaṃ ajayuddhaṃ meṇ�ayuddhaṃ kukkuṭayuddhaṃ vaṭṭakayuddhaṃ
daṇ�ayuddhaṃ muṭṭhiyuddhaṃ nibbuddhaṃ uyyodhikaṃ balaggaṃ sen�byūhaṃ
aṇīkadassanaṃ. Iti v� iti evarūp� visūkadassan� paṭivirato hoti.
Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūpaṃ jūtappam�daṭṭh�n�nuyogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ:
aṭṭhapadaṃ dasapadaṃ �k�saṃ parih�rapathaṃ santikaṃ khalikaṃ ghaṭikaṃ
sal�kahatthaṃ akkhaṃ paṅgacīraṃ vaṅkakaṃ mokkhacikaṃ ciṅgulakaṃ
patt�ḷhakaṃ rathakaṃ dhanukaṃ akkharikaṃ manesikaṃ yath�vajjaṃ. Iti v�
iti evarÅ«pÄ� jÅ«tappamÄ�daá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ�nuyogÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūpaṃ ucc�sayanamah�sayanaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ:
�sandiṃ pallaṅkaṃ gonakaṃ cittakaṃ paṭikaṃ paṭalikaṃ tūlikaṃ vikatikaṃ
uddalomiṃ ekantalomiṃ kaṭṭhissaṃ koseyyaṃ kuttakaṃ hatthattharaṃ
assattharaṃ rathattharaṃ ajinappaveṇiṃ k�dalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ
sauttaracchadaṃ ubhatolohitakūpadh�naṃ. Iti v� iti evarūp�
uccÄ�sayanamahÄ�sayanÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūpaṃ maṇ�anavibhusanaṭṭh�n�nuyogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: ucch�danaṃ parimaddanaṃ nah�panaṃ samb�hanaṃ �d�saṃ añjanaṃ
m�l�vilepanaṃ mukhacuṇṇakaṃ mukhalepanaṃ hatthabandhaṃ sikh�bandhaṃ
daṇ�akaṃ n�ḷikaṃ khaggaṃ chattaṃ citrūp�hanaṃ uṇahīsaṃ maṇiṃ v�lavījaniṃ
od�t�ni vatth�ni dīghadas�ni. Iti v� iti evarūp�
maṇá¸�anavibhusanaá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ�nuyogÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūpaṃ tiracch�nakathaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ: r�jakathaṃ
corakathaṃ mah�mattakathaṃ sen�kathaṃ bhayakathaṃ yuddhakathaṃ
annakathaṃ p�nakathaṃ vatthakathaṃ sayanakathaṃ m�l�kathaṃ gandhakathaṃ
ñ�tikathaṃ y�nakathaṃ g�makathaṃ nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ
janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ purisakathaṃ (kum�rakathaṃ kum�rikathaṃ)
sūrakathaṃ visikh�kathaṃ kumbhaṭṭh�nakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ
n�nattakathaṃ lokakkh�yikaṃ samuddakkh�yikaṃ itibhav�bhavakathaṃ. Iti v�
itievarÅ«pÄ�ya tiracchÄ�nakathÄ�ya paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarÅ«pÄ� viggÄ�hikakathaṃ anuyuttÄ� viharanti, seyyathÄ«daṃ: “na tvaṃ
imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ �j�n�si. Ahaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ �j�n�mi. Kiṃ tvaṃ
imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ �j�nissasi? Micch�paṭipanno tvamasi. Ahamasmi
samm�paṭipanno. Sahitaṃ me, asahitaṃ te. Pure vacanīyaṃ pacch� avaca.
Pacch� vacanīyaṃ pure avaca. Āciṇṇaṃ te vipar�vattaṃ. Āropito te v�do.
NiggahÄ«to tvamasi. Cara vÄ�dappamokkhÄ�ya. Nibbeá¹­hehi vÄ� sace pahosÄ«”ti.
Iti vÄ� itievarÅ«pÄ�ya viggahikakathÄ�ya paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūpaṃ dūteyyapahiṇagaman�nuyogamanuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ:
raññaṃ r�jamah�matt�naṃ khattiy�naṃ br�hmaṇ�naṃ gahapatik�naṃ kum�r�naṃ
“idha gaccha. AmutrÄ�gaccha. Idaṃ hara. Amutra idaṃ Ä�harÄ�”ti. Iti vÄ�
itievarÅ«pÄ� dÅ«teyyapahiṇagamanÄ�nuyogÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te kuhak� ca honti lapak� ca nemittik� ca nippesik� ca l�bhena ca l�bhaṃ
nijigiṃsitÄ�ro. Iti vÄ� itievarÅ«pÄ� kuhalapanÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa
hoti sīlasmiṃ.

Majjhimasīlaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti,
seyyathīdaṃ: aṅgaṃ nimittaṃ upp�taṃ supiṇaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ mūsikacchinnaṃ
aggihomaṃ dabbihomaṃ thusahomaṃ taṇ�ulahomaṃ sappihemaṃ telahomaṃ
mukhahomaṃ lohitahomaṃ aṅgavijj� vatthuvijj� khattavijj� sivavijj�
bhūtavijj� bhurivijj� ahivijj� visavijj� vicchikavijj� mūsikavijj�
sakuṇavijj� v�yasavijj� pakkajjh�naṃ saraparitt�naṃ migacakkaṃ. Iti v�
itievarÅ«pÄ�ya tiracchÄ�navijjÄ�ya micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa
hoti sīlasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti,
seyyathīdaṃ: maṇilakkhaṇaṃ vatthalakkhaṇaṃ daṇ�alakkhaṇaṃ asikalakkhaṇaṃ
usulakkhaṇaṃ dhanulakkhaṇaṃ �vudhalakkhaṇaṃ itthilakkhaṇaṃ
purisalakkhaṇaṃ kum�ralakkhaṇaṃ kum�rilakkhaṇaṃ d�salakkhaṇaṃ
d�silakkhaṇaṃ hatthilakkhaṇaṃ assalakkhaṇaṃ mahisalakkhaṇaṃ
usabhalakkhaṇaṃ golakkhaṇaṃ ajalakkhaṇaṃ meṇ�alakkhaṇaṃ kukkuṭalakkhaṇaṃ
vaṭṭakalakkhaṇaṃ godh�lakkhaṇaṃ kaṇṇik�lakkhaṇaṃ kacchapalakkhaṇaṃ
migalakkhaṇaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv�
paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti
seyyathīdaṃ: raññaṃ niyy�naṃ bhavissati, raññaṃ aniyy�naṃ bhavissati,
abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ upay�naṃ bhavissati, b�hir�naṃ raññaṃ apay�naṃ
bhavissati, b�hir�naṃ raññaṃ upay�naṃ bhavissati, abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ
apay�naṃ bhavissati, abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ jayo bhavissati, abbhantar�naṃ
raññaṃ par�jayo bhavissati. Iti imassa jayo bhavissati. Imassa par�jayo
bhavissati. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv� paṭivirato
hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: candagg�ho bhavissati. Suriyagg�ho bhavissati.
Nakkhattag�ho bhavissati. Candimasuriy�naṃ pathagamanaṃ bhavissati.
Candimasuriy�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati. Nakkhatt�naṃ pathagamanaṃ
bhavissati. Nakkhatt�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati. Ukk�p�to bhavissati.
Dīs���ho bhavissati. Bhūmic�lo bhavissati. Devadundūbhi bhavissati.
Candimasuriyanakkhatt�naṃ uggamanaṃ ogamanaṃ saṃkilesaṃ vod�naṃ
bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko candagg�ho bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko suriyagg�ho
bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko nakkhattagg�ho bhavissati. Evaṃvip�kaṃ
candimasuriy�naṃ pathagamanaṃ bhavissati. Evaṃvip�kaṃ candimasuriy�naṃ
uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati. Evaṃvip�kaṃ nakkhatt�naṃ pathagamanaṃ
bhavissati. Evaṃvip�kaṃ nakkhatt�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati.
Evaṃvip�ko ukk�p�to bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko dis���ho bhavissati.
Evaṃvip�ko bhumiv�lo bhavissati. Evaṃvip�ko devadundūbhi bhavissati.
Evaṃvip�ko candimasuriyanakkhatt�naṃ uggamanaṃ ogamanaṃ saṅkilesaṃ
vod�naṃ bhavissati. Iti v� evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv�
paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathadaṃ: subbuṭṭhik� bhavissati. Dubbuṭṭhik� bhavissati. Subhikkhaṃ
bhavissati. Dubbhikkhaṃ bhavissati. Khemaṃ bhavissati. Bhayaṃ
bhavissati. Rogo bhavissati. Ārogyaṃ bhavissati. Mudd� gaṇan� saṃkh�naṃ
k�veyyaṃ lok�yataṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena
paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: �v�hanaṃ viv�hanaṃ saṃvadanaṃ vivadanaṃ saṃkiraṇaṃ
vikiraṇaṃ subhagakaraṇaṃ dubbhagakaraṇaṃ viruddhagabbhakaraṇaṃ
jivh�nitthambhanaṃ hanusaṃhananaṃ hatth�bhijappanaṃ hanujappanaṃ
kaṇṇajappanaṃ �d�sapañhaṃ kum�ripañhaṃ devapañhaṃ �diccupaṭṭh�naṃ
mahatupaṭṭh�naṃ abbhujjalanaṃ sirivh�yanaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya
tiracchÄ�navijjÄ�ya micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni bhuñjitv�
te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: santikammaṃ paṇidhikammaṃ bhūtakammaṃ bhurikammaṃ
vassakammaṃ vossakammaṃ vatthukammaṃ vatthuparikiraṇaṃ �camanaṃ
nah�panaṃ juhanaṃ vamanaṃ virecanaṃ uddhavirecanaṃ adhovirecanaṃ
sīsavirecanaṃ
Kaṇṇatelaṃ nettatappanaṃ natthukammaṃ añjanaṃ paccañjanaṃ s�l�kiyaṃ
sallakattiyaṃ d�rakatikicch� mūlabhesajj�naṃ anuppad�naṃ osadhīnaṃ
paṭimokkho. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv� paṭivirato
hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Sa kho so br�hmaṇa bhikkhu evaṃ sīlasampanno na kutoci bhayaṃ
samanupassati yadidaṃ sīlasaṃvarato. Seyyath�pi mah�r�ja khattiyo
muddh�vasitto nihatapacc�mitto na kutoci bhayaṃ samanupassati yadidaṃ
paccatthikato, evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu evaṃ sīlasampanno na kutoci
bhayaṃ samanupassati yadidaṃ sīlasaṃvarato. So imin� ariyena
sīlakkhandhena samann�gato ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Evaṃ
kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti.

Kathañca br�hmaṇa bhikkhu indriyesu guttadv�ro hoti? Idha mah�r�ja
bhikkhu cakkhun� rūpaṃ disv� na nimittagg�hī hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī.
Yatv�dhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh�
domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anvassaveyyuṃ3 tassa saṃvar�ya
paṭipajjati. Rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati.
Sotena saddaṃ sutv� na nimittagg�hī hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī.
Yatv�dhikaraṇamenaṃ sotindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass�
p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anvassaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati.
Rakkhati sotindriyaṃ sotindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. Gh�ṇena gandhaṃ
gh�yitv� na nimittagg�hī hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇamenaṃ
gh�nindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass� p�pak� akusal�
dhamm� anvassaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati. Rakkhati gh�nindriyaṃ
gh�nindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. Jivh�ya rasaṃ s�yitv� na nimittagg�hī
hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇamenaṃ jivhindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ
viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anvassaveyyuṃ, tassa
saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati. Rakkhati jivhindriyaṃ jivhindriye saṃvaraṃ
�pajjati. K�yena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitv� na nimittagg�hī hoti
n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇamenaṃ k�yindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ
abhijjh� domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anvassaveyyuṃ3 tassa saṃvar�ya
paṭipajjati. Rakkhati k�yindriyaṃ k�yindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. Manas�
dhammaṃ viññ�ya na nimittagg�hī hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī.
Yatv�dhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass�
p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anvassaveyyuṃ3 tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati.
Rakkhati manindriyaṃ. Manindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. So imin� ariyena
indriyasaṃvarena samann�gato ajjhattaṃ aby�sekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Evaṃ kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu indriyesu guttadv�ro hoti.

Kathañca br�hmaṇa bhikkhu satisampajaññena samann�gato hoti? Idha
br�hmaṇa bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Ālokite
vilokite sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Samiñjite1 pas�rite sampaj�nak�rī hoti.
Saṅgh�ṭipattacīvaradh�raṇe sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Asite pīte kh�yite s�yite
sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Ucc�rapass�vakamme sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Gate ṭhite
nisinne sutte j�garite bh�site tuṇhībh�ve sampaj�nak�rī hoti. Evaṃ kho
br�hmaṇa bhikkhu satisampajaññena samann�gato hoti.

Kathañca br�hmaṇa bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti? Idha br�hmaṇa bhikkhu
santuṭṭho hoti k�yaparih�riyena cīvarena kucchiparih�riyena2
piṇ�ap�tena. So yena yeneva pakkamati sam�d�yeva pakkamati. Seyyath�pi
mahÄ�rÄ�ja pakkhi sakuṇo yena yeneva á¸�eti sapattabhÄ�ro’va á¸�eti, evameva
kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti k�yaparih�riyena cīvarena
kucchiparih�riyena piṇ�ap�tena. So yena yeneva pakkamati sam�d�yeva
pakkamati. Evaṃ kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti.

So imin� ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena3 samann�gato imin� ca ariyena
indriyasaṃvarena samann�gato imin� ca ariyena satisampajaññena
samann�gato im�ya ca ariy�ya santuṭṭhiy� samann�gato vivittaṃ sen�sanaṃ
bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ sus�naṃ
vanapatthaṃ abbhok�saṃ pal�lapuñjaṃ. So pacch�bhattaṃ
piṇ�ap�tapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ �bhujitv� ujuṃ k�yaṃ paṇīdh�ya
parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetv�.

So abhijjhaṃ loke pah�ya vigat�bhijjhena cetas� viharati. Abhijjh�ya
cittaṃ parisodheti. By�p�dapadosaṃ pah�ya aby�pannacitto viharati
sabbap�ṇabhūtahit�nukampi. By�p�dapados� cittaṃ parisodheti.
Thīnamiddhaṃ pah�ya vigatathīnamiddho viharati �lokasaññī sato
sampaj�no. Thīnamiddh� cittaṃ parisodheti. Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pah�ya
anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto. Uddhaccakukkucc� cittaṃ
parisodheti. Vicikicchaṃ pah�ya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṃkathī
kusalesu dhammesu. Vicikicch�ya cittaṃ parisodheti.

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa puriso iṇaṃ �d�ya kammante payojeyya, tassa te
kammant� samijjheyyuṃ, so y�ni ca por�ṇ�ni iṇamūl�ni t�ni ca
byantīkareyya, siy� cassa uttariṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ d�rabharaṇ�ya, tassa
evamassa: “ahaṃ kho pubbe iṇaṃ Ä�dÄ�ya kammante payojesiṃ. Tassa me te
kammantÄ� samijjhiṃsu. So’haṃ yÄ�ni ca porÄ�ṇÄ�ni iṇamÅ«lÄ�ni tÄ�ni ca byantÄ«
akÄ�siṃ. Atthi ca me uttariṃ avasiá¹­á¹­haṃ dÄ�rabharaṇÄ�yÄ�”ti. So tatonidÄ�naṃ
labhetha p�mojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ -

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa puriso �b�dhiko assa dukkhito b�ḷhagil�no, bhattaṃ
cassa nacch�deyya, na cassa k�ye balamatt�, so aparena samayena tamh�
�b�dh� mucceyya, bhattañcassa ch�deyya, siy� cassa k�ye balamatt�, tassa
evamassa: “ahaṃ kho pubbe Ä�bÄ�dhiko ahosiṃ dukkhito bÄ�ḷhagilÄ�no. Bhattaṃ
ca me nacchÄ�desi. Nacassa me Ä�si kÄ�ye balamattÄ�. So’mhi etarahi tamhÄ�
Ä�bÄ�dhÄ� mutto bhattañca me chÄ�deti. Atthi ca me kÄ�ye balamattÄ�”ti. So
tato nid�naṃ labhetha p�mojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ -

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa puriso bandhan�g�re baddho assa, so aparena samayena
tamh� bandhan�g�r� mucceyya sotthin� abbayena1, na cassa kiñci bhog�naṃ
vayo, tassa evamassa: “ahaṃ kho pubbe bandhanÄ�gÄ�re baddho ahosiṃ.
So’mhi etarahi tamhÄ� bandhanÄ�gÄ�rÄ� mutto sotthinÄ� abbayena. Natthi ca me
kiñci bhogÄ�naṃ vayo”ti. So tatonidÄ�naṃ labhetha pÄ�mojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya
somanassaṃ -

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa puriso d�so assa anattadhīno par�dhīno na
yenak�maṅgamo, so aparena samayena tamh� d�saby� mucceyya att�dhīno
aparÄ�dhÄ«no bhujisso yenakÄ�maá¹…gamo, tassa evamassa: “ahaṃ kho pubbe dÄ�so
ahosiṃ anattÄ�dhÄ«no parÄ�dhÄ«no na yenakÄ�maá¹…gamo, so’mhi etarahi tamhÄ�
dÄ�sabyÄ� mutto attÄ�dhÄ«no aparÄ�dhÄ«no bhujisso yenakÄ�maá¹…gamo”ti. So
tatonid�naṃ labhetha p�mojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ -

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa puriso sadhano sabhogo kant�raddh�namaggaṃ
paṭipajjeyya dubbhikkhaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ. So aparena samayena taṃ kant�raṃ
nitthareyya, sotthin� g�mantaṃ anup�puṇeyya khemaṃ appaṭibhayaṃ, tassa
evamassa: “ahaṃ kho pubbe sadhano sabhogo kantÄ�raddhÄ�namaggaṃ paá¹­ipajjiṃ
dubbhikkhaṃ sappaá¹­ibhayaṃ. So’mhi etarahi taṃ kantÄ�raṃ tiṇṇo sotthinÄ�
gÄ�mantaṃ anuppatto khemaṃ appaá¹­ibhaya”nti. So tato nidÄ�naṃ labhetha
p�mojjaṃ adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ -

Evameva kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu yath� guṇaṃ yath� rogaṃ yath� bandhan�g�raṃ
yath� d�sabyaṃ yath� kant�raddh�namaggaṃ evaṃ ime pañca nīvaraṇe
appahīṇe attani samanupassati. Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa �naṇyaṃ yath� �rogyaṃ
yath� bandhan� mokkhaṃ yath� bhujissaṃ yath� khemantabhūmiṃ evameva kho
br�hmaṇa bhikkhu ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahīṇe attani samanupassati.

Tassime pañca nīvaraṇe pahīṇe attani samanupassato p�mojjaṃ j�yati.
Pamuditassa pīti j�yati. Pītimanassa k�yo passambhati. Passaddhak�yo
sukhaṃ vedeti. Sukhino cittaṃ sam�dhiyati.

So vivicceva k�mehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savic�raṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva
k�yaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisanteti parisanneti paripūreti
parippharati. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa vivekajena pītisukhena
apphuṭaṃ hoti.

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa dakkho nah�pako v� nah�pakantev�sī v� kaṃsath�le
nah�nīyavuṇṇ�ni �kiritv� udakena paripphosakaṃ paripphosakaṃ sanneyya
s�yaṃ nah�nīyapiṇ�i sneh�nugat� snehaparet� santarab�hir� phuṭ� snehena
na ca paggharaṇī -

Evameva kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu imameva k�yaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena
abhisanneti parisanneti paripūreti parippharati. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato
k�yassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

Puna ca paraṃ br�hmaṇa bhikkhu vitakkavic�r�naṃ vūpasam� ajjhattaṃ
sampas�danaṃ cetaso ekodibh�vaṃ avitakkaṃ avic�raṃ sam�dhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ
dutiyaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva k�yaṃ sam�dhijena
pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati. N�ssa kiñci
sabb�vato k�yassa sam�dhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa udakarabhado ubbhidodako, tassa nevassa puratthim�ya
dis�ya udakassa �yamukhaṃ, na dakkhiṇ�ya dis�ya udakassa �yamukhaṃ, na
pacchim�ya dis�ya udakassa �yamukhaṃ, na uttar�ya dis�ya udakassa
�yamukhaṃ, devo ca na k�lena k�laṃ samm� dh�raṃ anupaveccheyya, atha kho
tamh� ca udakarahad� sīt� v�ridh�r� ubbhijjitv� tameva udakarahadaṃ
sītena v�rin� abhisandeyya parisandeyya paripūreyya paripphareyya, n�ssa
kiñci sabb�vato udakarahadassa v�rin� sītena apphuṭaṃ assa -

Evameva kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu imameva k�yaṃ sam�dhijena pītisukhena
abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato
k�yassa sam�dhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

Puna ca paraṃ br�hmaṇa bhikkhu pītiy� ca vir�g� upekkhako ca viharati
sato sampaj�no sukhañca k�yena paṭisaṃvedeti. Yantaṃ ariy� �cikkhanti:
upekkhako satim� sukhavih�rīti tatiyaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja viharati.

So imameva k�yaṃ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti,
parippharati n�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ
hoti.

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa uppaliniyaṃ v� paduminiyaṃ v� puṇ�arīkiniyaṃ v�
appekacc�ni uppal�ni v� padum�ni v� puṇ�arīk�ni v� udake j�t�ni udake
saṃvaddh�ni udak�nuggat�ni antonimuggaposīni t�ni y�va cagg� y�va ca
mūl� sītena v�rin� abhisann�ni parisann�ni paripūr�ni, paripphuṭ�ni
n�ss� kiñci sabb�vataṃ uppal�naṃ v� padum�naṃ v� puṇ�arīk�naṃ v� sītena
v�rin� apphuṭaṃ assa.

Evameva kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu imameva k�yaṃ nippītikena sukhena
abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato
k�yassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

Puna ca paraṃ br�hmaṇa bhikkhu sukhassa ca pah�n� dukkhassa ca pah�n�
pubbeva somanassadomanass�naṃ atthaṅgam� adukkhamasukhaṃ
upekkh�satip�risuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jh�naṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva
k�yaṃ parisuddhena cetas� pariyod�tena pharitv� nisinno hoti. N�ssa
kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa parisuddhena cetas� pariyod�tena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa puriso od�tena vatthena sasīsaṃ p�rupitv� nisinno
assa, n�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa od�tena vatthena apphuṭaṃ assa,
evameva kho mah�r�ja bhikkhu imameva k�yaṃ parisuddhena cetas�
pariyod�tena pharitv� nisinno hoti. N�ssa kiñci sabb�vato k�yassa
parisuddhena cetas� pariyod�tena apphuṭaṃ hoti.

Puna ca paraṃ br�hmaṇa so bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe
pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite
�neñjappatte ñ�ṇadassan�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So evaṃ
pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “ayaṃ kho me kÄ�yo rÅ«pÄ« cÄ�tummahÄ�bhÅ«tiko mÄ�tÄ�pettikasambhavo
odanakumm�sūpacayo aniccucch�danaparimaddanabhedaviddhaṃsanadhammo. Idaṃ
ca pana me viññÄ�ṇaṃ ettha sitaṃ ettha paá¹­ibaddha’nti.

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa maṇi veḷuriyo subho j�tim� aṭṭhaṃso suparikammakato
accho vippasanno anÄ�vilo sabbÄ�kÄ�rasampanno, tatra’ssa suttaṃ Ä�vutaṃ
nīlaṃ v� pītaṃ v� lohitaṃ v� od�taṃ v� paṇ�usuttaṃ v�. Tamenaṃ cakkhum�
puriso hatthe karitvÄ� paccavekkheyya “ayaṃ kho maṇi veḷuriyo subho
j�tim� aṭṭhaṃso suparikammakato, accho vippasanno an�vilo
sabb�k�rasampanno. Tatiradaṃ suttaṃ �vutaṃ nīlaṃ v� pītaṃ v� lohitaṃ v�
odÄ�taṃ vÄ� paṇá¸�usuttaṃ vÄ�”ti.

Evameva kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
ñ�ṇadassan�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhinn�meti. So evaṃ paj�n�ti ayaṃ kho
me k�yo rūpī c�tummah�bhūtiko m�t�pettikasambhavo odanakumm�sūpacayo
aniccucch�danaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammo. Idaṃ ca pana me
viññ�ṇaṃ ettha sitaṃ ettha paṭibaddhanti.

So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese
mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte manomayaṃ k�yaṃ abhinimminan�ya
cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So imamh� k�y� aññaṃ k�yaṃ
abhinimmin�ti rūpiṃ manomayaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ ahīnindriyaṃ,

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa puriso muñjamh� isikaṃ pav�heyya. Tassa evamassa:
ayaṃ muñjo ayaṃ isik� añño muñjo aññ� isik� muñjamh�tveva isik�
pav�ḷh�ti.

Seyyath�pi v� pana br�hmaṇa puriso asiṃ kosiy� pav�heyya. Tassa
evamassa: “ayaṃ asi ayaṃ kosi, añño asi aññÄ� kosi, kosiyÄ�tveva asi
pavÄ�ḷho”ti.

Seyyath�pi v� pana br�hmaṇa puriso ahiṃ karaṇ�� uddhareyya. Tassa
evamassa: “ayaṃ ahi ayaṃ karaṇá¸�o, añño ahi añño karaṇá¸�o, karaṇá¸�Ä�tveva
ahi ubbhato”ti.

Evameva kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudrabhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
manomayaṃ k�yaṃ abhinimminan�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So
imamh� k�y� aññaṃ k�yaṃ abhinimmin�ti rūpiṃ manomayaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ
ahīnindriyaṃ.

So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese
mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte iddhividh�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati
abhininnÄ�meti. So anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti: eko’pi hutvÄ�
bahudh� hoti bahudh�pi hutv� eko hoti, �vībh�vaṃ tirobh�vaṃ tiroku��aṃ
tirop�k�raṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjam�no gacchati seyyath�pi �k�se,
paá¹­haviyÄ�’pi ummujjanimujjaṃ karoti seyyathÄ�pi udake, udake’pi
abhijjamÄ�ne gacchati seyyathÄ�pi paá¹­haviyaṃ, Ä�kÄ�se’pi pallaá¹…kena kamati
seyyathÄ�’pi pakkhi sakuṇo. Ime’pi candimasuriye evaṃmahiddhike
evaṃmah�nubh�ve p�ṇin� par�masati parimajjati. Y�va brahmalok�pi k�yena
vasaṃ vatteti.

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa dakkho kumbhak�ro v� kumbhak�rantev�sī v�
suparikammakat�ya mattik�ya yaṃ yadeva bh�janavikatiṃ �kaṅkheyya taṃ
tadeva kareyya abhinipph�deyya -

Seyyath�pi v� pana br�hmaṇa dakkho dantak�ro v� dantak�rantev�sī v�
suparikammakatasmiṃ dantasmiṃ yaṃ yadeva dantavikatiṃ �kaṅkheyya taṃ
tadeva kareyya abhinipph�deyya -

Seyyath�pi v� pana br�hmaṇa dakkho suvaṇṇak�ro v� suvaṇṇak�rentav�sī v�
suparikammakatasmiṃ suvaṇṇasmiṃ yaṃ yadeva suvaṇṇavikatiṃ �kaṅkheyya taṃ
tadeva kareyya abhinipph�deyya -

Evavema kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
iddhividh�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So anekavihitaṃ
iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti: eko’pi hutvÄ� bahudhÄ� hoti. BahudhÄ�’pi hutvÄ�
eko hoti. Āvībh�vaṃ tirobh�vaṃ tiroku��aṃ tirop�k�raṃ tiropabbataṃ
asajjamÄ�no gacchati seyyathÄ�pi Ä�kÄ�se. Paá¹­haviyÄ�’pi ummujjanimujjaṃ
karoti seyyathÄ�pi udake. Udake’pi abhijjamÄ�ne gacchati seyyathÄ�pi
paá¹­haviyaṃ. Ä€kÄ�se’pi pallaá¹…kena kamati seyyathÄ�pi pakkhi sakuṇo. Ime’pi
candimasuriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmah�nubh�ve p�ṇin� par�masati
parimajjati. YÄ�va brahmalokÄ�’pi kÄ�yena vasaṃ vatteti.

So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese
mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte dibb�ya sotadh�tuy� cittaṃ
abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So dibb�ya sotadh�tuy� visuddh�ya
atikkantam�nusik�ya ubho sadde suṇ�ti dibbe ca m�nuse ca ye dūre santike
ca.

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa puriso addh�namaggapaṭipanno so suṇeyya
bherisaddampi mudiṅgasaddampi saṅkhapaṇavadeṇ�imasaddampi, tassa
evamassa: bherisaddo iti’pi mudiá¹…gasaddo iti’pi saá¹…khapaṇavadeṇá¸�imasaddo
iti’pi. Evameva kho mahÄ�rÄ�ja bhikkhu evaṃ samÄ�hite citte parisuddhe
pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite
�neñjappatte dibb�ya sotadh�tuy� cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So
dibb�ya sotadh�tuy� visuddh�ya atikkantam�nusik�ya ubho sadde suṇ�ti
dibbe ca m�nuse ca ye dūre santike ca.

So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese
mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte cetopariyañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ
abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So parasatt�naṃ parapuggal�naṃ cetas� ceto
paricca pajÄ�nÄ�ti: “sarÄ�gaṃ vÄ� cittaṃ sarÄ�gaṃ cittanti pajÄ�nÄ�ti.
Vītar�gaṃ v� cittaṃ vītar�gaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Sadosaṃ v� cittaṃ
sadosaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Vītadosaṃ v� cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti
paj�n�ti. Samohaṃ v� cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Vītamohaṃ v�
cittaṃ vītamohaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Saṅkhittaṃ v� cittaṃ saṅkhittaṃ
cittanti paj�n�ti. Vikkhittaṃ v� cittaṃ vikkhittaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti.
Mahaggataṃ v� cittaṃ mahaggataṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Amahaggataṃ v� cittaṃ
amahaggataṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Sauttaraṃ v� cittaṃ sauttaraṃ cittanti
paj�n�ti. Anuttaraṃ v� cittaṃ anuttaraṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Sam�hitaṃ v�
cittaṃ sam�hitaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Asam�hitaṃ v� cittaṃ asam�hitaṃ
cittanti paj�n�ti. Vimuttaṃ v� cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti.
Avimuttaṃ v� cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti.

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa itthi v� puriso v� daharo v� yuv� maṇ�anakaj�tiko
�d�se v� parisuddhe pariyod�te acche v� udakapatte sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ
paccavekkham�no sakaṇikaṃ v� sakaṇikanti j�neyya, akaṇikaṃ v� akaṇikanti
j�neyya -

Evameva kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
cetopariyañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti.

So parasatt�naṃ parapuggal�naṃ cetas� ceto paricca paj�n�ti: sar�gaṃ v�
cittaṃ sar�gaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti vītar�gaṃ v� cittaṃ vītar�gaṃ cittanti
paj�n�ti. Sadosaṃ v� cittaṃ sadosaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Vītadosaṃ v�
cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Samohaṃ v� cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti
paj�n�ti. Vītamohaṃ v� cittaṃ vītamohaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Saṅkhittaṃ v�
cittaṃ saṅkhittaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Vikkhittaṃ v� cittaṃ vikkhittaṃ
cittanti paj�n�ti. Mahaggataṃ v� cittaṃ mahaggataṃ cittanti paj�n�ti
amahaggataṃ v� cittaṃ amahaggataṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Sauttaraṃ v� cittaṃ
sauttaraṃ cittanti paj�n�ti*. Anuttaraṃ v� cittaṃ anuttaraṃ cittanti
paj�n�ti. Sam�hitaṃ v� cittaṃ sam�hitaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti asam�hitaṃ v�
cittaṃ asam�hitaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti. Vimuttaṃ v� cittaṃ vimuttaṃ
cittanti paj�n�ti avimuttaṃ v� cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti paj�n�ti.

So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese
mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte pubbeniv�s�nussatiñ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ
abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So anekavihitaṃ pubbeniv�saṃ anussarati
seyyathÄ«daṃ: ekampi jÄ�tiṃ dve’pi jÄ�tiyo tisso’pi jÄ�tiyo catasso’pi
jÄ�tiyo pañca’pi jÄ�tiyo dasa’pi jÄ�tiyo vÄ«sampi jÄ�tiyo tiṃsampi jÄ�tiyo
catt�rīsampi j�tiyo j�tisatampi j�tisahassampi j�tisatasahassampi
aneke’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­akappe aneke’pi vivaá¹­á¹­akappe aneke’pi
saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe amutr�siṃ evaṃn�mo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro
evaṃ sukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra
upap�diṃ tatr�p�siṃ evaṃn�mo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro
evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto
idhÅ«papanno’ti. Iti sÄ�kÄ�raṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivÄ�saṃ
anussarati.

SeyyathÄ�pi brÄ�hmaṇa puriso sakamhÄ� gÄ�mÄ� aññaṃ gÄ�maṃ gaccheyya tamhÄ�’pi
g�m� aññaṃ g�maṃ gaccheyya. So tamh� g�m� sakaññeva g�maṃ
paccÄ�gaccheyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṃ kho sakamhÄ� gÄ�mÄ� amuṃ gÄ�maṃ
agacchiṃ tatra evaṃ aṭṭh�siṃ evaṃ nisīdiṃ evaṃ abh�siṃ evaṃ tuṇahī
ahosiṃ. Tamh�pi g�m� agacchiṃ tatr�pi evaṃ aṭṭh�siṃ evaṃ nisīdiṃ evaṃ
abhÄ�siṃ evaṃ tuṇhÄ« ahosiṃ. So’mpi tamhÄ� gÄ�mÄ� sakaññeva gÄ�maṃ
paccÄ�gato’ti.

Evameva kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte
pubbeniv�s�nussatiñ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivÄ�saṃ anussarati seyyathÄ«daṃ: ekampi jÄ�tiṃ dve’pi
jÄ�tiyo tisso’pi jÄ�tiyo catasso’pi jÄ�tiyo pañca’pi jÄ�tiyo dasa’pi jÄ�tiyo
vīsampi j�tiyo tiṃsampi j�tiyo catt�rīsampi j�tiyo paññ�sampi j�tiyo
jÄ�tisatampi jÄ�tisahassampi jÄ�tisatasahassampi aneke’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­akappe
aneke’pi vivaá¹­á¹­akappe aneke’pi saṃvaá¹­á¹­avivaá¹­á¹­akappe amutrÄ�siṃ evaṃnÄ�mo
evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī
evam�yupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra upap�diṃ tatr�p�siṃ evaṃn�mo
evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evam�h�ro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedi
evamÄ�yupariyanto. So tato cuto idhÅ«papanno’ti iti sÄ�kÄ�raṃ sauddesaṃ
anekavihitaṃ pubbeniv�saṃ anussarati.

So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese
mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte satt�naṃ cutūpap�tañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ
abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So dibbena cakkhun� visuddhena
atikkantam�nusakena satte passati cavam�ne upapajjam�ne hīne paṇīte
suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathÄ�kammÅ«page satte pajÄ�nÄ�ti: ‘ime vata
bhonto satt� k�yaduccaritena samann�gat� vacīduccaritena samann�gat�
manoduccaritena samann�gat� ariy�naṃ upav�dak� micch�diṭṭhik�
micch�diṭṭhikammasam�d�n�. Te k�yassa bhed� parammaraṇ� ap�yaṃ duggatiṃ
vinip�taṃ nirayaṃ upapann�. Ime v� pana bhonto satt� k�yasucaritena
samann�gat� vacīsucaritena samann�gat� manosucaritena samann�gat�
ariy�naṃ anupav�dak� samm�diṭṭhik� samm�diṭṭhikammasam�d�n�. Te k�yassa
bhedÄ� parammaraṇÄ� sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannÄ�’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunÄ�
visuddhena atikkantam�nusakena satte passati cavam�ne upapajjam�ne hīne
paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yath�kammūpage satte paj�n�ti.

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa majjhe siṃgh�ṭake p�s�do. Tattha cakkhum� puriso
á¹­hito passeyya manusse gehaṃ pavisante’pi rathiyÄ� vÄ«tisañcarante’pi
majjhe siṃghÄ�á¹­ake nisinne’pi, tassa evamassa: ete manussÄ� gehaṃ
pavisanti. Ete nikkhamanti. Ete rathiy� vītisañcaranti. Ete majjhe
siṃghÄ�á¹­ake nisinnÄ�’ti.

Evameva kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte satt�naṃ
cutūpap�tañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So dibbena cakkhun�
visuddhena atikkantam�nusakena satte passati cavam�ne upapajjam�ne hīne
paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yath�kammūpage satte paj�n�ti:
‘ime vata bhonto sattÄ� kÄ�yaduccaritena samannÄ�gatÄ� vacÄ«duccaritena
samann�gat� manoduccaritena samann�gat� ariy�naṃ upav�dak�
micch�diṭṭhik� micch�diṭṭhikammasam�d�n�. Te k�yassa bhed� parammaraṇ�
ap�yaṃ duggatiṃ vinip�taṃ nirayaṃ upapann�. Ime v� pana bhonto satt�
k�yasucaritena samann�gat� vacīsucaritena samann�gat� manosucaritena
samann�gat� ariy�naṃ anupav�dak� samm�diṭṭhik� samm�diṭṭhikammasam�d�n�.
Te kÄ�yassa bhedÄ� parammaraṇÄ� sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannÄ�’ti. Iti
dibbena cakkhun� visuddhena atikkantam�nusakena satte passati cavam�ne
upapajjam�ne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yath�kammūpage
satte paj�n�ti.

So evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese
mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte �sav�naṃ khayañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ
abhinīharati abhininn�meti so idaṃ dukkhanti yath�bhūtaṃ paj�n�ti. Ayaṃ
dukkhasamudayo’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti
yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagÄ�minÄ«paá¹­ipadÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ
pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ime Ä�savÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ Ä�savasamudayo’ti
yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ Ä�savanirodho’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ
Ä�savanirodhagÄ�minÄ«paá¹­ipadÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Tassa evaṃ jÄ�nato
evaṃ passato k�m�sav�pi cittaṃ vimuccati bhav�sav�pi cittaṃ vimuccati
avijj�sav�pi cittaṃ vimuccati. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñ�ṇaṃ hoti. Khīṇ�
j�ti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ n�paraṃ itthatt�y�ti
paj�n�ti.

Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa pabbatasaṅkhepe udakarahado accho vippasanno
an�vilo. Tattha cakkhum� puriso tīre ṭhito passeyya sippisambūkampi
sakkharakaá¹­halampi macchagumbampi carantampi tiá¹­á¹­hantampi. Tassa
evamassa: ayaṃ kho udakarahado accho vippasanno an�vilo. Tatrime
sippisambÅ«kÄ�’pi sakkharakaá¹­halÄ�’pi macchagumbÄ�’pi carantipi
tiṭṭhantipīti.

Evameva kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu evaṃ sam�hite citte parisuddhe pariyod�te
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite �neñjappatte �sav�naṃ
khayañ�ṇ�ya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininn�meti. So idaṃ dukkhanti
yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ
dukkhanirodho’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ
dukkhanirodhagÄ�minÄ«paá¹­ipadÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ime Ä�savÄ�’ti
yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ Ä�savanirodho’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti. Ayaṃ
Ä�savanirodhagÄ�minÄ«paá¹­ipadÄ�’ti yathÄ�bhÅ«taṃ pajÄ�nÄ�ti.

Tassa evaṃ jÄ�nato evaṃ passato kÄ�mÄ�savÄ�’pi cittaṃ vimuccati,
bhavÄ�savÄ�’pÄ« cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjÄ�savÄ�’pi cittaṃ vimuccati.
Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñ�ṇaṃ hoti. Khīṇ� j�ti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ,
kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ n�paraṃ itthatt�y�ti paj�n�ti.

26. Evaṃ vutte soṇadaṇá¸�o brÄ�hmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: “abhikkantaṃ bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ bho [PTS Page 125]
[\q 125/] gotama. Seyyath�pi bho gotama nikkujjitaṃ v� ukkujjeyya
paṭicchantaṃ v� vivareyya mūḷhassa v� maggaṃ �cikkheyya andhak�re v�
telapajjotaṃ dh�reyya cakkhumanto rūp�ni dakkhintīti, evameva bhot�
gotamena anekapariy�yena dhammo pak�sito. Es�haṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ
saraṇaṃ gacch�mi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Up�sakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo
dh�retu ajjatagge p�ṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ. Adhiv�setu ca me bhavaṃ
gotamo svÄ�tanÄ�ya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaá¹…ghenÄ�”ti. AdhivÄ�sesi bhagavÄ�
tuṇhībh�vena.

[BJT Page 246] [\x 246/]

27. Atha kho soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo bhagavato adhiv�sanaṃ viditv�
uṭṭh�y�san� bhagavantaṃ abhiv�detv� padakkhiṇaṃ katv� pakk�mi. Atha kho
soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo tass� rattiy� accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ
kh�danīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiy�d�petv� bhagavato k�laṃ �roc�pesi: k�lo bho
gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattanti.

28. Atha kho bhagav� pubbanhasamayaṃ niv�setv� pattacīvaram�d�ya saddhiṃ
bhikkhusaṅghena yena soṇadaṇ�assa br�hmaṇassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami.
Upasaṅkamitv� paññatte �sane nisīdi. Atha kho soṇadaṇ�o br�hmaṇo
buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena kh�danīyena bhojanīyena sahatth�
santappesi sampav�resi.

29. Atha kho soṇadaṇ�o bhagavantaṃ bhutt�viṃ onītapattap�ṇiṃ aññataraṃ
nīcaṃ �sanaṃ gahetv� ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho soṇadaṇ�o
brÄ�hmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: “ahañceva kho pana bho gotama parisagato
sam�no �san� vuṭṭhahitv� bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ abhiv�deyyaṃ, tena maṃ s�
parisÄ� paribhaveyya. Yaṃ kho pana sÄ� parisÄ� paribhaveyya yaso’pi tassa
h�yetha. Yassa kho pana yaso h�yetha bhog�pi tassa h�yeyyuṃ. Yasoladdh�
kho panamh�kaṃ bhog�.

Ahañceva kho pana bho gotama parisagato sam�no añjaliṃ paggaṇheyyaṃ, �san� me taṃ bhavaṃ gotamo paccuṭṭh�naṃ dh�retu.

Ahañceva [PTS Page 126] [\q 126/] kho pana bho gotama parisagato sam�no veṭhanaṃ omuñceyyaṃ, siras� metaṃ bhavaṃ gotamo abhiv�danaṃ dh�retu.

Ahañceva kho pana bho gotama y�nagato sam�no y�n� paccorohitv� bhavantaṃ
gotamaṃ abhiv�deyyaṃ, tena maṃ s� paris� paribhaveyya. Yaṃ kho pana s�
parisÄ� paribhaveyya yaso’pi tassa bhÄ�yetha. Yassa kho pana yaso hÄ�yetha
bhog�pi tassa h�yeyyuṃ. Yasoladdh� kho panamh�kaṃ bhog�.

Ahañceva kho pana bho gotama y�nagato sam�no patodalaṭṭhiṃ abbhunn�meyyaṃ, y�n� me bhavaṃ gotamo paccorohanaṃ dh�retu.

Ahañceva kho pana bho gotama yÄ�nagato samÄ�no chattaṃ apanÄ�meyyaṃ, sirasÄ� me taṃ bhavaṃ gotamo abhivÄ�danaṃ dhÄ�retÅ«”ti.

Atha kho bhagav� soṇadaṇ�aṃ br�hmaṇaṃ dhammiy� kath�ya sandassetv�
sam�dapetv� samuttejetv� sampahaṃsetv� uṭṭh�y�san� pakk�mīti.

Soṇadaṇ�asuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ

[BJT Page 248] [\x 248/]

5

[PTS Page 127] [\q 127/]

Kūṭadantasuttaṃ

1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagav� magadhesu c�rikaṃ caram�no mahat�
bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi, yena kh�ṇumataṃ
n�ma magadh�naṃ br�hmaṇag�mo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagav� kh�ṇumate
viharati ambalaṭṭhik�yaṃ.

Tena kho pana samayena kūṭadanto br�hmaṇo kh�ṇumataṃ ajjh�vasati
sattussadaṃ satiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ sadhaññaṃ r�jabhoggaṃ raññ� m�gadhena
seniyena bimbis�rena dinnaṃ r�jad�yaṃ brahmadeyyaṃ.

Tena kho pana samayena kūṭadantassa br�hmaṇassa mah�yañño upakkhaṭo
hoti. Satta ca usabhasat�ni satta ca vacchatarasat�ni satta ca
vacchatarīsat�ni satta ca ajasat�ni satta ca urabbhasat�ni thūnūpanīt�ni
honti yaññatth�ya.

Assosuṃ kho khÄ�ṇumatakÄ� brÄ�hmaṇagahapatikÄ�: “samaṇo khalu bho gotamo
sakyaputto sakyakul� pabbajito magadhesu c�rikaṃ caram�no mahat�
bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi kh�ṇumataṃ anuppatto
kh�ṇumate viharati ambalaṭṭhik�yaṃ.

‘Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyÄ�ṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato’:
itipi so bhagav� arahaṃ samm�sambuddho vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato
lokavidū anuttaro purisadammas�rathī satth� devamanuss�naṃ buddho
bhagavÄ�’ti. [PTS Page 128] [\q 128/] so
imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ sam�rakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabr�hmaṇiṃ pajaṃ
sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññ� sacchikatv� pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti
�dikaly�ṇaṃ majjhekaly�ṇaṃ pariyos�nakaly�ṇaṃ s�tthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ
kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pak�seti. S�dhu kho pana
tathÄ�rÅ«pÄ�naṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotÄ«”ti.

Atha kho kh�ṇumatak� br�hmaṇagahapatik� kh�ṇumataṃ nikkhamitv� saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūt� yena ambalaṭṭhik� tenupasaṅkamanti.

[BJT Page 250] [\x 250/]

3. Tena kho pana samayena kūṭadanto br�hmaṇo uparip�s�de div�seyyaṃ
upagato hoti. Addas� kho kūṭadanto br�hmaṇo kh�ṇumatake
br�hmaṇagahapatike kh�ṇumat� nikkhamitv� saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūte yena
ambalaá¹­á¹­hikÄ� tenupasaá¹…kamante. DisvÄ� khattaṃ Ä�mantesi: “kinnu kho bho
khatte kh�ṇumatak� br�hmaṇagahapatik� kh�ṇumat� nikkhamitv� saṅghasaṅghī
gaṇībhÅ«tÄ� yena ambalaá¹­á¹­hikÄ� tenupasaá¹…khamantÄ«”?Ti.

“Atthi kho bho samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulÄ� pabbajito magadhesu
c�rikaṃ caram�no mahat� bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi
bhikkhusatehi kh�ṇumataṃ anuppatto kh�ṇumate viharati ambalaṭṭhik�yaṃ.
Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kaly�ṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: itipi
so bhagav� arahaṃ samm�sambuddho vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū
anuttaro purisadammasÄ�rathÄ« satthÄ� devamanussÄ�naṃ buddho bhagavÄ�”ti.

4. Atha kho kÅ«á¹­adantassa brÄ�hmaṇassa etadahosi “sutaṃ kho pana me taṃ:
samaṇo gotamo tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ soḷasaparikkh�raṃ j�n�tīti. Na kho
pan�haṃ j�n�mi tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ soḷasaparikkh�raṃ. Icch�mi c�haṃ
mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajituṃ. YannÅ«nÄ�haṃ [PTS Page 129] [\q 129/] samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ upasaá¹…kamitvÄ� tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ soḷasaparikkhÄ�raṃ puccheyyanti”.

Atha kho kÅ«á¹­adanto brÄ�hmaṇo khattaṃ Ä�mantesi “tena hi bho khatte yena
kh�ṇumatak� br�hmaṇagahapatik� tenupasaṅkama. Upasaṅkamitv� kh�ṇumatake
brÄ�hmaṇagahapatike evaṃ vadehi “kÅ«á¹­adanto bho brÄ�hmaṇo evamÄ�ha: Ä�gamentu
kira bhavanto. KÅ«á¹­adanto’pi brÄ�hmaṇo samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya
upasaá¹…kamissatÄ«”ti.

‘Evaṃ bho’ti kho so khattÄ� kÅ«á¹­adantassa brÄ�hmaṇassa paá¹­issutvÄ� yena
kh�ṇumatak� br�hmaṇagahapatik� tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitv� kh�ṇumatake
brÄ�hmaṇagahapatike etadavoca “kÅ«á¹­adanto bho brÄ�hmaṇo evamÄ�ha: Ä�gamentu
kira bhonto. KÅ«á¹­adanto’pi brÄ�hmaṇo samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya
upasaá¹…kamissatÄ«’ti.

5. Tena kho pana samayena anek�ni br�hmaṇasat�ni kh�ṇumate paṭivasanti
‘kÅ«á¹­adantassa brÄ�hmaṇassa mahÄ�yaññaṃ anubhavissÄ�mÄ�’ti. Assosuṃ kho te
brÄ�hmaṇÄ� ‘kÅ«á¹­adanto kira brÄ�hmaṇo samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya
upasaá¹…kamissatÄ«’ti. Atha kho te brÄ�hmaṇÄ� yena kÅ«á¹­adanto brÄ�hmaṇo
tenupasaá¹…kamiṃsu. Upasaá¹…kamitvÄ� kÅ«á¹­adantaṃ brÄ�hmaṇaṃ etadavocuṃ ’saccaṃ
kira bhavaṃ kÅ«á¹­adanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya upasaá¹…kamissatÄ«?’Ti.

[BJT Page 252] [\x 252/]

“Evaṃ kho me bho hoti: ahampi samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya upasaá¹…kamissÄ�mÄ«”ti.

6. “MÄ� bhavaṃ kÅ«á¹­adanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya upasaá¹…kami na arahati
bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Sace bhavaṃ
kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamissati bhoto kūṭadantassa
yaso h�yissati. Samaṇassa gotamassa yaso abhiva��hissati. Yampi bhoto
kūṭadantassa yaso h�yissati samaṇassasa gotamassa yaso abhiva��hissati,
imin�paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ, samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

[PTS Page 130] [\q 130/] bhavaṃ hi
kūṭadanto ubhato m�tito ca pītito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam�
pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho j�tiv�dena. Yampi bhavaṃ kūṭadanto
ubhato suj�to m�tito ca pitito ca saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam�
pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho j�tiv�dena, imin�paṅgena na arahati
bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva
gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi kūṭadanto a��ho mahaddhano mah�bhogo. Yampi bhavaṃ kūṭadanto
a��ho mahaddhano mah�bhogo. Imin�paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ kūṭadanto
samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati
bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi kūṭadanto ajjh�yako mantadharo tinnaṃ ved�naṃ p�ragū
sanighaṇ�ukeṭubh�naṃ s�kkharappabhed�naṃ itih�sapañcam�naṃ, padako
veyy�karaṇo lok�yatamah�purisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. Yampi bhavaṃ kūṭadanto
ajjh�yako mantadharo tinnaṃ ved�naṃ p�ragū sanighaṇ�ukeṭubh�naṃ
s�kkharappabhed�naṃ itih�sapañcam�naṃ, padako veyy�karaṇo
lok�yatamah�purisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. Imin�paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ
kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo
arahati bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi kūṭadanto abhirūpo dassanīyo p�s�diko param�ya
vaṇṇapokkharat�ya samann�gato, brahmavaṇṇi brahmavaccasī akkhudd�vak�so
dassan�ya. Yampi bhavaṃ kūṭadanto abhirūpo dassanīyo p�s�diko param�ya
vaṇṇapokkharat�ya samann�gato, brahmavaṇṇī brahmavaccasī akkhudd�vak�so
dassan�ya, imin�paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ
kūṭadantaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi kūṭadanto sīlav� hoti vuddhasīlī vuddhasīlena samann�gato.
Yampi bhavaṃ kūṭadanto sīlav� hoti vuddhasīlī vuddhasīlena samann�gato,
imin�paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi kūṭadanto kaly�ṇav�co kaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo poriy� v�c�ya
samann�gato vissaṭṭh�ya anelagal�ya atthassa viññ�patiy�. Yampi bhavaṃ
kūṭadanto kaly�ṇav�co kaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo poriy� v�c�ya samann�gato
vissaṭṭh�ya anelagal�ya atthassa viññ�paniy�, imin�paṅgena na arahati
bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva
gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi kūṭadanto bahunnaṃ �cariyap�cariyo. Tīṇi m�ṇavakasat�ni mante
v�ceti. Bahū kho pana n�n�dis� n�n�janapad� m�ṇavak� �gacchanti bhoto
kūṭadantassa santike mantatthik� mante adhiyituk�m�. Yampi bhavaṃ
kūṭadanto bahunnaṃ �cariyap�cariyo. Tīṇi m�ṇavakasat�ni mante v�ceti.
Bahū kho pana n�n�dis� n�n�janapad� m�ṇavak� �gacchanti bhoto
kūṭadantassa santike mantatthik� mante adhiyituk�m�, imin�paṅgena na
arahati bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo
tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

[BJT Page 254] [\x 254/]

Bhavaṃ hi kūṭadanto jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto.
Samaṇo gotamo taruṇo ceva taruṇapabbajito ca. Yampi bhavaṃ kuṭadanto
jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto. Samaṇo gotamo taruṇo
ceva taruṇapabbajito ca, imin�paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ kūṭadanto
samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati
bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi kūṭadanto rañño m�gadhassa seniyassa bimbis�rassa sakkato
garukato m�nito pūjito apacito. Yampi bhavaṃ kūṭadanto rañño m�gadhassa
seniyassa bimbis�rassa sakkato garukato m�nito pūjito apacito,
imin�paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Bhavaṃ hi kūṭadanto br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�tissa sakkato garukato m�nito
pūjito apacito. Yampi bhavaṃ kūṭadanto br�hmaṇassa pokkharas�tissa
sakkato garukato m�nito pūjito apacito, imin�paṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ
kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva gotamo
arahati bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

[PTS Page 131] [\q 131/] bhavaṃ hi
kūṭadanto kh�ṇumataṃ ajjh�vasati sattussadaṃ satiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ sadhaññaṃ
r�jabhoggaṃ raññ� m�gadhena seniyena bimbis�rena dinnaṃ r�jad�yaṃ
brahmadeyyaṃ. Yampi bhavaṃ kūṭadanto kh�ṇumataṃ ajjh�vasati sattussadaṃ
satiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ sadhaññaṃ r�jabhoggaṃ raññ� m�gadhena seniyena
bimbis�rena dinnaṃ r�jad�yaṃ brahmadeyyaṃ. Imin�paṅgena na arahati
bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo tveva
gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamitunti.

7. Evaṃ vutte kÅ«á¹­adanto brÄ�hmaṇo te brÄ�hmaṇe etadavoca: “tena hi bho
mamapi suṇ�tha yath� mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ, natveva arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

“Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo ubhato sujÄ�to mÄ�tito ca pitito ca,
saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam� pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho
j�tiv�dena. Yampi kho samaṇo gotamo ubhato suj�to m�tito ca pitito ca,
saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam� pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho
j�tiv�dena. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo mahantaṃ ñ�tisaṅghaṃ oh�ya pabbajito. Yampi bho
samaṇo gotamo mahantaṃ ñ�tisaṅghaṃ oh�ya pabbajito. Imin�paṅgena na
arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho
mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo pahūtaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ oh�ya pabbajito
bhūmigatañca veh�saṭṭhañca. Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo pahūtaṃ
hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ oh�ya pabbajito bhūmigatañca veh�saṭṭhañca. Imin�paṅgena
na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho
mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo daharo’va samÄ�no yuvÄ� susukÄ�ḷakeso bhadrena
yobbanena samann�gato paṭhamena vayas� ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajito.
Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo daharo’va samÄ�no yuvÄ� susukÄ�ḷakeso bhadrena
yobbanena samann�gato paṭhamena vayas� ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajito.
Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

[BJT Page 256] [\x 256/]

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo ak�mak�naṃ m�t�pitunnaṃ assumukh�naṃ rudant�naṃ
kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv� ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ
pabbajito. Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo ak�mak�naṃ m�t�pitunnaṃ assumukh�naṃ
rudant�naṃ kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv� ag�rasm�
anag�riyaṃ pabbajito. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo abhirūpo dassanīyo p�s�diko param�ya
vaṇṇapokkharat�ya samann�gato brahmavaṇṇī brahmavaccasī akkhudd�vak�so [PTS Page 132]
[\q 132/] dassan�ya. Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo abhirūpo dassanīyo
p�s�diko param�ya vaṇṇapokkharat�ya samann�gato brahmavaṇṇī
brahmavaccasī akkhudd�vak�so dassan�ya. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so
bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho
Mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sīlav� ariyasīlī kusalasīlī kusalasīlena
samann�gato. Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo sīlav� ariyasīli kusalasīlena
samann�gato. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo kaly�ṇav�co kaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo poriy� v�c�ya
samann�gato vissaṭṭh�ya anelagal�ya atthassa viññ�paniy�. Yampi bho
samaṇo gotamo kaly�ṇav�co kaly�ṇav�kkaraṇo poriy� v�c�ya samann�gato
vissaṭṭh�ya anelagal�ya atthassa viññ�paniy�, imin�paṅgena na arahati
bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho
mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo bahunnaṃ �cariyap�cariyo. Yampi bho samaṇo
gotamo bahunnaṃ �cariyap�cariyo. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ
gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ
bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo kammav�dī kiriyav�dī ap�papurekkh�ro brahmaññ�ya
paj�ya. Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo kammav�dī kiriyav�dī ap�papurekkh�ro
brahmaññ�ya paj�ya. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ
dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo ucc�kul� pabbajito asambhinnakhattiyakul�. Yampi
bho samaṇo gotamo ucc�kul� pabbajito asambhinnakhattiyakul�.
Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo a��h� kul� pabbajito mahaddhan� mah�bhog�. Yampi
bho samaṇo gotamo a��h� kul� pabbajito mahaddhan� mah�bhog�.
Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇaṃ khalu bho gotamaṃ tiroraṭṭh� tirojanapad� sampucchituṃ
�gacchanti. Yampi bho samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ tiroraṭṭh� tirojanapad�
sampucchituṃ �gacchanti. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo
amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ
gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇaṃ khalu bho gotamaṃ anek�ni devat�sahass�ni p�ṇehi saraṇaṃ gat�ni.
Yampi bho samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ anek�ni devat�sahass�ni p�ṇehi saraṇaṃ
gat�ni. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇaṃ khalu bho gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyÄ�ṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato ‘itipi so
bhagav� arahaṃ samm� sambuddho vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū
anuttaro purisadammasÄ�rathÄ« satthÄ� devamanussÄ�naṃ buddho bhagavÄ�’ti.
Yampi bho samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyÄ�ṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato ‘itipi so
bhagav� arahaṃ samm� sambuddho vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū
anuttaro purisadammasÄ�rathÄ« satthÄ� devamanussÄ�naṃ buddho bhagavÄ�’ti.
Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇehi samann�gato. Yampi
bho samaṇo gotamo dvattiṃsamah�purisalakkhaṇehi samann�gato.
Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo ehis�gatav�dī sakhilo sammodako abbh�kuṭiko
utt�namukho pubbabh�sī. Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo ehis�gatav�di sakhilo
sammodako abbh�kuṭiko utt�namukho pubbabh�sī. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so
bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva
arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

[BJT Page 258] [\x 258/]

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo catunnaṃ paris�naṃ sakkato garukato m�nito
pūjito apacito. Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo catunnaṃ paris�naṃ sakkato
garukato m�nito pūjito apacito. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo
amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ
bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇe khalu bho gotame bahū dev� ca manuss� ca abhippasann�. Yampi bho
samaṇe gotame bahū dev� ca manuss� ca abhippasann�. Imin�paṅgena na
arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho
mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo yasmiṃ g�me v� nigame v� paṭivasatī, na tasmiṃ
g�me v� nigame v� amanuss� manusse viheṭhenti. Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo
yasmiṃ g�me v� nigame v� paṭivasati, na tasmiṃ g�me v� nigame v�
amanuss� manusse viheṭhenti. Imin�paṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo
amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ
gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo saṅghī gaṇī gaṇ�cariyo puthutitthakar�naṃ
aggamakkh�yati. Yath� kho pana bho ekesaṃ samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ yath� v�
tath� v� yaso samud�gacchati, na hevaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa yaso
samud�gato. Atha kho anuttar�ya vijj�caraṇasampad�ya samaṇassa gotamassa
yaso samud�gato. Yampi bho samaṇo gotamo saṅghī gaṇi gaṇ�cariyo
puthutitthakar�naṃ aggamakkh�yati. Yath� kho pana bho ekesaṃ
samaṇabr�hmaṇ�naṃ yath� v� tath� v� yaso samud�gacchati, na hevaṃ
samaṇassa gotamassa yaso samud�gato. Atha kho anuttar�ya
vijj�caraṇasampad�ya samaṇassa gotamassa yaso samud�gato. Imin�paṅgena
na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho
mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Samaṇaṃ khalu bho gotamaṃ r�j� m�gadho seniyo bimbis�ro saputto sabhariyo [PTS Page 133]
[\q 133/] sapariso s�macco p�ṇehi saraṇaṃ gato. Samaṇaṃ khalu bho
gotamaṃ r�j� pasenadī kosalo saputto sabhariyo sapariso s�macco p�ṇehi
saraṇaṃ gato. Samaṇaṃ khalu bho gotamaṃ br�hmaṇo pokkharas�tī saputto
sabhariyo sapariso s�macco p�ṇehi saraṇaṃ gato. Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo
rañño m�gadhassa seniyassa bimbis�rassa sakkato garukato m�nito pūjito
apacito. Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo rañño pasenadissa kosalassa sakkato
garukato m�nito pūjito apacito. Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo br�hmaṇassa
pokkharas�tissa sakkato garukato m�nito pūjito apacito.

Samaṇo khalu bho gotamo kh�ṇumataṃ anuppatto, kh�ṇumate viharati
ambalaṭṭhik�yaṃ. Ye kho pana keci samaṇ� v� br�hmaṇ� v� amh�kaṃ
g�makkhettaṃ �gacchanti, atithī no te honti. Atithī kho panamhehi
sakk�tabb� garuk�tabb� m�netabb� pūjetabb� apacetabb�. Yampi bho samaṇo
gotamo kh�ṇumataṃ anuppatto kh�ṇumate viharati ambalaṭṭhik�yaṃ.
Atithamh�kaṃ samaṇo gotamo, atithi kho panamhehi sakk�tabbo garuk�tabbo
m�netabbo pūjetabbo apacetabbo.

[BJT Page 260] [\x 260/]

Imin�paṅgena n�rahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amh�kaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.
Atha kho mayameva arah�ma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassan�ya upasaṅkamituṃ.

Ettake kho ahaṃ bho tassa bhoto gotamassa vaṇṇe pariy�puṇ�mi. No ca kho
so bhavaṃ gotamo ettakavaṇṇo. AparimÄ�ṇavaṇṇo hi so bhavaṃ gotamo’ti.

8. Evaṃ vutte te brÄ�hmaṇÄ� kÅ«á¹­adantaṃ brÄ�hmaṇaṃ etadavocuṃ: “yathÄ� kho
bhavaṃ kÅ«á¹­adanto samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇo bhÄ�sati ito ce’pi so bhavaṃ
gotamo yojanasate viharati, alameva saddhena kulaputtena dassan�ya
upasaṅkamituṃ api puṭaṃsen�pi1. Tena hi bho sabbeva mayaṃ samaṇaṃ
gotamaṃ dassanÄ�ya upasaá¹…kamissamÄ�”ti.

9. Atha kho kūṭadanto br�hmaṇo mahat� br�hmaṇagaṇena saddhiṃ yena
ambalaṭṭhik� yena bhagav� tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitv� bhagavat� saddhiṃ
sammodi. [PTS Page 134] [\q 134/]
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ s�r�ṇīyaṃ vītis�retv� ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
KhÄ�ṇumatikÄ�’pi kho brÄ�hmaṇagahapatikÄ� appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivÄ�detvÄ�
ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavat� saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ s�r�ṇīyaṃ vītis�retv� ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce
yena bhagav� tenañjaliṃ paṇ�metv� ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce
n�magottaṃ s�vetv� ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūt� ekamantaṃ
nisīdiṃsu.

10. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho kūṭadanto br�hmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
“sutaṃ metaṃ bho gotamo tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ soḷasaparikkhÄ�raṃ
j�n�tīti. Na kho pan�haṃ j�n�mi tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ
soḷasaparikkh�raṃ. Icch�mi c�haṃ mah�yaññaṃ yajituṃ. S�dhu me bhavaṃ
gotamo tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ soḷasaparikkhÄ�raṃ desetÅ«”ti.

“Tena hi brÄ�hmaṇa suṇohi sÄ�dhukaṃ manasikarohi bhÄ�sissÄ�mÄ«”ti.

‘Evaṃ bho’ti kho kÅ«á¹­adanto brÄ�hmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi. BhagavÄ� etadavoca:

11. “BhÅ«tapubbaṃ brÄ�hmaṇa rÄ�jÄ� mahÄ�vijito nÄ�ma ahosi, aá¸�á¸�ho mahaddhano
mah�bhogo pahūtaj�tarūparajato pahūtavittūpakaraṇo pahūtadhanadhañño
paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭh�g�ro. Atha kho br�hmaṇa rañño mah�vijitassa
rahogatassa paá¹­isallÄ«nassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapÄ�di: “adhigatÄ�
kho me vipul� m�nusak� bhog�. Mahantaṃ paṭhavimaṇ�alaṃ abhivijiya
ajjhÄ�vasÄ�mi. YannÅ«nÄ�haṃ mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajeyyaṃ, yaṃ mama’ssa dÄ«gharattaṃ
hitÄ�ya sukhÄ�yÄ�”ti.

1. Pūṭosen�pi (kesuci potthakesu)

[BJT Page 262] [\x 262/]

Atha kho br�hmaṇa r�j� mah�vijite purohitaṃ br�hmaṇaṃ �mantetv�
etadavoca: ‘idha mayhaṃ brÄ�hmaṇa rahogatassa paá¹­isallÄ«nassa evaṃ cetaso
parivitakko udapÄ�di: “adhigatÄ� kho me vipulÄ� mÄ�nusakÄ� [PTS Page 135]
[\q 135/] bhog�. Mahantaṃ paṭhavimaṇ�alaṃ abhivijiya ajjh�vas�mi.
YannÅ«nÄ�haṃ mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajeyyaṃ, yaṃ mama’ssa dÄ«gharattaṃ hitÄ�ya
sukhÄ�yÄ�’ti. IcchÄ�mahaṃ brÄ�hmaṇa mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajituṃ. AnusÄ�satu maṃ
bhavaṃ, yaṃ mama’ssa dÄ«gharattaṃ hitÄ�ya sukhÄ�yÄ�”ti.

12. Evaṃ vutte br�hmaṇa purohito br�hmaṇo r�j�naṃ mah�vijitaṃ etadavoca:
‘bhoto kho rañño janapado sakaṇṭako sauppīḷo. GÄ�maghÄ�tÄ�’pi dissanti,
nigamaghÄ�tÄ�’pi dissanti, panthadÅ«hanÄ�’pi dissanti. Bhavaṃ ce kho pana
r�j� evaṃ sakaṇṭake janapade sauppīḷe balimuddhareyya, akiccak�rī assa
tena bhavaṃ rÄ�jÄ�. SiyÄ� kho pana bhoto rañño evamassa: ‘ahametaṃ
dassukhīlaṃ vadhena v� bandhena v� j�tiy� v� garah�ya v� pabb�jan�ya v�
samÅ«hanissÄ�mÄ«’ti. Na kho panetassa dassukhÄ«lassa evaṃ sammÄ� samugghÄ�to
hoti. Ye te hat�vasesak� bhavissanti, te pacch� rañño janapadaṃ
viheṭhessanti. Api ca kho idaṃ saṃvidh�naṃ �gamma evametassa
dassukhīlassa samm� samuggh�to hoti. Tena hi bhavaṃ r�j� ye bhoto rañño
janapade ussahanti kasigorakkhe, tesaṃ bhavaṃ r�j� bījabhattaṃ
anuppadetu. Ye bhoto rañño janapade ussahanti vaṇijj�ya, tesaṃ bhavaṃ
r�j� p�bhataṃ anuppadetu. Ye bhoto rañño janapade ussahanti r�japorise,
tesaṃ bhavaṃ r�j� bhattavetanaṃ pakappatu. Te ca manuss� sakammapasut�
rañño janapadaṃ na viheṭhessanti. Mah� ca rañño r�siko bhavissati,
khemaṭṭhit� janapad� akaṇṭak� anuppīḷ�. Manuss� ca mud� modam�n� ure
putte naccentÄ� apÄ�rutagharÄ� maññe viharissantÄ«”ti.

13. ‘Evaṃ bho’ti kho brÄ�hmaṇa rÄ�jÄ� mahÄ�vijito purohitassa brÄ�hmaṇassa paá¹­issutvÄ� ye rañño janapade ussahiṃsu [PTS Page 136]
[\q 136/] kasigorakkhe, tesaṃ r�j� mah�vijito bījabhattaṃ
anupp�d�sī. 1 Ye rañño janapade ussahiṃsu vaṇijj�ya, tesaṃ r�j�
mah�vijito p�bhataṃ anupp�d�si. Ye rañño janapade ussahiṃsu r�japorise,
tesaṃ r�j� mah�vijito bhattavetanaṃ pakappesi. Te ca manuss�
sakammapasut� rañño janapadaṃ na viheṭhesuṃ. Mah� ca rañño r�siko ahosi,
khemaṭṭhit� janapad� akaṇṭak� anuppīḷ�. Manuss� ca mud� modam�n� ure
putte naccent� ap�rutaghar� maññe vihariṃsu.

1. Anupp�desi. (Kesu ci potthakesu)

[BJT Page 264] [\x 264/]

14. Atha kho br�hmaṇa r�j� mah�vijito purohitaṃ br�hmaṇaṃ �mantetv�
etadavoca: “samÅ«hato kho me bho so dassukhÄ«lo bhoto saṃvidhÄ�naṃ Ä�gamma.
Mah� ca me r�siko. Khemaṭṭhit� janapad� akaṇṭak� anuppīḷ�. Manuss� mud�
modam�n� ure putte naccent� ap�rutaghar� maññe viharanti. Icch�mahaṃ
brÄ�hmaṇa mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajituṃ. AnusÄ�satu maṃ bhavaṃ, yaṃ mama’ssa
dÄ«gharattaṃ hitÄ�ya sukhÄ�yÄ�”ti.

“Tena hi bhavaṃ rÄ�jÄ� ye bhoto rañño janapade khattiyÄ� anuyuttÄ� negamÄ�
ceva jÄ�napadÄ� ca, te bhavaṃ rÄ�jÄ� Ä�mantayataṃ, ‘icchÄ�mahaṃ bho mahÄ�yaññaṃ
yajituṃ. AnujÄ�nantu me bhonto yaṃ mama’ssa dÄ«gharattaṃ hitÄ�ya
sukhÄ�yÄ�’ti. Ye bhoto rañño janapade amaccÄ� pÄ�risajjÄ� negamÄ� ceva
jÄ�napadÄ� ca, te bhavaṃ rÄ�jÄ� Ä�mantayataṃ, ‘icchÄ�mahaṃ bho mahÄ�yaññaṃ
yajituṃ. AnujÄ�nantu me bhonto yaṃ mama’ssa dÄ«gharattaṃ hitÄ�ya
sukhÄ�yÄ�’ti. Ye bhoto rañño janapade brÄ�hmaṇamahÄ�sÄ�lÄ� negamÄ� ceva
jÄ�napadÄ� ca, te bhavaṃ rÄ�jÄ� Ä�mantayataṃ, ‘icchÄ�mahaṃ bho mahÄ�yaññaṃ
yajituṃ. AnujÄ�nantu me bhonto yaṃ mama’ssa dÄ«gharattaṃ hitÄ�ya
sukhÄ�yÄ�’ti.

‘Evaṃ bho’ti kho brÄ�hmaṇa rÄ�jÄ� mahÄ�vijito purohitassa brÄ�hmaṇassa
paṭissutv� ye rañño janapade khattiy� anuyutt� negam� ceva j�napad� ca,
te r�j� mah�vijito [PTS Page 137] [\q 137/]
Ä�mantesi: “icchÄ�mahaṃ bho mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajituṃ. AnujÄ�nantu me bhonto,
yaṃ mama’ssa dÄ«gharattaṃ hitÄ�ya sukhÄ�yÄ�”ti.

“Yajataṃ bhavaṃ rÄ�jÄ� yaññaṃ. YaññakÄ�lo mahÄ�rÄ�jÄ�”ti.

Ye rañño janapade amacc� p�risajj� negam� ceva j�napad� ca, te r�j�
mahÄ�vijito Ä�mantesi: “icchÄ�mahaṃ bho mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajituṃ. AnujÄ�nantu me
bhavanto, yaṃ mama’ssa dÄ«gharattaṃ hitÄ�ya sukhÄ�yÄ�”ti. Ye rañño janapade
br�hmaṇamah�s�l� negam� ceva j�napad� ca, te r�j� mah�vijito �mantesi:
“icchÄ�mahaṃ bho mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajituṃ. AnujÄ�nantu me bhavanto, yaṃ mama’ssa
dÄ«gharattaṃ hitÄ�ya sukhÄ�yÄ�”ti. Ye rañño janapade gahapatinecayikÄ�
negamÄ� ceva jÄ�napadÄ� ca, te rÄ�jÄ� mahÄ�vijito Ä�mantesi: “icchÄ�mahaṃ bho
mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajituṃ. AnujÄ�nantu me bhavanto, yaṃ mama’ssa dÄ«gharattaṃ
hitÄ�ya sukhÄ�yÄ�”ti.

“Yajataṃ bhavaṃ rÄ�jÄ� yaññaṃ. YaññakÄ�lo mahÄ�rÄ�jÄ�”ti.

Itīme catt�ro anumatipakkh� tasseva yaññassa parikkh�r� bhavanti.

15. R�j� mah�vijito aṭṭhahi aṅgehi samann�gato.

Ubhato suj�to m�tito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam� pit�mahayug�,

[BJT Page 266] [\x 266/]

Akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho j�tiv�dena,

Abhirūpo dassanīyo p�s�diko, param�ya vaṇṇapokkharat�ya samann�gato, brahmavaṇṇī brahmavaccasī akkhudd�vak�so dassan�ya.

A��ho mahaddhano mah�bhogo pahūtaj�tarūparajato pahūtavittūpakaraṇo pahūtadhanadhañño paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭh�g�ro.

Balav� caturaṅginiy� sen�ya samann�gato assav�ya ov�dapaṭikar�ya, patapati maññe paccatthike yasas�.

Saddho d�yako d�napati an�vaṭadv�ro, samaṇabr�hmaṇakapaṇaddhikavaṇibbakay�cak�naṃ op�nabhūto, puññ�ni karoti.

Bahussuto tassa tassa sutaj�tassa. Tassa tasseva kho pana bh�sitassa
atthaṃ jÄ�nÄ�ti: ‘ayaṃ imassa bhÄ�sitassa attho ayaṃ imassa bhÄ�sitassa
attho’ti.

Paṇ�ito viyatto medh�vī paṭibalo atīt�n�gatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṃ.

R�j� mah�vijito imehi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi samann�gato.

Iti imÄ�ni’pi aá¹­á¹­haá¹…gÄ�ni tasseva yaññassa parikkhÄ�rÄ� bhavanti.

16. [PTS Page 138] [\q 138/] purohito’pi brÄ�hmaṇo catÅ«haá¹…gehi samannÄ�gato:

Ubhato suj�to m�tito ca pitito ca. Saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam� pit�mahayug�. Akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho j�tiv�dena.

Ajjh�yako mantadharo tiṇṇaṃ ved�naṃ p�ragū sanighaṇ�ukeṭubh�naṃ
s�kkharappabhed�naṃ itih�sapañcam�naṃ. Padako veyy�karaṇo
lok�yatamah�purisalakkhaṇesu anavayo.

Sīlav� vuddhasīlī vuddhasīlena samann�gato.

Paṇ�ito viyatto medh�vī paṭhamo v� dutiyo v� sujaṃ paggaṇhant�naṃ.

Purohito brÄ�hmaṇo imehi catuhaá¹…gehi samannÄ�gato. Iti imÄ�ni’pi cattÄ�ri aá¹…gÄ�ni tasseva yaññassa parikkhÄ�rÄ� bhavanti.

[BJT Page 268] [\x 268/]

17. Atha kho br�hmaṇa, purohito br�hmaṇo rañño mah�vijitassa pubbeva yaññ� tisso vidh� desesi:

“SiyÄ� kho pana bhoto rañño mahÄ�yaññaṃ yiá¹­á¹­hukÄ�massa kocideva vippaá¹­isÄ�ro
‘mahÄ� vata me bhogakkhandho vigacchissatÄ«’ti, so bhoto rañño
vippaṭis�ro na karaṇīyo. Siy� kho pana bhoto rañño mah�yaññaṃ
yajamÄ�nassa kocideva vippaá¹­isÄ�ro ‘mahÄ� vata me bhogakkhandho
vigacchatÄ«’ti, so bhoto rañño vippaá¹­isÄ�ro na karaṇīyo siyÄ� kho pana
bhoto rañño mahÄ�yaññaṃ yiá¹­á¹­hassa kocideva vippaá¹­isÄ�ro ‘mahÄ� vata me
bhogakkhandho vigato’ti, so bhoto rañño vippaá¹­isÄ�ro na karaṇīyo”ti.

Im� kho pana br�hmaṇa purohito br�hmaṇo rañño mah�vijitassa pubbeva yaññ� tisso vidh� desesi.

18. Atha kho br�hmaṇa, purohito br�hmaṇo rañño mah�vijitassa pubbeva
yaññÄ� dasahÄ�kÄ�rehi paá¹­iggÄ�hakesu vippaá¹­isÄ�raṃ paá¹­ivinodesi: “Ä�gamissanti
kho bhoto yaññaṃ pÄ�ṇÄ�tipÄ�tino’pi pÄ�ṇÄ�tipÄ�tÄ� paá¹­iviratÄ�’pi. Ye tattha
p�ṇ�tip�tino tesaññeva tena. Ye tattha p�ṇ�tip�t� paṭivirat� te �rabbha
yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ
antaraṃ pasÄ�detu. Ä€gamissanti kho bhoto yaññaṃ adinnÄ�dÄ�yino’pi
adinnÄ�dÄ�nÄ� paá¹­iviratÄ�’pi. Ye tattha adinnÄ�dÄ�yino tesaññeva tena. Ye
tattha adinn�d�n� paṭivirat� te �rabbha yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ bhavaṃ,
modataṃ bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pas�detu. Āgamissanti kho
bhoto yaññaṃ kÄ�mesu micchÄ�cÄ�rino’pi kÄ�mesu micchÄ�cÄ�rÄ� paá¹­iviratÄ�’pi. Ye
tattha k�mesu micch�c�rino tesaññeva tena. Ye tattha k�mesu micch�c�r�
paṭivirat� te �rabbha yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ,
cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pas�detu. Āgamissanti kho bhoto yaññaṃ
musÄ�vÄ�dino’pi musÄ�vÄ�dÄ� paá¹­iviratÄ�’pi. Ye tattha musÄ�vÄ�dino tesaññeva
tena. Ye tattha mus�v�d� paṭivirat� te �rabbha yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ
bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pas�detu. Āgamissanti
kho bhoto yaññaṃ pisuṇavÄ�cino’pi pisuṇÄ�ya vÄ�cÄ�ya paá¹­iviratÄ�’pi. Ye
tattha pisuṇav�cino tesaññeva tena. Ye tattha pisuṇ�ya v�c�ya paṭivirat�
te �rabbha yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ, cittameva
bhavaṃ antaraṃ pasÄ�detu. Ä€gamissanti kho bhoto yaññaṃ pharusavÄ�cino’pi
pharusÄ�ya vÄ�cÄ�ya paá¹­iviratÄ�’pi. Ye tattha pharusavÄ�cino tesaññeva tena.
Ye tattha pharus�ya v�c�ya paṭivirat� te �rabbha yajataṃ bhavaṃ,
sajjataṃ bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pas�detu.
Ä€gamissanti kho bhoto yaññaṃ samphappalÄ�pino’pi samphappalÄ�pÄ� [PTS Page 139]
[\q 139/] paá¹­iviratÄ�’pi. Ye tattha samphappalÄ�pino tesaññeva tena.
Ye tattha samphappal�p� paṭivirat� te �rabbha yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ
bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pas�detu. Āgamissanti
kho bhoto yaññaṃ abhijjhÄ�luno’pi anabhijjhÄ�luno’pi ye tattha
abhijjh�luno tesaññeva tena. Ye tattha anabhijjh�luno te �rabbha yajataṃ
bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ
pasÄ�detu. Ä€gamissanti kho bhoto yaññaṃ byÄ�pannacittÄ�’pi
abyÄ�pannacittÄ�’pi ye tattha byÄ�pannacittÄ� tesaññeva tena. Ye tattha
aby�pannacitt� te �rabbha yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ bhavaṃ, modataṃ
bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pas�detu. Āgamissanti kho bhoto yaññaṃ
micchÄ�diá¹­á¹­hikÄ�’pi sammÄ�diá¹­á¹­hikÄ�’pi. Ye tattha micchÄ�diá¹­á¹­hikÄ� tesaññeva
tena. Ye tattha samm�diṭṭhik� te yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ bhavaṃ,
modataṃ bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pasÄ�detÅ«”ti.

Imehi kho br�hmaṇa purohito br�hmaṇo rañño mah�vijitassa pubbeva yaññ� dasah�k�rehi paṭigg�hakesu vippaṭis�raṃ paṭivinodesi.

19. Atha kho br�hmaṇa, purohito br�hmaṇo rañño mah�vijitassa mah�yaññaṃ
yajam�nassa soḷasah�k�rehi cittaṃ sandassesi sam�dapesi samuttejesi
sampahaṃsesi: siy� kho pana bhoto rañño mah�yaññaṃ yajam�nassa kocideva
vattÄ�: “rÄ�jÄ� kho mahÄ�vijito mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajati. No ca kho tassa Ä�mantitÄ�
khattiy� anuyutt� negam�ceva j�napad� ca. Atha ca pana bhavaṃ r�j�
evarÅ«paṃ mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«”ti. Evampi bhoto rañño vattÄ� dhammato natthi.
Bhot� kho pana raññ� �mantit� khattiy� anuyutt� negam� ceva j�napad�
ca.

[BJT Page 270] [\x 270/]

Imin�petaṃ bhavaṃ r�j� j�n�tu. Yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pas�detu.

20. Siy� kho pana bhoto rañño mah�yaññaṃ yajam�nassa kocideva vatt�
‘rÄ�jÄ� kho mahÄ�vijito mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajati, no ca kho tassa Ä�mantitÄ� amaccÄ�
p�risajj� negam� ceva j�napad� ca, no ca br�hmaṇas�l� negam� ceva
j�napad� ca, no ca gahapatinecayik� negam� ceva j�napad� ca. Atha ca
pana bhavaṃ rÄ�jÄ� evarÅ«paṃ mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«’ti. Evampi bhoto rañño vattÄ�
dhammato natthi. Bhot� kho pana raññ� �mantit� gahapatinecayik� negam�
ceva j�napad� ca. Imin�petaṃ bhavaṃ r�j� j�n�tu. Yajataṃ bhavaṃ,
sajjataṃ bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pas�detu.

21. Siy� kho pana bhoto rañño may�yaññaṃ yajam�nassa kocideva vatt�
‘rÄ�jÄ� kho mahÄ�vijito mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajati. No ca kho ubhato sujÄ�to mÄ�tito
ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam� pit�mahayug�, [PTS Page 140]
[\q 140/] akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho j�tiv�dena. Atha ca pana bhavaṃ
rÄ�jÄ� evarÅ«paṃ mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«’ti. Evampi bhoto rañño vattÄ� dhammato
natthi. Bhavaṃ kho pana r�j� ubhato suj�to m�tito ca pitito ca,
saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam� pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho
j�tiv�dena. Imin�petaṃ bhavaṃ r�j� j�n�tu. Yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ
bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pas�detu.

22. Siy� kho pana bhoto rañño mah�yaññaṃ yajam�nassa kocideva vatt�
‘rÄ�jÄ� kho mahÄ�vijito mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajati. No ca kho abhirÅ«po dassanÄ«yo
p�s�diko param�ya vaṇṇapokkharat�ya samann�gato brahmavaṇṇī
brahmavaccasī akkhudd�vak�so dassan�ya atha ca pana bhavaṃ r�j� evarūpaṃ
mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«’ti. Evampi bhoto rañño vattÄ� dhammato natthi. Bhavaṃ
kho pana r�j� abhirūpo dassanīyo p�s�diko param�ya vaṇṇapokkharat�ya
samann�gato brahmavaṇṇī brahmavaccasī akkhudd�vak�so dassan�ya. No ca
kho a��ho mahaddhano mah�bhogo pahūtaj�tarūparajato pahūtavittūpakaraṇo
pahūtadhanadhañño paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭh�g�ro. Atha ca pana bhavaṃ r�j�
evarÅ«paṃ mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«’ti. Evampi bhoto rañño vattÄ� dhammato natthi.
Bhavaṃ kho pana r�j� a��ho mahaddhano mah�bhogo pahūtaj�tarūparajato
pahūtavittūpakaraṇo pahūtadhanadhañño paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭh�g�ro. No ca kho
balav� caturaṅginiy� sen�ya samann�gato assav�ya ov�dapaṭikar�ya
patapati maññe paccatthike yasas�. Atha ca pana bhavaṃ r�j� evarūpaṃ
mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«’ti. Evampi bhoto rañño vattÄ� dhammato natthi. Bhavaṃ
kho pana r�j� balav� caturaṅginiy� sen�ya samann�gato assav�ya
ov�dapaṭikar�ya patapati maññe paccatthike yasas�. No ca kho saddho
d�yako d�napati an�vaṭadv�ro
samaṇabr�hmaṇakapaṇaddhikavaṇibbakay�cak�naṃ op�nabhūto puññ�ni karoti.
Atha ca pana bhavaṃ rÄ�jÄ� evarÅ«paṃ mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«’ti. Evampi bhoto
rañño vatt� dhammato natthi. Bhavaṃ kho pana r�j� saddho d�yako d�napati
an�vaṭadv�ro samaṇabr�hmaṇakapaṇaddhikavaṇibbakay�cak�naṃ op�nabhūto
puññ�ni karoti. No ca kho bahussuto tassa tassa sutaj�tassa. Atha ca
pana bhavaṃ rÄ�jÄ� evarÅ«paṃ mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«’ti. Evampi bhoto rañño vattÄ�
dhammato natthi. Bhavaṃ kho pana r�j� bahussuto tassa tassa
sutaj�tassa. No ca kho tassa tasseva kho pana bh�sitassa atthaṃ j�n�ti:

[BJT Page 272] [\x 272/]

‘Ayaṃ imassa bhÄ�sitassa attho ayaṃ imassa bhÄ�sitassa attho’ti. Atha ca
pana bhavaṃ rÄ�jÄ� evarÅ«paṃ mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«’ti. Evampi bhoto rañño vattÄ�
dhammato natthi. Bhavaṃ kho pana r�j� tassa tasseva kho pana bh�sitassa
atthaṃ j�n�ti. Ayaṃ imassa bh�sitassa attho ayaṃ imassa bh�sitassa
attho’ti. No ca kho paṇá¸�ito viyatto medhÄ�vÄ« paá¹­ibalo
atīt�n�gatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṃ. Atha ca pana bhavaṃ r�j� evarūpaṃ
mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«’ti.

Evampi bhoto rañño vatt� dhammato natthi. Bhavaṃ kho pana r�j� paṇ�ito
viyatto medh�vī paṭibalo atīt�n�gatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṃ.
Imin�petaṃ bhavaṃ r�j� j�n�tu. Yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ bhavaṃ, modataṃ
bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pas�detu.

23. Siy� kho pana bhoto rañño mah�yaññaṃ yajam�nassa kocideva vatt�:
‘rÄ�jÄ� kho mahÄ�vijito mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajati. No ca khvassa purohito brÄ�hmaṇo
ubhato suj�to m�tito ca pitito ca. Saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam�
pit�mahayug�. Akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho j�tiv�dena. Atha ca pana bhavaṃ r�j�
evarÅ«paṃ mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«’ti. [PTS Page 141]
[\q 141/] evampi bhoto rañño vatt� dhammato natthi. Bhoto kho pana
rañño purohito br�hmaṇo ubhato suj�to m�tito ca pitito ca
saṃsuddhagahaṇiko y�va sattam� pit�mahayug�, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho
j�tiv�dena. Imin�petaṃ bhavaṃ r�j� j�n�tu. Yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ
bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ. Cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pas�detu.

24. Siy� kho pana bhoto rañño mah�yaññaṃ yajam�nassa kocideva vatt�
‘rÄ�jÄ� kho mahÄ�vijito mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajati. No ca khavassa purohito brÄ�hmaṇo
ajjh�yako mantadharo tiṇṇaṃ ved�naṃ p�ragū sanighaṇ�ukeṭubh�naṃ
s�kkharappabhed�naṃ itih�sapañcam�naṃ padako veyy�karaṇo
lok�yatamah�purisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. Atha ca pana bhavaṃ r�j� evarūpaṃ
mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«’ti. Evampi bhoto rañño vattÄ� dhammato natthi. Bhoto
kho pana rañño purohito br�hmaṇo ajjh�yako mantadharo tiṇṇaṃ ved�naṃ
p�ragū sanighaṇ�ukeṭubh�naṃ s�kkharappabhed�naṃ itih�sapañcam�naṃ padako
veyy�karaṇo lok�yatamah�purisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. No ca khvassa
purohito br�hmaṇo sīlav� vuddhasīlī vuddhasīlena samann�gato. Atha ca
pana bhavaṃ r�j� evarūpaṃ mah�yaññaṃ yajatīti. Evampi bhoto rañño vatt�
dhammato natthi. Bhoto kho pana rañño purohito br�hmaṇo sīlav�
vuddhasīlī vuddhasīlena samann�gato. No ca khvassa purohito br�hmaṇo
paṇ�ito viyatto medh�vī paṭhamo v� dutiyo v� sujaṃ paggaṇhant�naṃ. Atha
ca pana bhavaṃ rÄ�jÄ� evarÅ«paṃ mahÄ�yaññaṃ yajatÄ«’ti. Evampi bhoto rañño
vatt� dhammato natthi.

[BJT Page 274] [\x 274/]

Bhoto kho pana rañño purohito br�hmaṇo paṇ�ito viyatto medh�vī paṭhamo
v� dutiyo v� sujampaggaṇhant�naṃ. Imin� petaṃ bhavaṃ r�j� j�n�tu.
Yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ
antaraṃ pasÄ�detÅ«’ti.

Imehi kho br�hmaṇa, purohito br�hmaṇo rañño mah�vijitassa mah�yaññaṃ
yajam�nassa soḷasahi �k�rehi cittaṃ sandassesi, sam�dapesi, samuttejesi,
sampahaṃsesi.

25. Tasmiṃ kho br�hmaṇa yaññe neva g�vo haññiṃsu, na ajeḷak� haññiṃsu,
na kukkuṭasūkar� haññiṃsu, na vividh� p�ṇ� saṃgh�taṃ �pajjiṃsu, na
rukkh� chijjiṃsu1 yūpatth�ya, na dabb� lūyiṃsu barihisatth�ya. 2
Ye’pi’ssa ahesuṃ dÄ�sÄ�’ti vÄ� pessÄ�’ti vÄ� kammakarÄ�’ti vÄ�, te’pi na
daṇ�atajjit� na bhayatajjit� na assumukh� rudam�n� parikamm�ni akaṃsu.
Atha kho ye icchiṃsu te akaṃsu. Ye na icchiṃsu na te akaṃsu. Yaṃ
icchiṃsu taṃ akaṃsu. Yaṃ na icchiṃsu na taṃ akaṃsu.
Sappitelanavanītadadhimadhuph�ṇitenaceva so yañño niṭṭh�namagam�si.

26. [PTS Page 142] [\q 142/] atha kho
br�hmaṇa khattiy� anuyutt� negam� ceva j�napad� ca amacc� p�risajj�
negam� ceva j�napad� ca, br�hmaṇamah�s�l� negam�cave j�napad� ca,
gahapatinecayik� negam� ceva j�napad� ca pahūtaṃ s�pateyyaṃ �d�ya
rÄ�jÄ�naṃ mahÄ�vijitaṃ upasaá¹…kamitvÄ� evamÄ�haṃsu: “idaṃ deva pahÅ«taṃ
sÄ�pateyyaṃ devaññeva uddissa Ä�bhataṃ. Taṃ devo patigaṇhÄ�tÅ«”ti.

“Alaṃ bho. Mamapi idaṃ pahÅ«taṃ sÄ�pateyyaṃ dhammikena balinÄ� abhisaá¹…kataṃ. Tañca vo hotu ito ca bhiyyo harathÄ�”ti.

27. Te raññÄ� paá¹­ikkhittÄ� ekamantaṃ apakkamma evaṃ sammantesuṃ: “na kho
etaṃ amh�kaṃ patirūpaṃ yaṃ mayaṃ im�ni s�pateyy�ni punadeva sak�ni
ghar�ni paṭihareyy�ma. R�j� kho mah�vijito mah�yaññaṃ yajati. Handassa
mayaṃ anuyÄ�gino homÄ�”ti.

1. Rukkho chindiṃsu, (katthaci. )
2. Parihiṃsatth�ya, (katthaci. )

[BJT Page 276] [\x 276/]

Atha kho br�hmaṇa puratthimena yaññ�v�ṭassa khattiy� anuyutt� negam�
ceva j�napad� ca d�n�ni paṭṭhapesuṃ. Dakkhiṇena yaññ�v�ṭassa amacc�
p�risajj� negam� ceva j�napad� ca d�n�ni paṭṭhapesuṃ. Pacchimena
yaññ�v�ṭassa br�hmaṇamah�s�l� negam� ceva j�napad� ca d�n�ni
paṭṭhapesuṃ. Uttarena yaññ�v�ṭassa gahapatinecayik� negam� ceva j�napad�
ca dÄ�nÄ�ni paá¹­á¹­hapesuṃ. Tesu’pi kho brÄ�hmaṇa yaññesu neva gÄ�vo haññiṃsu,
na ajeḷak� haññiṃsu, na kukkuṭasūkar� haññiṃsu, na vividh� p�ṇ�
saṃgh�taṃ �pajjiṃsu, na rukkh� chijjiṃsu yūpatth�ya, na dabb� lūyiṃsu
barihisatthÄ�ya. Ye’pi nesaṃ ahesuṃ dÄ�sÄ�’ti vÄ� pessÄ�’ti vÄ� kammakarÄ�’ti
vÄ� te’pi na daṇá¸�atajjitÄ� na bhayatajjitÄ� na assumukhÄ� rudamÄ�nÄ�
parikamm�ni akaṃsu. Atha kho ye icchiṃsu te akaṃsu. Ye na icchiṃsu na te
akaṃsu. Yaṃ icchiṃsu, taṃ akaṃsu. Yaṃ na icchiṃsu, na taṃ akaṃsu.
Sappītelanavanītadadhimadhuph�ṇitena ceva te yaññ� niṭṭh�namagamaṃsu.

28. [PTS Page 143] [\q 143/] iti catt�ro
ca anumatipakkh�, r�j� mah�vijito aṭṭhahaṅgehi samann�gato, purohito
br�hmaṇo catūhaṅgehi samann�gato, tisso ca vidh�. Ayaṃ vuccati br�hmaṇa
tividhÄ� yaññasampadÄ� soḷasaparikkhÄ�rÄ�’ti.

29. Evaṃ vutte te brÄ�hmaṇÄ� unnÄ�dino uccÄ�saddamahÄ�saddÄ� ahesuṃ: “aho
yañño aho yaññasampadÄ�”ti. KÅ«á¹­adanto pana brÄ�hmaṇo tuṇhÄ«bhÅ«to’va nisinno
hoti. Atha kho te br�hmaṇ� kūṭadantaṃ br�hmaṇaṃ etadavocuṃ: kasm� pana
bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇassa gotamassa subh�sitaṃ subh�sitato
n�bbhanumodatī?Ti.

“NÄ�haṃ bho samaṇassa gotamassa subhÄ�sitaṃ subhÄ�sitato nÄ�bbhanumodÄ�mi.
Muddh�pi tassa vipateyya yo samaṇassa gotamassa subh�sitaṃ subh�sitato
n�bbhanumodeyya. Api ca me bho evaṃ hoti: na samaṇo gotamo evam�ha:
‘evaṃ me sutanti vÄ� evaṃ arahati bhavitunti’vÄ�. Api ca samaṇo gotamo:
‘evaṃ tadÄ� Ä�si itthaṃ tadÄ� Ä�si’tveva bhÄ�sati. Tassa mayhaṃ bho evaṃ
hoti: “addhÄ� samaṇo gotamo tena samayena rÄ�jÄ� vÄ� ahosi mahÄ�vijito
yaññasÄ�mi, purohito vÄ� brÄ�hmaṇo tassa yaññassa yÄ�jetÄ�’ti. AbhijÄ�nÄ�ti
pana bhavaṃ gotamo evarūpaṃ yaññaṃ yajitv� v� y�jetv� v� k�yassa bhed�
parammaraṇÄ� sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjitÄ�?”Ti.

[BJT Page 278] [\x 278/]

“AbhijÄ�nÄ�mahaṃ brÄ�hmaṇa evarÅ«paṃ yaññaṃ yajitvÄ� vÄ� yÄ�jetvÄ� vÄ� kÄ�yassa
bhed� parammaraṇ� sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjit�. Ahaṃ tena samayena
purohito brÄ�hmaṇo ahosiṃ tassa yaññassa yÄ�jetÄ�”ti.

30. “Atthi pana bho gotama añño yañño imÄ�ya tividhÄ�ya yaññasampadÄ�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya appaṭṭataro ca appasam�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro
ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�?”Ti.

[PTS Page 144] [\q 144/] “atthi kho
br�hmaṇa añño yañño im�ya tividh�ya yaññasampad�ya soḷasaparikkh�r�ya
appaṭṭataro ca appasam�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca mah�nisaṃsataro
vÄ�”ti.

31. Katamo pana so bho gotama yañño im�ya tividh�ya yaññasampad�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya appaṭṭataro ca appasam�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro
ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ� ?”Ti.

“YÄ�ni kho pana tÄ�ni brÄ�hmaṇa niccadÄ�nÄ�ni anukÅ«layaññÄ�ni sÄ«lavanne
pabbajite uddissa dīyanti, ayaṃ kho br�hmaṇa yañño im�ya tividh�ya
yaññasampad�ya soḷasaparikkh�r�ya appaṭṭataro1 ca appasam�rambhataro ca
mahapphalataro ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”ti.

32. Ko nu kho bho gotama hetu ko paccayo yena taṃ niccad�naṃ
anukūlayaññaṃ im�ya tividh�ya yaññasampad�ya soḷasaparikkh�r�ya
appaṭṭatarañca appasam�rambhatarañca mahapphalatarañca
mahanisaṃsatarañcÄ�?”Ti.

Na kho br�hmaṇa evarūpaṃ yaññaṃ upasaṅkamanti arahanto v� arahattamaggaṃ
vÄ� samÄ�pannÄ�. Taṃ kissa hetu? Dissanti hettha brÄ�hmaṇa daṇá¸�appahÄ�rÄ�’pi
galaggÄ�hÄ�’pi. TasmÄ� evarÅ«paṃ yaññaṃ na upasaá¹…kamanti arahanto vÄ�
arahattamaggaṃ v� sam�pann�. Y�ni kho pana t�ni br�hmaṇa niccad�n�ni
anukūlayaññ�ni sīlavante pabbajite uddissa dīyanti, evarūpaṃ kho
br�hmaṇa yaññaṃ upasaṅkamanti arahanto v� arahantamaggaṃ v� sam�pann�.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Na hettha br�hmaṇa dissanti daṇ�appah�r�pi galagg�h�pi.
Tasm� evarūpaṃ yaññaṃ upasaṅkamanti arahanto v� arahattamaggaṃ v�
sam�pann�. Ayaṃ kho br�hmaṇa hetu ayaṃ paccayo yena taṃ niccad�naṃ
anukūlayaññaṃ im�ya tividh�ya yaññasampad�ya soḷasa parikkh�r�ya
appaṭṭatarañca appasam�rambhatarañca mahapphalatarañca
mahÄ�nisaṃsatarañcÄ�”ti.

1. Appaá¹­á¹­hataro (samara)

[BJT Page 280] [\x 280/]

33. “Atthi pana bho gotama añño yañño imÄ�ya ca tividhÄ�ya yaññasampadÄ�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena appaṭṭataro ca
appasamÄ�rambhataro [PTS Page 145] [\q 145/] ca mahapphalataro ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

“Atthi kho brÄ�hmaṇa añño yañño imÄ�ya ca tividhÄ�ya yaññasampadÄ�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena appaṭṭataro ca
appasamÄ�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

“Katamo pana bho gotama añño yañño imÄ�ya ca tividhÄ�ya yaññasampadÄ�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena appaṭṭataro ca
appasamÄ�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

“Yo kho brÄ�hmaṇa cÄ�tuddisaṃ saá¹…ghaṃ uddissa vihÄ�raṃ karoti, ayaṃ kho
br�hmaṇa yañño im�ya ca tividh�ya yaññasampad�ya soḷasaparikkh�r�ya
imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena appaṭṭataro ca appasam�rambhataro ca
mahapphalataro ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

34. “Atthi pana bho gotama añño yañño imÄ�ya ca tividhÄ�ya yaññasampadÄ�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena imin� ca
vih�rad�nena appaṭṭataro ca appasam�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca
mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

“Atthi kho brÄ�hmaṇa añño yañño imÄ�ya ca tividhÄ�ya yaññasampadÄ�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena imin� ca
vih�rad�nena appaṭṭataro ca appasam�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca
mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

“Katamo pana so bho gotama añño yañño imÄ�ya ca tividhÄ�ya yaññasampadÄ�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena imin� ca
vih�rad�nena appaṭṭataro ca appasam�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca
mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

“Yo kho brÄ�hmaṇa pasannacitto buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchati, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ
gacchati, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchati, ayaṃ kho br�hmaṇa yañño im�ya ca
tividh�ya yaññasampad�ya soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena
anukÅ«layaññena iminÄ� ca vihÄ�radÄ�nena appaá¹­á¹­ataro [PTS Page 146] [\q 146/] ca appasamÄ�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

35. “Atthi pana bho gotama añño yañño imÄ�ya ca tividhÄ�ya yaññasampadÄ�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena imin� ca
vih�rad�nena imehi ca saraṇagamanehi appaṭṭataro ca appasam�rambhataro
ca mahapphalataro ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

[BJT Page 282] [\x 282/]

“Atthi kho brÄ�hmaṇa añño yañño imÄ�ya ca tividhÄ�ya yaññasampadÄ�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena imin� ca
vih�rad�nena imehi ca saraṇagamanehi appaṭṭataro ca appasam�rambhataro
ca mahapphalataro ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

Katamo pana so bho gotama añño yañño im�ya ca tividh�ya yaññasampad�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena imin� ca
vih�rad�nena imehi ca saraṇagamanehi appaṭṭataro ca appasam�rambhataro
ca mahapphalataro ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

“Yo kho brÄ�hmaṇa pasannacitto sikkhÄ�padÄ�ni samÄ�diyati pÄ�ṇÄ�tipÄ�tÄ�
veramaṇiṃ adinn�d�n� veramaṇiṃ k�mesu micch�c�r� veramaṇiṃ mus�v�d�
veramaṇiṃ sur�merayamajjapam�daṭṭh�n� veramaṇiṃ, ayaṃ kho br�hmaṇa yañño
im�ya ca tividh�ya yaññasampad�ya soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca
niccad�nena anukūlayaññena imin� ca vih�rad�nena imehi ca saraṇagamanehi
appaṭṭataro ca appasam�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca mah�nisaṃsataro
cÄ�”?Ti.

36. “Atthi pana bho gotama añño yañño imÄ�ya ca tividhÄ�ya yaññasampadÄ�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena imin� ca
vih�rad�nena imehi ca saraṇagamanehi imehi ca sikkh�padehi appaṭṭataro
ca appasamÄ�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

“Atthi kho brÄ�hmaṇa añño yañño imÄ�ya ca tividhÄ�ya yaññasampadÄ�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena imin� ca
vih�rad�nena imehi ca saraṇagamanehi imehi ca sikkh�padehi appaṭṭataro
ca appasamÄ�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

[PTS Page 147] [\q 147/] katamo pana so
bho gotama añño yañño im�ya ca tividh�ya yaññasampad�ya
soḷasaparikkh�r�ya imin� ca niccad�nena anukūlayaññena imin� ca
vih�rad�nena imehi ca saraṇagamanehi imehi ca sikkh�padehi appaṭṭataro
ca appasamÄ�rambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca mahÄ�nisaṃsataro cÄ�”?Ti.

37. “Idha brÄ�hmaṇa tathÄ�gato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammÄ�sambuddho
vijj�caraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammas�rathī satth�
devamanuss�naṃ buddho bhagav�. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ sam�rakaṃ
sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabr�hmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññ�
sacchikatv� pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti �dikaly�ṇaṃ majjhekaly�ṇaṃ
pariyos�nakaly�ṇaṃ s�tthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ pak�seti.

38. Taṃ dhammaṃ suṇ�ti gahapati v� gahapatiputto v� aññatarasmiṃ v� kule
pacc�j�to. So taṃ dhammaṃ sutv� tath�gate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. So tena
saddhÄ�paá¹­ilÄ�bhena samannÄ�gato iti paá¹­isaṃcikkhati: ’sambÄ�dho gharÄ�vÄ�so
rajopatho abbhok�so pabbajj�. Nayidaṃ sukaraṃ ag�raṃ ajjh�vasat�
ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Yannūn�haṃ
kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv� ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ
pabbajeyyanti.

[BJT Page 284] [\x 284/]

So aparena samayena appaṃ v� bhogakkhandhaṃ pah�ya mahantaṃ v�
bhogakkhandhaṃ pah�ya appaṃ v� ñ�tiparivaṭṭaṃ pah�ya mahantaṃ v�
ñ�tiparivaṭṭaṃ pah�ya kesamassuṃ oh�retv� k�s�y�ni vatth�ni acch�detv�
ag�rasm� anag�riyaṃ pabbajati. So evaṃ pabbajito sam�no
p�timokkhasaṃvarasavuto viharati �c�ragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu
bhayadass�vī. Sam�d�ya sikkhati sikkh�padesu. K�yakammavacīkammena
samann�gato kusalena, parisuddh�jīvo sīlasampanno indriyesu guttadv�ro
bhojane mattaññū satisampajaññena samann�gato santuṭṭho.

39. Kathañca br�hmaṇa bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti? Idha br�hmaṇa bhikkhu
p�ṇ�tip�taṃ pah�ya p�ṇ�tip�t� paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇ�o nihitasattho
lajjÄ« dayÄ�panno sabbapÄ�ṇabhÅ«tahitÄ�nukampi viharati. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

Adinn�d�naṃ pah�ya adinn�d�n� paṭivirato hoti dinn�d�yī dinnap�ṭikaṅkhī.
Athenena sucibhÅ«tena attanÄ� viharati. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Abrahmacariyaṃ pahÄ�ya brahmacÄ�rÄ« hoti Ä�rÄ�cÄ�rÄ« virato methunÄ� gÄ�madhammÄ�. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

MusÄ�vÄ�daṃ pahÄ�ya musÄ�vÄ�dÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti saccavÄ�dÄ« saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvÄ�dako lokassa. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Pisuṇaṃ v�caṃ pah�ya pisuṇ�ya v�c�ya paṭivirato hoti. Ito sutv� na
amutra akkh�t� imesaṃ bhed�ya. Amutra v� sutv� na imesaṃ akkh�t� amūsaṃ
bhed�ya. Iti bhinn�naṃ v� sandh�t� saṃhit�naṃ v� anuppad�t� samagg�r�mo
samaggarato samagganandÄ« samaggakaraṇiṃ vÄ�caṃ bhÄ�sitÄ� hoti. Idampi’ssa
hoti sīlasmiṃ.

Pharusaṃ v�caṃ pah�ya pharus�ya v�c�ya paṭivirato hoti. Y� s� v�c� nel�
kaṇṇasukh� pemaniy� hadayaṅgam� porī bahujanakant� bahujanaman�p�,
tathÄ�rÅ«piṃ vÄ�caṃ bhÄ�sitÄ� hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

Samphappal�paṃ pah�ya samphappal�p� paṭivirato hoti. K�lav�dī bhūtav�dī
atthav�dī dhammav�dī vinayav�dī. Nidh�navatiṃ v�caṃ bh�sit� k�lena
sÄ�padesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasañhitaṃ. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

[BJT Page 286] [\x 286/]

40. Bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambh� paṭivirato hoti. Ekabhattiko hoti
rattūparato virato vik�labhojan�. Naccagītav�ditavisūkadassan�
paṭivirato hoti. M�l�gandhavilepanadh�raṇamaṇ�aṇavibhūsanaṭṭh�n�
paṭivirato hoti. Ucc�sayanamah�sayan� paṭivirato hoti.
J�tarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. Āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇ�
paṭivirato hoti. Āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti.
Itthikum�rikapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. D�sid�sapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato
hoti. Ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. Kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇ�
paṭivirato hoti. Hatthigav�ssavaḷav�paṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti.
Khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇ� paṭivirato hoti. Dūteyyapahiṇagaman�nuyog�
paṭivirato hoti. Kayavikkay� paṭivirato hoti. Tul�kūṭakaṃsakūṭam�nakūṭ�
paṭivirato hoti. Ukkoṭanavañcananikatis�ciyog� paṭivirato hoti.
ChedanavadhabandhanaviparÄ�mosaÄ�lopasahakÄ�rÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa
hoti sīlasmiṃ.

(Cullasīlaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. )

41. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambhaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: mūlabījaṃ khandhabījaṃ phaḷubījaṃ aggabījaṃ bījabījameva
pañcamaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp� bījag�mabhūtag�masam�rambh� paṭivirato hoti.
Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

42. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ sannidhik�raparibhogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ annasannidhiṃ p�nasannidhiṃ vatthasannidhiṃ y�nasannidhiṃ
sayanasannidhiṃ gandhasannidhiṃ �misasannidhiṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�
sannidhikÄ�raparibhogÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

43. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ:
naccaṃ gītaṃ v�ditaṃ pekkhaṃ akkh�naṃ p�ṇissaraṃ vet�laṃ kumbhathūnaṃ
sobhanakaṃ caṇ��laṃ vaṃsaṃ dhopanaṃ hatthiyuddhaṃ assayuddhaṃ
mahisayuddhaṃ usabhayuddhaṃ ajayuddhaṃ meṇ�akayuddhaṃ kukkuṭayuddhaṃ
vaṭṭakayuddhaṃ daṇ�ayuddhaṃ muṭṭhiyuddhaṃ nibbuddhaṃ uyyodhikaṃ balaggaṃ
sen�byuhaṃ aṇīkadassanaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp� visūkadassan� paṭivirato
hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

[BJT Page 288] [\x 288/]

44. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ jūtappam�daṭṭh�n�nuyogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: aṭṭhapadaṃ dasapadaṃ �k�saṃ parih�rapathaṃ santikaṃ
khalikaṃ ghaṭikaṃ sal�kahatthaṃ akkhaṃ paṅgacīraṃ vaṅkakaṃ mokkhacikaṃ
ciṅgulakaṃ patt�ḷhakaṃ rathakaṃ dhanukaṃ akkharikaṃ manesikaṃ
yath�vajjaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp� jūtappam�daṭṭh�n�nuyog� paṭivirato hoti.
Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

45. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ ucc�sayanamah�sayanaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: �sandiṃ pallaṅkaṃ gonakaṃ cittakaṃ paṭikaṃ paṭalikaṃ
tūlikaṃ vikatikaṃ uddalomiṃ ekantalomiṃ kaṭṭhissaṃ koseyyaṃ kuttakaṃ
hatthattharaṃ assattharaṃ rathattharaṃ ajinappaveṇiṃ
k�dalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ sauttaracchadaṃ ubhatolohitakūpadh�naṃ.
Iti vÄ� iti evarÅ«pÄ� uccÄ�sayanamahÄ�sayanÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

46. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ maṇ�anavibhusanaṭṭh�n�nuyogaṃ anuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: ucch�danaṃ parimaddanaṃ nah�panaṃ samb�hanaṃ �d�saṃ añjanaṃ
m�l�vilepanaṃ mukhacuṇṇakaṃ mukh�lepanaṃ hatthabandhaṃ sikh�bandhaṃ
daṇ�akaṃ n�ḷikaṃ khaggaṃ chattaṃ citrūp�hanaṃ uṇhīsaṃ maṇiṃ v�ḷavījaniṃ
od�t�ni vatth�ni dīghadas�ni. Iti v� itievarūp�
maṇá¸�anavibhÅ«sanaá¹­á¹­hÄ�nÄ�nuyogÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

47. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ tiracch�nakathaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ:
r�jakathaṃ corakathaṃ mah�mattakathaṃ sen�kathaṃ bhayakathaṃ
yuddhakathaṃ annakathaṃ p�nakathaṃ vatthakathaṃ sayanakathaṃ m�l�kathaṃ
gandhakathaṃ ñ�tikathaṃ y�nakathaṃ g�makathaṃ nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ
janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ purisakathaṃ (kum�rakathaṃ kum�rikathaṃ)
sūrakathaṃ visikh�kathaṃ kumbhaṭṭh�nakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ
n�nattakathaṃ lokakkh�yikaṃ samuddakkh�yikaṃ itibhav�bhavakathaṃ. Iti v�
itievarÅ«pÄ�ya tiracchÄ�nakathÄ�ya paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti
sīlasmiṃ.

[BJT Page 290] [\x 290/]

48. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ vigg�hikakathaṃ anuyutt� viharanti, seyyathīdaṃ:
‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ Ä�jÄ�nÄ�si, ahaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ Ä�jÄ�nÄ�mi.
Kiṃ tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ �j�nissasi? Micch�paṭipanno tvamasi,
ahamasmi samm�paṭipanno. Sahitamme asahitante. Pure vacanīyaṃ pacch�
avaca. Pacch� vacanīyaṃ pure avaca. Aviciṇṇaṃ te vipar�vattaṃ. Āropito
te vÄ�do. NiggahÄ«to’si. Cara vÄ�dappamokkhÄ�ya, nibbeá¹­hehi vÄ� sace
pahosÄ«’ti. Iti vÄ� itievarÅ«pÄ�ya viggÄ�hikakathÄ�ya paá¹­ivirato hoti.
Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

49. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūpaṃ dūteyyapahiṇagaman�nuyogamanuyutt� viharanti,
seyyathīdaṃ: raññaṃ r�jamah�matt�naṃ khattiy�naṃ br�hmaṇ�naṃ
gahapatik�naṃ kum�r�naṃ: idha gaccha, amutr�gaccha, idaṃ hara, amutra
idaṃ �har�ti. Iti v� itievarūp� dūteyyapahiṇagaman�nuyog� paṭivirato
hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

50. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te kuhak� ca honti lapak� ca nemittik� ca nippesik� ca l�bhena
l�bhaṃ nijigiṃsit�ro ca. Iti v� itievarūp� kuhanalapan� paṭivirato
hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

(Majjhimasīlaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ)

51. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: aṅgaṃ nimittaṃ upp�daṃ supiṇaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ mūsikacchinnaṃ
aggihomaṃ dabbihomaṃ thusahomaṃ kaṇahomaṃ taṇ�ulahomaṃ sappihomaṃ
telahomaṃ mukhahomaṃ lohitahomaṃ aṅgavijj� vatthuvijj� khattavijj�
sivavijj� bhūtavijj� bhūrivijj� ahivijj� visavijj� vicchikavijj�
mūsikavijj� sakuṇavijj� v�yasavijj� pakkajjh�naṃ saraparitt�naṃ
migacakkaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv� paṭivirato
hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

[BJT Page 292] [\x 292/]

52. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: maṇilakkhaṇaṃ vatthalakkhaṇaṃ daṇ�alakkhaṇaṃ asilakkhaṇaṃ
usulakkhaṇaṃ dhanulakkhaṇaṃ �vudhalakkhaṇaṃ itthilakkhaṇaṃ
purisalakkhaṇaṃ kum�ralakkhaṇaṃ kum�rilakkhaṇaṃ d�salakkhaṇaṃ
d�silakkhaṇaṃ hatthilakkhaṇaṃ assalakkhaṇaṃ mahisalakkhaṇaṃ
usabhalakkhaṇaṃ golakkhaṇaṃ ajalakkhaṇaṃ meṇ�alakkhaṇaṃ kukkuṭalakkhaṇaṃ
vaṭṭakalakkhaṇaṃ godh�lakkhaṇaṃ kaṇṇik�lakkhaṇaṃ kacchapalakkhaṇaṃ
migalakkhaṇaṃ. Iti v� iti evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv�
paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

53. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: raññaṃ niyy�naṃ bhavissati, raññaṃ aniyy�naṃ bhavissati,
abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ upay�naṃ bhavissati, b�hir�naṃ raññaṃ apay�naṃ
bhavissati, b�hir�naṃ raññaṃ upay�naṃ bhavissati, abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ
apay�naṃ bhavissati, abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ jayo bhavissati, b�hir�naṃ
raññaṃ par�jayo bhavissati, b�hir�naṃ raññaṃ jayo bhavissati,
abbhantar�naṃ raññaṃ par�jayo bhavissati, iti imassa jayo bhavissati,
imassa par�jayo bhavissati. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya
micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

54. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: candagg�ho bhavissati. Suriyagg�ho bhavissati,
nakkhattagg�ho bhavissati, candimasuriy�naṃ pathagamanaṃ bhavissati,
candimasuriy�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati, nakkhatt�naṃ pathagamanaṃ
bhavissati, nakkhatt�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati, ukk�p�to bhavissati,
dis���ho bhavissati, bhūmic�lo bhavissati, devadundūbhi bhavissati,
candimasuriyanakkhatt�naṃ uggamanaṃ ogamanaṃ saṃkilesaṃ vod�naṃ
bhavissati, evaṃvip�ko candagg�ho bhavissati, evaṃvip�ko suriyagg�ho
bhavissati, evaṃvip�ko nakkhattagg�ho bhavissati, evaṃvip�kaṃ
candimasuriy�naṃ pathagamanaṃ bhavissati, evaṃvip�kaṃ candimasuriy�naṃ
uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati, evaṃvip�kaṃ nakkhatt�naṃ pathagamanaṃ
bhavissati, evaṃvip�kaṃ nakkhatt�naṃ uppathagamanaṃ bhavissati,
evaṃvip�ko ukk�p�to bhavissati, evaṃvip�ko dis���ho bhavissati,
evaṃvip�ko bhūmic�lo bhavissati, evaṃvip�ko devadundūbhi bhavissati,
evaṃvip�kaṃ candimasuriyanakkhatt�naṃ uggamanaṃ ogamanaṃ saṅkilesaṃ
vod�naṃ bhavissati, iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv�
paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

[BJT Page 294] [\x 294/]

55. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: subbuṭṭhik� bhavissati, dubbuṭṭhik� bhavissati, subhikkhaṃ
bhavissati, dubbhikkhaṃ bhavissati, khemaṃ bhavissati, bhayaṃ
bhavissati, rogo bhavissati, �rogyaṃ bhavissati. Mudd� gaṇan� saṃkh�naṃ
k�veyyaṃ lok�yataṃ, iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv�
paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

56. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: �v�hanaṃ viv�hanaṃ saṃvadanaṃ vivadanaṃ saṃkiraṇaṃ
vikiraṇaṃ subhagakaraṇaṃ dubbhagakaraṇaṃ viruddhagabbhakaraṇaṃ
jivh�nitthambhanaṃ hanusaṃhananaṃ hatth�bhijappanaṃ kaṇṇajappanaṃ
�d�sapañhaṃ kum�ripañhaṃ devapañhaṃ �diccupaṭṭh�naṃ mahatupaṭṭh�naṃ
abbhujjalanaṃ sirivh�yanaṃ. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya
micchÄ�jÄ«vÄ� paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

57. Yath� v� paneke bhonto samaṇabr�hmaṇ� saddh�deyy�ni bhojan�ni
bhuñjitv� te evarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti.
Seyyathīdaṃ: santikammaṃ paṇidhikammaṃ (bhūtakammaṃ) bhūrikammaṃ
vassakammaṃ vossakammaṃ vatthukammaṃ vatthuparikiraṇaṃ �camanaṃ
nah�panaṃ juhanaṃ vamanaṃ virecanaṃ uddhavirecanaṃ adhovirecanaṃ
sīsavirecanaṃ kaṇṇatelaṃ nettatappanaṃ natthukammaṃ añjanaṃ paccañjanaṃ
s�l�kiyaṃ sallakattiyaṃ d�rakatikicch� mūlabhesajj�naṃ anuppad�naṃ
osadhīnaṃ paṭimokkho. Iti v� itievarūp�ya tiracch�navijj�ya micch�jīv�
paá¹­ivirato hoti. Idampi’ssa hoti sÄ«lasmiṃ.

[BJT Page 296] [\x 296/]

58. Atha kho br�hmaṇa, bhikkhu evaṃ sīlasampanno na kutoci bhayaṃ
samanupassati yadidaṃ sīlasaṃvarato. Seyyath�pi br�hmaṇa, khattiyo
muddh�vasitto1 nihatapacc�mitto na kutoci bhayaṃ samanupassati yadidaṃ
paccatthikato. Evameva kho br�hmaṇa, bhikkhu evaṃ sīlasampanno na kutoci
bhayaṃ samanupassati yadidaṃ sīlasaṃvarato. So imin� ariyena
sīlakkhandhena samann�gato ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Evaṃ
kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti.

(Mah�sīlaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ)

59. Kathañca br�hmaṇa, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadv�ro hoti? Idha br�hmaṇa,
bhikkhu cakkhun� rūpaṃ disv� na nimittagg�hi hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī.
Yatv�dhikaraṇametaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh�
domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anv�ssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvar�ya
paṭipajjati. Rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati.
Sotena saddaṃ sutv� na nimittagg�hi hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī.
Yatv�dhikaraṇametaṃ sotindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass�
p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anv�ssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati.
Rakkhati sotindriyaṃ, sotindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. Gh�nena gandhaṃ
gh�yitv� na nimittagg�hi hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇametaṃ
gh�nindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass� p�pak� akusal�
dhamm� anv�ssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati. Rakkhati
gh�nindriyaṃ, gh�nindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. Jivh�ya rasaṃ s�yitv� na
nimittagg�hi hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇametaṃ jivhindriyaṃ
asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm�
anv�ssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati. Rakkhati jivhindriyaṃ,
jivhindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. K�yena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitv� na
nimittagg�hi hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇametaṃ k�yindriyaṃ
asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm�
anv�ssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati. Rakkhati k�yindriyaṃ,
k�yindriye saṃvaraṃ �pajjati. Manas� dhammaṃ viññ�ya na nimittagg�hi
hoti n�nubyañjanagg�hī. Yatv�dhikaraṇametaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ
viharantaṃ abhijjh� domanass� p�pak� akusal� dhamm� anv�ssaveyyuṃ, tassa
saṃvar�ya paṭipajjati. Rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ
�pajjati. So imin� ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samann�gato ajjhattaṃ
aby�sekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Evaṃ kho br�hmaṇa bhikkhu indriyesu
guttadv�ro hoti.